The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V
25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-12-31 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-31 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-07 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-06 2025-12-07 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2022-12-31 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-12-31 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 mic:InvestedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 mic:InvestedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 mic:InvestedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 mic:UnileverMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-06 2025-12-07 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2022-12-31 mic:InvestedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-12-31 mic:InvestedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-12-31 mic:InvestedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-31 mic:InvestedCapitalMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 25490052LLF3XH6G9847 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember iso4217:EUR iso4217:EUR xbrli:shares
2025
Annual
Report
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
2
Table of
contents
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Management Report
About us
5
At a glance
6
Our heritage
7
Our footprint
9
Regional overview
10
Leadership perspectives
13
Board Chair update
13
CEO update
14
Our strategy
15
Our people
19
Culture and values
19
Review of the year
23
Group financial review
23
Additional financial disclosures
26
Regional performance
29
Sustainability
32
Risk management
33
Approach
33
Governance
35
Principal risks
36
Viability statement
40
Corporate governance
42
Introduction
42
Board of Directors
45
Executive Leadership Team
48
Board Report
50
Nomination and Governance Committee Report
55
Audit and Risk Committee Report
57
Directors’ Remuneration Report
60
Other information
80
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
3
Financial Statements
Consolidated financial statements
85
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
90
Company financial statements
141
Notes to the Company financial statements
143
Sustainability Statements
General disclosures
148
Environmental disclosures
164
Social disclosures
187
Governance disclosures
204
Further Information
KPMG audit and assurance report
218
Definition and reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures
228
Shareholder information
233
Cautionary statement
235
This copy of the 2025 Annual Report of The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. is not in the European
single electronic reporting format (ESEF) as specified in the RTS on ESEF (Regulation (EU) 2019/815).
The ESEF version of the 2025 Annual Report is available on our website.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Management
Report
About us
Leadership perspectives
Our strategy
Our people
Review of the year
Risk management
Corporate governance
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Life tastes
better
with
ice cream
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
5
About
us
Welcome to the world’s
largest
ice cream
company
We are the world’s largest ice cream company
(1)
, headquartered in Amsterdam, The
Netherlands and listed on Euronext Amsterdam, the London Stock Exchange and the New
York Stock Exchange. Home to four of the world’s five largest ice cream brands, with a global
team of 16,500 colleagues, operating 30 factories, 12 Research and Development centres and
a fleet of three million freezer cabinets, we generated €7.9 billion in revenue in 2025.
From Magnum and Ben & Jerry’s to Cornetto and the Heart Brand, our ice cream portfolio
delights consumers in 80 markets around the world.
(1) Company analysis based on Euromonitor, Snacks 2026 edition, Retail Value Sales (RSP) in euro, year-on-year exchange rates, current prices, adjusted for economic ownership of brands in each market.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
21%
11%
Global market share
(2)
Revenue
of the top 5 ice cream
brands globally
Home to
4
16,500
Colleagues
years of ice cream
experience
€1.3
billion
€7.9
billion
Adjusted EBITDA
3 million
Iconic freezer
cabinets
TMICC
#2
player
Ice cream factories
30
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
6
At a glance
(1)
(1) Facts and figures reflect Group footprint in 2025, excluding planned perimeter changes in first half of 2026 - India and Portugal.
(2) Company analysis based on Euromonitor, Snacks 2026 edition, Retail Value Sales (RSP) in euro, year-on-year exchange rates,
current prices, adjusted for economic ownership of brands in each market.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Breyers
Wall’s
Ben & Jerry’s
William Breyer began producing ice cream in line
with the ‘Breyers Purity Pledge’ in Philadelphia in
1866 promoting "pure, high-quality and
natural ingredients"
.
A true entrepreneur, Thomas Wall seized the
opportunity to sell ice cream by the seaside
during the warmer months of 1922.
With their entrepreneurial spirit and unwavering
belief that ice cream can change the world, Ben
Cohen and Jerry Greenfield opened their first ice
cream scoop shop in a renovated gas station in
Burlington, Vermont in 1978.
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
7
With roots stretching back over a century, our story began in 1866 with the founding of Breyers
- a name that set the stage for generations of ice cream artistry. Today, our portfolio is built on the rich
legacy of our heritage brands that have defined moments of joy and indulgence for decades, including:
Wall’s (1922), Cornetto (1959), Twister (1982), Ben & Jerry’s (1978), Magnum (1989), Talenti (acquired
in 2014) and Yasso (acquired 2023). Each name carries a legacy of flavour and craftsmanship that
continues to captivate hearts worldwide.
Throughout the years, innovation has remained our compass, guiding not only what ice cream means
but also when and how it is enjoyed. From the early introduction of Popsicle - a frozen, flavoured delight
on a stick that redefined convenience - to Ben & Jerry’s pioneering pint-sized containers that drove
category growth during the 1980s and 1990s. We are excited about the future of ice cream.
Our heritage
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
1866
Founding
of Breyers
1922
Founding
of Wall’s
1923
Founding
of Popsicle
1959
Founding
of Cornetto
1978
Founding of
Ben & Jerry’s
c.
1980
Launch in
Emerging
Markets
1982
Launch
of Twister
1989
Launch
of Magnum
1990
Launch of
Türkiye Algida
2014
Acquisition
of Talenti
2023
Acquisition
of Yasso
2024
2025
Magnum
Bonbon
Founding of
The Magnum Ice
Cream Company
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
8
160 years of experience
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
United States
Brazil
Ecuador
Portugal
(1)
Mexico
Canada
Türkiye
China
Philippines
Thailand
Indonesia
South Africa
Middle East
Pakistan
India
(1)
Australia
Europe
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
9
Our footprint
Around the world one scoop at a time
The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. has a global portfolio - with an end-to-end supply chain that
spans six continents. 12 world class Research and Development (R&D) centres inspire 30 state-of-
the-art manufacturing facilities; collectively running more than 300 precision-engineered production
lines that stock 200 distribution centres and more than 2,000 dedicated distributors.
As the world’s largest ice cream company, we bring indulgence to life on a global scale in 80 markets.
We strive to operate a supply chain powered by global strength and delivered locally. This approach
creates agility and champions local-for-local production and distribution, so every scoop feels as close
to home as it does to perfection.
Factory location
R&D centre
Europe, United Kingdom, Australia & New Zealand (Europe & ANZ)
North America, Central & South America (Americas)
Asia, Middle East, Africa (AMEA)
(1)
Planned perimeter expansion in first half of 2026 to include India and Portugal.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Revenue
Factories
Market share
(1)
Leading brands
Colleagues
€3.2
12
31%
7,000
billion
Growth
• Rebuild the European Away-from-Home channel
• Grow the ice cream category through innovation
and retail partnerships
• Move to a digitally led demand creation model
• Turnaround Italy
Productivity
• Supply chain transformation
• Overheads
• Volume growth for higher asset utilisation
Re-investment
• Brands and portfolio
• Away-from-Home cabinet expansion
• Supply chain network optimisation
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
10
Europe & ANZ is a mature ice cream region with a strong
foundation built on the interplay of local brands and global icons,
delivering a diverse and distinctive ice cream experience.
The inclusion of Australia and New Zealand captures synergies
on consumption habits.
Strategic focus
Regional
overview
Europe & ANZ
(1) Based on the Retail Sales category (excluding Foodservice) Euromonitor December 2024, adjusted in accordance with management’s internal assessment of economic ownership of brands within specific markets.
Denmark
Finland
Germany
UK
France
Italy
Netherlands
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
United States
Brazil
Mexico
Revenue
Factories
Market share
(1)
Leading brands
Colleagues
€2.8
8
4,500
19%
billion
Growth
• Double down on the fastest growing (+5%)
single serve ice cream segment
• Expand portfolio of calorie control and
high protein offerings
• Rebuild business in club, dollar store and
Away-from-Home channels
• Pivot towards a digitally led demand
creation model
• Turnaround Brazil
Productivity
• US end-to-end supply chain reset
• Latin America direct sales distribution
system revamp
Re-investment
• Capacity expansion
• Away-from-Home cabinet expansion
• Media investment
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
11
Strategic focus
Regional
overview
Americas
The Americas region holds leading positions in some of the
world’s largest developed ice cream markets. Home to iconic
brands such as Breyers, Popsicle and Ben & Jerry’s, it combines
the scale and strength of North America with the emerging
growth potential of Central and South America, creating a
balanced mix of stability and opportunity.
(1) Based on the Retail Sales category (excluding Foodservice) Euromonitor December 2024, adjusted in accordance with management’s internal assessment of economic ownership of brands within specific markets.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Türkiye
India
(2)
China
Philippines
Indonesia
Revenue
Factories
Market share
(1)
Leading brands
Colleagues
€1.9
billion
10
5,000
11%
Growth
• Drive distribution and penetration in low per capita
consumption countries (e.g. Pakistan)
• Build an attractive portfolio at core ‘snacking and
refreshment’ price (coinage) points
• Further premiumise the portfolio both in indulgence
as well as wellness
• Build ice cream occasions with our demand
generation model
• Accelerate share growth in China
Productivity
• Optimise supply chain end-to-end to improve
capacity utilisation, better service and lower cost
• Lead through digitalisation, automation and new
technologies
Re-investment
• Cabinets and digitalise frontline
• De-bottleneck capacity and invest in quality and safety
• Build cutting-edge capabilities
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
12
Strategic focus
Regional
overview
AMEA
AMEA is the fastest growing and most profitable region, offering
a sizable and continuously expanding market. Spanning from
Türkiye and Africa in the West to Indonesia and China in the East,
it encompasses key emerging markets that drive growth and
innovation across the ice cream category.
(1)
Based on the Retail Sales category (excluding Foodservice) Euromonitor December 2024, adjusted in accordance with management’s internal assessment of economic ownership of brands within specific markets.
(2) Subject to planned perimeter change in first half of 2026.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
13
Leadership perspectives - Board Chair update
December 2025 marked a significant milestone in our history as
The Magnum Ice Cream Company (TMICC) completed its demerger from
Unilever and began trading as a listed company. This separation allows
TMICC to operate with greater focus and agility, tailoring our operating
model, capital allocation and capabilities to the specific requirements
of the ice cream industry. The Board believes this focus will strengthen
our competitive advantages in brand leadership, manufacturing and
distribution and position the Company for sustainable profitable growth.
Unlocking shareholder value
The Board has established a balanced capital allocation framework
designed to deliver consistent returns while funding organic growth
and productivity. Our policy targets a dividend payout ratio of
40% to 60% of net income after adjusting items. We plan to maintain our
credit rating at an investment grade profile, while retaining flexibility for
targeted bolt-on acquisitions that strengthen the portfolio. This disciplined
approach underpins our medium-term objectives of 3% to 5% average
annual Organic Sales Growth, 40 to 60 basis points of Adjusted EBITDA
margin expansion and €0.8 to 1.0 billion of free cash flow from 2028.
Governance and stewardship
Robust governance underpins trust and performance. Upholding
standards of ethics and compliance supports responsible business
practices and long-term value creation for shareholders, consumers,
customers, employees and communities. TMICC is governed by a
one-tier Board structure, bringing together global leadership, deep
industry expertise and clear accountability. I thank Peter ter Kulve, Abhijit
Bhattacharya, Stacey Cartwright, René Hooft Graafland, Melissa Bethell,
Stefan Bomhard, Anja Mutsaers and Reginaldo Ecclissato for their Board
service during this important period, and welcome Josh Frank, who joined
as a Non-Executive Director in March 2026.
Doing good business
As a standalone company, we will in due course embed Environmental,
Social and Governance (ESG) matters into our strategy and operating
plans, focusing on the areas that matter most to the ice cream value
chain. Priorities include the integrity and sustainability of our key sourcing
ingredients, the environmental footprint of our packaging and cabinet cold
chain, and the social impact we have in the communities we operate in.
The Board will oversee progress against these priorities, ensuring
alignment with stakeholder expectations and disciplined execution.
Looking to the future
The global ice cream market is forecast to grow at 3% to 4% annually
(1)
,
supported by enduring consumer demand for indulgence, convenience
and innovation. As the world’s largest ice cream company, we are well
positioned to compete and win. We have invested in delivering capabilities
and implemented a robust productivity programme to strengthen
operational efficiency. With our foundations in place and a clear strategic
focus, we are confident in our ability to create sustained value for
shareholders.
It is an honour to write to you as Chair of TMICC. I am excited by the
opportunity to help shape the future of this remarkable business with so
much potential. Ice cream brings joy to millions every day, and TMICC is
built to win at scale with iconic brands, a unique asset base and great
people.
We are grateful to Unilever for its stewardship and support through the
transition, and to our shareholders for their trust in our vision.
Jean-François van Boxmeer, Board Chair
18 March 2026
‘I believe that growth and robust
governance are both fundamental
to building trust with our
stakeholders and ensuring
long-term value creation.’
Jean-François
van Boxmeer
Board Chair
(1)Company projection based on analysis of third-party market data.
OSG, OVG, OPG, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBIT margin, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT, Free Cash Flow, Net Debt,
Adjusted Effective Tax Rate and Adjusted Earnings Per Share are non-IFRS measures (see page 228 to 232 for definitions and reconciliations).
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Peter
ter Kulve
Chief Executive Officer
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
14
(1) Organic sales growth and Adjusted EBITDA margin improvement plan does not apply to any individual year, but is an average over the medium-term.
Leadership perspectives - CEO update
2025 marked a defining year for The Magnum Ice Cream Company
(TMICC). On 6 December 2025, we successfully demerged from Unilever
and on 8 December 2025, TMICC began trading as an independent,
publicly listed company. This enables us to focus exclusively on ice cream,
with a strong team of 16,500 colleagues around the world. At a very deep
level, we believe it all starts with the product - crafting amazing ice cream
experiences, whether it is a super-indulgent premium Talenti pint or a five-
cent water ice lolly. We are passionate and driven by making the world’s best
and most loved ice cream. Almost as much fun as making and selling ice
cream is unlocking the intrinsic economic value of this global business. We
are establishing TMICC as a hard currency compounder, delivering growth
and margin year by year, in line with our value creation algorithm. We are
positioning TMICC to grow Organic Sales on average by 3% to 5% from
2026, with an average annual Adjusted EBITDA margin improvement of
40 to 60 basis points in the medium term.
(1)
Ice cream is an attractive market
Ice Cream is an attractive market because it is consistently growing
(in volume and value) ahead of core foods, driven by penetration and
distribution in emerging markets and premiumisation in developed markets.
Premiumisation is occurring through the move from large tubs to hand-held
ice cream, more premium formats and increasingly ‘better-for-you’ options
like ‘high protein’, ‘low fat’ or ‘less sugar’.
Although weight loss medications are still largely an American
phenomenon, we believe they actually present more opportunities than
challenges. Clearly people on these medications reduce calorie intake
but they do not stop treating themselves. People seem to move from big
volume ‘mindless munching’ to more deliberately choosing their pleasure
moments. Even the most indulgent ice cream already has a good calorie
profile compared to cookies, chocolate or potato chips. Moreover,
it offers a wide range of choices and portion control, from an indulgent
Ben & Jerry’s Cookie Dough to low-calorie fruit water ice and more
focused nutrition options like our high-protein Yasso range.
There is a lot of value in the pint
The value creation opportunity for TMICC is clear; historically the business
was losing market share (2013-2023) and profitability was significantly
behind the estimated profitability of our main global ice cream competitor
and the broader snacking and refreshment market peer group. With our
more premium footprint, expertise in scaling innovation, and a strong
position in the faster growing channels like e-commerce and in emerging
markets, we have a growth advantage. We have identified the roadmap
to close the profitability gap, and this programme has been in execution
for two years, delivering the expected outcomes. As a result of increased
focus and our execution rigour, we have now gained market share for the
last two years. Our organic growth is accelerating at 4.2% with 1.5% volume
growth in 2025, in line with our long-term value creation algorithm.
2025 was a foundational year, our first full scoop
It was the first year that we ran as a standalone business, with our own
salesforce, supply chain, marketing and leadership team. The most
important thing for a new company is to get the culture right, which
is why we carefully studied the founders of our many brands - from
William Breyer, Thomas Wall, Ben and Jerry to Amanda Klane and Drew
Harrington who more recently founded Yasso.
There are three overwhelming characteristics that we want to capture in
our culture:
An obsession to create the best ice cream, because in the end it is all
about the product;
A small company soul. The ice cream season is short, the weather
is unpredictable, and there is a lot of competition, so we need to be
agile, fast and simple, working hand in glove across functions;
Growth hunting - all our founders were obsessed with growth,
new flavours, benefits, occasions and channels.
We have made a good start with our culture - establishing the team,
processes and ways of working. We are now building our new, best-
in-class technology stack and partner ecosystem. As we redesign our
workflows, we can leverage AI across functions to drive efficiencies,
from targeted marketing and freezer placements to advanced weather
modelling and the automation of our back-end operations through our
Global Business Solutions (GBS) organisation.
Looking ahead at 2026 and beyond
As we enter our first full year as a listed company, our focus will be
on sustaining competitive growth and margin expansion by driving
innovation, expanding availability, and deepening our presence in
under-represented channels and geographies. We will continue to invest
in premiumisation, ‘better-for-you’ products, and new consumption
occasions. Our productivity programme is now well established and has
very good momentum. In the next phase, technology-enabled efficiency
will be increasingly unlocked as we move out of Transitional Services
Agreements and progressively activate our own technology stack.
TMICC is largely an organic growth and margin improvement story,
and with disciplined capital allocation, we believe we are well positioned
to deliver good shareholder returns.
We have the scale, brands, strategy and capabilities to win as the world’s
largest ice cream company. I want to extend a huge thank you to my
colleagues around the world, to Unilever and to everyone else who has 
been part of making this journey possible. Life tastes better with ice cream!
Peter ter Kulve, Chief Executive Officer
18 March 2026
‘My motto is scoops over
spreadsheets - it keeps us agile
and remain squarely
focused on the consumer.’
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Growth
Accelerating competitive growth by expanding consumption
occasions, winning across the full price pyramid, and
ensuring broader availability across channels.
Productivity
Unlocking productivity through a €500 million savings
programme that resets our supply chain, reduces structural
overhead, and embeds technology-enabled efficiency.
Re-investment
Reinvesting in brands, capabilities and stronger leadership.
From disruptive innovation and demand creation
to best-in-class digitalised execution across channels.
Technology-enabled marketing, sales & supply chain operations
Focused Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) agenda
The Ice Cream Way
Our ambition is to combine the strength of our brands with a business system designed specifically for ice cream, unlocking faster decision-making, sharper execution,
and more disciplined capital allocation. Our value creation algorithm is clear. Over the medium term, we aim to deliver 3% to 5% average organic sales growth and expand
margins by 40 to 60 basis points (bps) per year, driven by competitive growth and a step-change in productivity, with sustained reinvestment in our brands.
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
15
Our
strategy
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Our strategy
-
Growth
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
16
1. Accelerating competitive growth
Occasion-led growth, powered by our brands
We are shifting from a brand-first mindset to an occasion-led growth model designed around where,
when, and why consumers choose ice cream. We are focused on innovation, activation and execution
on the demand moments that matter most, spanning indulgence, refreshment, on-the-go snacking,
bonding and sharing, and mindful choices. This aims to ensure that our innovations and spend are
more relevant and deliver higher returns.
Winning across the full price pyramid
Our portfolio is designed to compete across the full price pyramid. Premium propositions drive pricing
power and margin mix, while accessible formats build penetration, frequency, and scale supporting
manufacturing leverage and broad consumer reach. We support this with a country-specific,
occasion-based pricing strategy. Positioning our products not just within the ice cream category
norms, but against the broader snacking market, ensuring our products are always competitively
positioned.
(1)
Disciplined innovation focused on scalable platforms
We are sharpening our innovation model to prioritise value per launch and scalable growth platforms
rather than incremental renovations. We focus on disruptive formats that unlock new occasions and
travel across markets. In 2025, examples included Cornetto Max, the Wall’s seven-layer stick, and
Magnum Bonbon illustrating how format-led innovation can strengthen brand desire and broaden
consumption. Looking ahead we will continue to invest in premiumisation, ‘better-for-you’ products,
and new consumption occasions.
Availability and execution across channels
In ice cream, availability is everything. The category is impulse-driven and shaped by cold-chain
access, freezer visibility, and on-shelf execution. We are therefore transforming our go-to-market
model to expand distribution, reduce out-of-stocks, and raise execution standards across channels.
Dedicated ice cream salesforce
: We have deployed a dedicated ice cream salesforce with clear
mandates to expand distribution in underpenetrated outlets, improve availability, and create
perfect stores and shelves that showcase our brands at their best.
Grocery retail
: We are strengthening end-to-end Revenue Growth Management, including smarter
pack-price architecture, promotion design and occasion-based assortment strategies by channel.
In parallel, we are evolving trade terms and agreements to reflect the true economics of ice cream,
including freezer space, replenishment, cold chain logistics and seasonality.
Away-from-Home
: Our global cabinet fleet is a unique distribution advantage, a secret weapon
unmatched in the industry. We are modernising our three million cabinets through improved
placement systems, service discipline and selective digitisation to improve stock visibility and
replenishment accuracy. Turning cabinets into a more data-enabled growth engine, without
compromising route economics.
Digital commerce
: E-commerce is our fastest-growing channel. We are building the infrastructure
to win through stronger partnerships, optimised digital shelf execution, and precision marketing
using partner data to drive conversion and repeat purchases.
(1) Our customers always remain free to set their own selling prices.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Our strategy -
Productivity
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
17
2. Unlocking productivity to fuel margin expansion and reinvestment
As a standalone company, we are reshaping how TMICC operates structurally, commercially, and
technologically to unlock margin expansion and reinvest for growth. Our €500 million productivity
programme is designed to deliver sustainable savings over the medium term, anchored in three
integrated levers: supply chain transformation, overhead reduction and technology-enabled
operations.
Supply chain transformation:
TMICC operates one of the most complex cold chains in consumer
goods, requiring a business system designed for seasonality, energy intensity, frozen logistics,
and manufacturing complexity. Our transformation focuses on portfolio and SKU simplification,
procurement excellence, improved planning precision, network rebalancing, and a lean end-to-end
operating model that improves speed, resilience, and cost efficiency.
Overhead reduction:
We are building a leaner organisation around clearer accountability and faster
decision-making. We operate through three regions with end-to-end accountability, underpinned
by 23 Performance Units and supported by a lean corporate centre focused on strategy, capital and
people allocation, and governance. The purpose of this standalone design is to reduce layers, raise
execution quality and ensure resources are closer to the consumer and customer.
Technology-enabled productivity:
We are investing in a scalable technology stack that
standardises data and processes, improves real-time decision-making and enables automation.
As we redesign workflows for the new Company, we are embedding advanced analytics and
automation models across functions, from marketing media and freezer placement to factory
automation and weather-integrated planning systems. In 2025, we designed our new technology
stack and are currently building it. We plan to exit all Transitional Services Agreements with Unilever
by the end of 2027.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Our strategy
-
Re
-
investment
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
18
Finally, our culture - ‘The Ice Cream Way’ - is designed to translate strategy into consistent execution;
consumer obsession, speed and simplicity and accountability with integrity. We have refreshed
leadership, clarified decision rights and built a frontline-first organisation so that teams can move
faster, execute better and win market by market, season by season. The Ice Cream Way is embedded
in our daily operations and performance management, with incentives fully aligned to deliver our mid-
term plan.
3. Reinvesting in brands and capabilities
Our strategy is designed to create a reinforcing cycle: productivity funds reinvestment; reinvestment
strengthens growth; growth improves scale economics. We are therefore prioritising reinvestment
behind the capabilities that most directly drive competitive advantage in ice cream: disruptive
innovation, digital demand creation, and best-in-class execution across our network and sales
channels.
Sustainability and culture as accelerators
Sustainability is embedded in our strategy where it matters most for an ice cream business: reducing
cold chain energy use, improving operational efficiency, responsible sourcing and packaging choices
and maintaining strong regulatory readiness. These priorities strengthen resilience, protect our licence
to operate and support long-term competitiveness.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Ronald
Schellekens
Chief Human Resources Officer
‘We have laid the foundation
to build a truly unique
company culture -
The Ice Cream Way.’
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
19
Our
people
Culture and values
While becoming an independent company, TMICC began a cultural transformation, codifying a new
framework we call - The Ice Cream Way. It defines the values and behaviours expected of every
employee and leader.
These values are more than just statements of intent - they are embedded across our people systems
(for example, in the way we do performance management, leadership development, employee
listening and our recognition programmes), shaping behaviours and guiding decisions at every level of
the organisation.
Listening to our people
Our culture is designed to empower every colleague to speak up, challenge ideas and contribute to an
environment that fosters continuous improvement, collaboration and bold innovation. To measure our
culture, we conduct a deep dive Annual People Survey in September, complemented by Pulse Surveys
throughout the year - providing actionable insights into employee sentiment and their alignment with
our values. Our first Annual People Survey, conducted in September 2025, illustrated strength in our
employee engagement (77% positive) and confidence in our business (‘Business Outlook’ rated at
92% positive), with opportunity areas in making work simpler (‘Speed and Simplicity’ 66% positive)
and creating a compelling career proposition (65% positive).
We respond to feedback with transparency - acting on results and communicating changes clearly,
including through line managers and, starting in 2026, in-person meetings with members of our Board.
Our culture and our values are grounded in our
Code of Business Integrity
. In line with this
commitment, colleagues can raise concerns without fear of consequence through our Speak Up
platform and dedicated telephone lines - ensuring integrity and trust remain at the heart of how we
work.
Organisational structure: designed to empower
TMICC’s structure is designed to empower decision-making and accelerate execution by organising
as close to the business frontline as possible.
The Group is managed operationally through three regions : Europe & ANZ, Americas and AMEA. The
AMEA region is further organised into two sub regions - Middle East, Türkiye, South Asia and Africa
(METSA) and Asia. Each region is led by a President with end-to-end accountability for performance.
The regions are underpinned by 23 Performance Units led by a General Manager - improving speed
and agility of decision-making and strengthening accountability at the frontline of our business.
Above the Performance Units, lean Regional and Group (corporate) structures provide enabling
systems and processes (for example, enterprise resource planning (ERP) technology stack) and
oversee capital allocation. To ensure decisions serve the broader enterprise, each General Manager
and President carries a Group or Regional target within their annual goals, reinforcing collaboration
and safeguarding against siloed outcomes.
At the end of 2025, we were close to a gender-balanced workforce at managerial levels (49%) and will
continue to drive towards being fully balanced (50%) in the future. Across TMICC, we believe that just
as anyone can enjoy an ice cream, anyone can thrive and make a meaningful contribution. We believe
that a range of experience, perspectives and skills drives growth by better reflecting the consumers
we serve.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
We are all about
growth
We are
experts
in the
ice cream
category
We operate with
speed
and
simplicity
We boldly
innovate
to
disrupt
our market
We
win
together with
fun
We
care
and
challenge
The
Ice Cream
Way
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
20
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
21
Talent management and capability building
Our talent strategy is focused on leadership development, succession and pipeline strengthening and
prioritising capability building in growth areas.
Leadership Development
sits at the heart of our journey as an independent business. In 2025, we
placed significant effort behind the development and appointment of our top leaders, around 85%
of whom were new in their roles, either by internal succession or hired externally from the market.
Over 100 of our senior leaders have participated in a dedicated leadership diagnostic and feedback
programme anchored in The Ice Cream Way - our blueprint for leadership excellence. We completed
this with a dedicated leadership series designed to equip our leaders with the skills that are essential
for a newly listed company, ensuring they are ready to drive performance and shape cultural change.
Capability Building
is focused where it matters most - on skills unique to our category and vital for
unlocking significant growth. Rather than spreading investment thinly across all functional areas, we
concentrate efforts on Marketing, Sales, Supply Chain and Research and Development. The engines
of innovation and growth. Areas such as net revenue management, sales and operations planning and
digital marketing have received heightened attention and investment in 2025 and will continue to be
prioritised in 2026.
As we develop talent from within, we are also strengthening our ability to attract top talent from outside.
In 2026, we will launch our
Employee Value Proposition
- a clear, compelling promise that defines
what we expect from our people and what they can expect in return: investment, recognition and
reward in a world-class environment.
Performance and recognition
In 2025, TMICC launched its performance management system prioritising:
Goal setting
that is business-led and focused on outcomes, not process.
Empowerment of leaders
to make decisions and have meaningful performance conversations.
High standards
and differentiated performance.
The Ice Cream Way
to be fully embedded within goals, feedback and recognition.
We will maintain formal checkpoints to ensure rigour, while placing greater emphasis on the informal
moments that truly elevate performance - clarity of goals, regular feedback and coaching.
These touchpoints create a shared understanding amongst all colleagues regarding how their work
contributes to our business objectives.
Recognition is an integral part of our culture. Through Frontline Heroes, our global recognition
platform, we celebrate employees at the frontline (i.e. those who make, move or sell our products to
consumers) who deliver outstanding results and whose contributions and behaviours reflect our
values. Recognition happens both formally and informally - leaders nominate team members for global
recognition with nominations collected three to four times per year. Finalists are honoured during
our March celebration - a moment that also marks the start of the northern hemisphere’s ice cream
season.
Beyond financial rewards, recognition extends to career development opportunities such as short-
term international assignments (one to three months), specialised training and wellbeing support -
affirming our commitment to growth and care for our people.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Xing
Pu
Production Line Supervisor
for Cornetto in Taicang Factory,
China & Global Frontline Hero 2025
Our Frontline Heroes in Amsterdam.
‘The Frontline Heroes Award
recognises not only my personal
work, but also the entire team at
the Taicang factory. Gathering with
colleagues from around the world at
our new Amsterdam headquarters
was unforgettable and left me
deeply inspired and confident in
our Company’s future. It motivates
me to hold myself to even higher
standards and inspire other people
through my story.’
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
22
Our reward philosophy
At TMICC, our ambitious growth strategy and long-term objectives are supported by a reward
philosophy designed to drive performance and create long-term value.
While market practices, regulations and collective agreements vary across countries, our philosophy
remains consistent everywhere: to offer fair, transparent, competitive and performance-driven rewards
that recognise the impact of our people and their expertise in the ice cream category.
Base pay
We set base pay to be competitive and equitable, ensuring that we attract and retain the right talent.
Pay levels reflect role scope, career progression and sustained contribution to business performance.
Annual pay reviews help recognise growth in the role and expertise while ensuring pay is aligned with
market benchmarks.
As part of our commitment to fair rewards, we aim to provide at least a living wage in every market
where we operate, supporting a good standard of living for all our people and their families.
Bonuses and incentives
Aligned with our pay-for-performance principle, around 6,000 colleagues participate in the annual
discretionary bonus plan, rewarding delivery of our annual business priorities. In 2026, performance
measures will include organic sales growth, Adjusted EBITDA margin improvement, free cash flow and
market share gains - tailored to each participant’s area of responsibility. Frontline teams in factories and
sales have dedicated incentive schemes linked to their impact.
Share plans and ownership
Ownership is central to our culture. Nearly 2,000 managerial colleagues participate in TMICC share
plans, reinforcing a vested interest in the long-term success of our Company. Additionally, in December
2025, we announced the Celebration Award: a €300 share grant for every TMICC employee to mark
the moment of our listing and give everyone a stake in our future success.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Abhijit
Bhattacharya
Chief Financial Officer
‘Gaining market share
globally and executing on our
productivity program enabled
us to deliver solid operational
performance in 2025.’
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
23
Review
of the year
Group financial review
Revenue
In 2025, Group revenue was €7.9 billion (FY 2024: €7.9 billion). Organic sales growth for the year
was 4.2%, reflecting a healthy balance of volume growth of 1.5% and price growth of 2.6%. Growth
was broad based as all three regions grew market share, with growth in Europe & ANZ of 3.3%, in the
Americas of 0.8%, whilst AMEA delivered a double-digit increase of 10.9%.
Reported revenue growth was broadly in line with the previous year at -0.5%, as foreign exchange
rate (forex) translation effects had a negative impact of -4.3% in 2025. These related mainly to the
strengthening of the euro against key currencies, particularly the Turkish lira and US dollar.
2025
2024
Revenue (in € billions)
7.9
7.9
Reported revenue growth (%)
(0.5)
4.3
Organic Sales Growth (OSG) (%)
4.2
2.8
Organic Volume Growth (OVG) (%)
1.5
1.1
Organic Price Growth (OPG) (%)
2.6
1.7
Operating profit (in € millions)
599
764
Adjusted EBITDA (in € millions)
1,255
1,340
Adjusted EBIT (in € millions)
917
964
Net profit (in € millions)
307
595
Operating profit margin (% revenue)
7.6
9.6
Adjusted EBITDA margin (% revenue)
15.9
16.9
Adjusted EBIT margin (% revenue)
11.6
12.1
Free Cash Flow (FCF, in € millions)
38
803
Diluted earnings per share (in €)
0.48
Adjusted earnings per share (in €)
0.93
OSG, OVG, OPG, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBIT margin, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT, Free Cash Flow, Net Debt,
Adjusted Effective Tax Rate and Adjusted Earnings Per Share are non-IFRS measures (see page 228 to 232 for definitions and reconciliations).
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
24
Biggest brands leading the way
Our four leading brands - Magnum, Ben & Jerry’s, Cornetto, and The Heartbrand - continued to be
powerful growth drivers for the Group in 2025.
Magnum delivered high single-digit organic sales growth driven by the global launch of Magnum
Utopia across all regions and the further rollout of Magnum Bonbon in multiple markets including
the Nordics, Spain and Poland.
Ben & Jerry’s delivered over 3% organic sales growth, driven by the introduction of 25 new flavour
and format combinations across pints, mini cups, sharing tubs, scooping and snackable bites.
Cornetto delivered high single-digit organic sales growth, supported by the launch of the next
generation MAX cone featuring a layered texture and premium ingredients in the EU and Türkiye.
The Heartbrand delivered low single-digit organic sales growth, driven by the Asian roll out of the
Chinese multi-layer sticks innovation. The successful Brazilian bites formats were rolled out to Asia
and the rest of Latin America.
Driving growth across channels
2025 was the first year where our fully dedicated salesforce significantly improved execution, driving
growth across all channels. Digital commerce remained TMICC’s fastest-growing channel, delivering
double-digit growth with positive share gains. The At-Home channel grew mid single-digit, and growth
was accelerated through improved service, well-executed customer growth plans and competitive
pricing. In the US, growth was led by the rebuilding of our business in the value and club channels.
Increasing our freezer fleet in key markets supported mid single-digit growth in the Away-from-Home
channels.
Operating profit, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT
Operating profit was €599 million in 2025 (FY 2024: €764 million), mainly impacted by adjusting
items related to separation and restructuring and forex translation effect. Gross Profit Margin
slightly decreased from 34.9% to 34.6% driven by severe commodity inflation. Selling, General and
Administrative expenses increased by 20bps mainly due to double run costs and Transitional
Service Agreement (TSA) markup. Productivity savings offset inflation for the year.
In 2025, Adjusted EBITDA was €1,255 million (FY 2024: €1,340 million). Adjusted EBITDA margin
was 15.9% (FY 2024: 16.9%), impacted by 50bps forex translation effect and a further 50bps due to
a higher cash cost resulting from the TSAs in second half of 2025. While operating under Unilever as
a Business Group, the ice cream business was allocated depreciation costs of certain shared assets
which did not transfer to TMICC at separation. From the second half of 2025, these depreciation
costs are included in the TSA charge from Unilever, reflecting the usage of those assets by TMICC.
Operationally, we saw commodity and other supply chain cost inflation of 380bps during this period,
which was offset through our productivity programme and select pricing actions. On a regional basis,
Europe & ANZ delivered an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 13.1%, Americas delivered 14.1%, while AMEA
delivered 22.9%.
Adjusted EBIT in 2025 was €917 million (FY 2024: €964 million) with Adjusted EBIT margin of 11.6%
(FY 2024: 12.1%), with -50bps forex translation effect. Forex movements and TSA-related cash costs
affected Adjusted EBITDA margin. But, excluding these impacts, Adjusted EBIT at constant exchange
rate was up by €48 million as disciplined execution of our productivity programme, supported by select
pricing actions, partially offset the impact of commodity price inflation.
Effective tax rate
The Adjusted Effective Tax Rate in 2025 was 26.0% (FY 2024: 21.9%). The increase versus prior
year reflects the adverse impact of non-deductible interest and losses upon which no deferred tax
asset has been recognised. The Effective Tax Rate for 2025 was 31.3% due to the tax impact of
hyperinflation adjustments in Türkiye of 3.4% and irrecoverable VAT arising from asset transfers as a
direct result of the separation of 1.5%.
OSG, OVG, OPG, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted EBIT margin, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT, Free Cash Flow, Net Debt,
Adjusted Effective Tax Rate and Adjusted Earnings Per Share are non-IFRS measures (see page 226 to 230 for definitions and reconciliations).
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
25
The Demerger-related cash outflows comprised:
acquisition and disposal-related outflows of €238 million;
separation-related outflows of €146 million resulting mainly from indirect taxes paid on asset
transfers and brought forward tax payments and commodity hedge settlements; and
outflows due to the implementation of the interim operating model of €180 million.
Under the interim operating model, Unilever continues to hold inventory on the Group’s behalf in most
markets. At Separation (refer to Note 21), TMICC paid a €905 million inventory subsidy to Unilever,
recognised as a prepayment in trade receivables. This subsidy is fixed and will be paid back to TMICC
when inventory is purchased from Unilever at the end of the Transitional Period (refer to Note 21).
TMICC also recognises an accrual representing the value of inventory held by Unilever in those
markets. Because the inventory subsidy is based on historic annual average inventory levels, while
the accrual reflects the actual level of inventory at reporting date, these two balances do not fully offset.
At 31 December 2025, the net cash impact of these two balances was approximately €90 million
outflow. The remaining approximately €90 million outflow reflects a combination of carve-out
allocations and changes in the timing of invoices and payment terms under the interim operating model.
From 1 July 2025, the Group incurred €143 million of additional cash costs on interest and the
operation of the TSA. Interest on loans from Unilever and external debt increased interest payments
by €105 million versus 2024, when interest was incurred only in entities that operated as a standalone
ice cream entity. In addition, depreciation previously allocated by Unilever was replaced by TSA cash
charges, increasing cash outflows by €38 million.
The remaining €58 million year-on-year movement reflected increased capital expenditure (Capex)
driven by capacity and cabinet fleet expansion (€31 million) and forex translation impacts (€27 million).
2026 Outlook
Looking ahead, the external environment remains uncertain. The ice cream market is resilient and has
good momentum and is anticipated to grow between 3% and 4% in 2026. We expect organic sales
growth for 2026 to be between 3% and 5% and expect an Adjusted EBITDA margin improvement
of 40 to 60bps, on a comparable perimeter basis with 2025. The reported improvement in Adjusted
EBITDA margin is expected to be 0 to 20bps, primarily due to the impact of the anticipated acquisition
of the India business in the first half of 2026. We expect the improvements in the year to be weighted
more in the second half of 2026 due to the phasing of TSAs and commodity prices.
Finance costs
Net finance costs totalled €121 million (2024: €17 million). Finance costs were €139 million, including
€117 million of interest expense of which a significant part relates to loans with Unilever to fund the
separation and bond interest.
In 2024, finance costs did not include any allocation of interest incurred by Unilever or interest-bearing
fundings.
Net monetary loss
The net monetary loss arising from hyperinflation adjustments for Türkiye is €31 million (2024: nil).
The increase in 2025 versus the prior year is due to the higher net monetary asset position, driven by
indirect tax receivables recognised on asset transfers.
Net profit
Net profit in 2025 was €307 million, (FY 2024: €595 million). The decrease compared to the prior year
was driven by a net increase of €118 million in higher separation and restructuring costs, higher net
finance costs (€104 million), higher net monetary loss from hyperinflation in Türkiye (€31 million) and
forex impact on operating profit, slightly offset by a lower tax charge.
Earnings per Share (EPS)
Prior to 6 December 2025, the Group was under the control of Unilever and did not have any issued
shares. Accordingly, EPS has not been calculated for prior years. The current year EPS is based on the
total shares issued as at 31 December 2025.
Free Cash Flow
Free Cash Flow for 2025 was €38 million, compared to €803 million in 2024. This was primarily due to
the significant cash outflows related to the Demerger (€564 million), interest costs on new loans (€105
million) and an impact on the depreciation charge due to TSAs with Unilever (€38 million).
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
26
Balance sheet
In millions of €
2025
2024
Goodwill and Intangible assets
1,241
1,378
Property, plant and equipment
2,306
2,355
Other non-current assets
784
159
Current assets
3,157
1,629
Total assets
7,488
5,521
Non-current liabilities
3,748
691
Current liabilities
3,107
2,029
Total liabilities
6,855
2,720
Shareholders' equity
625
2,778
Non-controlling interest
8
23
Total equity
633
2,801
Total liabilities and equity
7,488
5,521
Non-current assets and liabilities
The pension position moved from a net liability of €98 million in 2024 to a net asset of €2 million in
2025. During the year, pension assets for funded schemes increased from nil to €78 million and
pension liabilities for funded and unfunded schemes decreased from €98 million to €76 million. This
€100 million improvement was driven primarily by German funded pension plans moving from a
net liability of €5 million to a net asset of €77 million, reflecting higher discount rates, which reduced
liabilities and increased asset returns.
The net deferred tax position moved from a net deferred tax liability of €168 million in 2024 to a
€314 million net deferred tax asset in 2025. The increase of €482 million was mainly driven by the
Separation where a net deferred tax asset was recognised from the transfers of assets and liabilities
and is subject to the completion of the purchase price allocation exercise in certain jurisdictions, which
will take place in 2026.
Additional financial disclosures
Cash flow
In millions of €
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
Free cash flow
38
803
Net cash flow (used in)/from investing activities
(315)
(359)
Net cash flow (used in)/from financing activities
205
(737)
Net cash flow used in investing activities was lower than in the prior year, which included the payment
of €61 million deferred consideration relating to the acquisition of Yasso. 
Net cash flow from financing activities was €205 million in 2025, primarily reflecting net proceeds
from the debut bond issuance and drawdown under the term loan facility (€3,076 million) offset by
the net repayments to Unilever (€2,595 million) and interest paid (€130 million). In 2024 net cash flow
used in financing activities primarily represented the transactions with Unilever Group companies
and cash pooling activities between Unilever and the Group. These transactions reflected the
fact that the Group did not retain cash generated from operating activities, and represented the
cash outflow associated with repatriating such cash to Unilever, net of any movements in working
capital, financing and investing activities.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
27
Provisions decreased by €63 million mainly driven by the release of restructuring provisions due to
higher than anticipated employee redeployment within the new organisation; and the derecognition of
certain provisions previously allocated to TMICC, which were retained by Unilever as the legal liability
did not transfer.
Net debt
Net debt was €2,967 million (2024: €263 million). The increase consists primarily of €2,977 million
raised following the bond issuance in November 2025, which financed the settlement of the Unilever
payable arising from the asset transfers upon Separation. A €100 million drawdown from the term
loan facility was offset by a €373 million increase in cash and cash equivalents. In 2024, cash and
cash equivalents only included the balance from ice cream-dedicated entities. In 2025, we received
investment-grade ratings from both S&P (BBB) and Moody’s (Baa2). The Net Debt/Adjusted EBITDA
ratio achieved 2.4, which is in line with the multi-year financial framework.
Other non-current assets increased to €186 million (2024: €29 million), primarily reflecting the non-
current portion of indirect taxes paid to the local authorities as the result of the transfer of assets and
liabilities under the Separation, amounting to €120 million. A sizeable portion of these indirect tax
payments was funded by Unilever prior to the Demerger. The amount owed to Unilever will be repaid
as and when it is recovered from the local tax authorities; accordingly, a corresponding liability was
recognised in payables.
Other non-current assets also include a €54 million prepayment to Unilever related to the deferred
transfer of the Mexico sourcing unit assets.
Current assets and liabilities
Trade receivables and trade payables increased year on year, primarily reflecting the Transitional
Period working capital arrangements following the Demerger:
Upon the Demerger, in many territories, legal title to inventory has not passed from Unilever to
the Group. Accordingly, an accrual of €818 million was recognised as a payable to Unilever. This
reflects the fact that, during the Transitional Period, the Group does not have legal title to all
inventory and will need to acquire that inventory at the end of the Transitional Period.
During 2025, the Group made a payment (‘Inventory Subsidy’) of €905 million to Unilever.
The Inventory Subsidy is a cash flow mechanism that allows Unilever to be compensated for its
investment in inventory where it retains legal title. The subsidy is a one-time payment that will be
repaid at the end of the Transitional Period.
While the balances differ in amount and cannot be offset under IFRS due to being held with different
Unilever legal entities, they are expected to be economically settled at the same time at the end of the
Transitional Period.
Indirect taxes paid on transfer of net assets and separation costs as well as changes to the operating
model also resulted in higher receivables compared with the prior year.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
28
Capital allocation and funding
TMICC’s strategy is based on driving organic growth, and therefore, we ensure that the financial
plan has the right amount of investments. In 2025, capital expenditure grew by 11% versus prior year,
reaching 4.5% of revenue. In 2025, we increased the number of cabinets in key markets. As announced
during the Capital Markets Day in September 2025, we aim for a dividend payout ratio of 40% to 60%,
with the 2025 dividend being paid by Unilever. Dividends related to 2026 performance will be paid by
TMICC in the first half of 2027.
In 2025, the Group strengthened its financing structure following the Demerger:
In August 2025, the Group entered into term loan facilities totalling €4 billion, comprising a
€3 billion bridge facility, which was cancelled in November 2025, without any amounts drawn,
a €700 million working capital facility, of which €100 million was drawn on 29 December 2025, and
a €300 million facility for the acquisition of the Indian Ice Cream business in 2026 (to be drawn in
2026).
The Group also has access to a €1 billion multi-currency revolving credit facility, including euro
and US dollar swingline facilities. No amounts were drawn.
In November 2025, the Group completed a €3 billion debut bond issuance across four tranches
(2029, 2031, 2034 and 2037) under its Euro Medium Term Note programme with interest rate
ranging 2.75% to 4%. Proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including facilitating
the Demerger. The offering attracted strong market interest, with the order book oversubscribed
by more than seven times.
Following these financings, financial liabilities increased to €3,416 million (2024: €333 million), with an
average debt maturity of 7.5 years.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Mustafa
Seckin
President | Europe & ANZ
‘2025 was a landmark
year for our Europe &
ANZ teams, transforming
our organisation while
accelerating growth,
improving competitiveness
and continuing to
innovate boldly.’
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
29
Regional performance
Europe & ANZ
Financial performance
FY 2025
FY 2024
Revenue (in € billions)
3.2
3.1
Reported revenue growth (%)
2.7
3.0
Organic Sales Growth (OSG) (%)
3.3
2.6
Organic Volume Growth (OVG) (%)
1.2
1.7
Organic Price Growth (OPG) %
2.1
0.9
Adjusted EBITDA margin (%)
13.1
14.6
Adjusted EBIT margin (%)
9.2
10.2
We delivered a solid performance in Europe & ANZ, posting 3.3% OSG and market share gains for the
region. Growth was driven by particularly strong performance in the UK, France and Spain.
Our performance in Italy was below par, and we are resetting the business with a clear plan in place.
In particular, Magnum, Ben & Jerry’s and Cornetto performed strongly, delivering high single-digit
growth, supported by market-making format innovations such as the pan-European launch of
Magnum Bonbon. Innovation in the premium price segment continued with the successful launch
of the Cornetto Max range and Magnum Disc Cones in France. Across the broader portfolio, we
introduced the new Solero XL pack and launched exciting new concepts including a Minecraft stick,
demonstrating the depth of the Heartbrand portfolio. Topline growth in the region was enabled by
improved physical availability and on-shelf execution, with key wins including new discounter listings.
The Adjusted EBIT margin in the region declined operationally by 70bps and an additional 30bps
from lower royalties. Significant raw material price inflation, mainly cocoa, impacted the operational
profitability in Europe and ANZ. This was mostly offset by strong productivity savings and pricing.
In addition to these factors, previously allocated depreciation costs - which are charged as a cash
cost from the second half of 2025 due to the Transitional Service Agreements (TSAs) - impacted the
Adjusted EBITDA margin by 50bps.
The supply chain productivity programme delivered efficiency gains through investments in major
manufacturing facilities in Heppenheim (Germany), Gloucester (UK) and Minto (Australia). We are
strengthening demand forecasting and seasonal planning in the region, using advanced weather
forecasting models which are integrated into our planning systems.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Gerardo
Rozanski
President | Americas
‘Our teams across the
Americas worked incredibly
hard to delight customers and
consumers alike and win in the
marketplace. We gained share
in key markets, further bolstered
our fantastic brands and
portfolio and continued to invest
in the next phase of our growth.’
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
30
Regional performance
Americas
Financial performance
FY 2025
FY 2024
Revenue (in € billions)
2.8
2.9
Reported revenue growth (%)
(4.5)
5.0
Organic Sales Growth (OSG) (%)
0.8
2.0
Organic Volume Growth (OVG) (%)
0.0
2.1
Organic Price Growth (OPG) %
0.8
(0.1)
Adjusted EBITDA margin (%)
14.1
14.7
Adjusted EBIT margin (%)
10.4
10.3
The Americas delivered 0.8% OSG, driven by 1.7% OSG in the US underpinned by volume growth,
offset by weaker performance in the rest of the region, most notably Brazil and Canada.
Reported revenue declined by -4.5% versus 2024 as forex translation effects had a negative impact of
-5.2% on 2025 revenue growth.
Momentum in North America was driven by top US brands, with Yasso maintaining double-digit OSG
and Ben & Jerry’s outperforming the broader market, driving share gains in the US.
Portfolio innovation continues to revitalise our US brand portfolio, with key partnerships such as
Hershey and Disney. The successful relaunch of Popsicle - rebuilding the ‘yellow door’ - delivered mid
single-digit OSG. Our focus on market-making format innovation continued, with the launch of the
Breyers S’mores range across tubs, sticks and sandwiches as well as the introduction of Ben & Jerry’s
Scoop-apalooza, a party-sized format.
Growth was further bolstered by expanded physical availability across the value, club and digital
commerce channels as well as in Away-from-Home in Latin America, where we increased cabinet fleet
investments after years of decline.
The Adjusted EBIT margin in the region improved by 10 basis points (bps) as the productivity
programme more than offset the inflationary impact of raw material prices. In addition, previously
allocated non-cash depreciation costs - which are charged as a cash cost from second half of 2025
due to TSAs - impacted the Adjusted EBITDA margin by 60bps.
The US end-to-end supply chain reset increased the competitiveness for our brands across the US.
Investments in debottlenecking our production lines enabled us to unlock capacity to drive volume
growth. Yasso transitioned to in-house production, lowering costs and providing improved service
levels. Across the portfolio, efficiencies and cost savings were realised in the supply chain through
factory modernisation, distribution optimisation and our comprehensive procurement overhaul.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Toloy
Tanridagli
President | METSA
Wai-Fung
Loh
President | Asia
‘AMEA’s emerging markets are powering our growth.
With resilient operations and rapid innovation, we’re
using technology to boost efficiency and bring new
ice cream experiences to our consumers.’
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
31
Regional performance
AMEA
Financial performance
FY 2025
FY 2024
Revenue (in € billions)
2.0
2.0
Reported revenue growth (%)
0.5
5.5
Organic Sales Growth (OSG) (%)
10.9
4.7
Organic Volume Growth (OVG) (%)
4.5
(1.6)
Organic Price Growth (OPG) %
6.1
6.4
Adjusted EBITDA margin (%)
22.9
23.6
Adjusted EBIT margin (%)
17.2
18.0
AMEA continued to drive significant growth for the Group, delivering 10.9% OSG. Türkiye and Pakistan
continued to perform strongly, delivering double-digit OSG, with a step-up in performance in China,
and Indonesia delivering high single-digit growth. Our turnaround plans in Thailand are starting to show
results, as we gained market share in 2025. Performance in the Philippines was impacted by unusually
severe weather. Reported revenue increased by 0.5% versus 2024 as forex translation effects had a
negative impact of -9.3% on 2025 revenue growth. Strong performance was delivered by a dual focus
on growing consumer demand occasions and operational rigour by increasing market penetration
through leveraging festive activations and joint business plans with retail partners to increase product
availability and consumer reach.
Growth was supported across the region by premium innovations across our leading brands, including
the successful launch of Magnum cones and Cornetto and Wall’s multi-layer sticks.
Market-specific innovations also contributed to strong growth:
Türkiye: successful launch of Magnum Dubai, Volcano, Plombir and Carte d’Or Chunkies
Pakistan: focused on category relevance via seasonal packs (Chaunsa Mango) and accessible
snacking formats (Cornetto Popcone)
The Adjusted EBIT margin in the region declined by 80bps. Rigorous cost management, selective pricing
actions, and disciplined execution of the productivity programme, partially offset significant external head-
winds from material cost inflation and hyperinflation in Türkiye. Adjusted EBITDA margin declined by 70bps.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
32
Sustainability
2025: A foundational year for TMICC 
This year marked TMICC’s successful separation from Unilever and its debut as an independent,
publicly listed company. The transition lays the groundwork for embedding sustainability across our
operations, governance and value chain.
Building the framework 
We illustrated the structure of our sustainability journey in our first Capital Markets Day and integrated
sustainability disclosures into our Prospectus for listings on the Amsterdam, London and New
York stock exchanges. A double materiality assessment identified 24 material impacts, risks and
opportunities (IROs) spanning environmental, social, and governance topics. While no financial effects
were noted for 2025, these IROs will guide future disclosures and actions. 
Policies and governance 
Our Code of Business Integrity (the Code) applies to all our colleagues and guides us on the way we
conduct our business everywhere. Respect, Fairness, Honesty, Care, Innovation and Collaboration are
essential principles within it. All policies and procedures derive from our Code, including respect for
human rights. Post Demerger, TMICC began transitioning to its own policies, including a Responsible
Partner Policy, Environmental Policy and Company Purchasing Policy.
Highlights
 Our strategy is anchored by a 2050 Net Zero ambition, responsible sourcing, supply chain resilience,
and packaging innovation. Key 2025 achievements and activities include: 
Most new and replacement cabinets, entering the European markets in 2026, are upgraded to
Energy Efficiency Class C.
Continued sustainable sourcing of our key commodities: cocoa, vanilla, dairy, and palm oil. 
Continued progress on our value chain community programmes, including our Vanilla for Change
programme in Madagascar, the Child Labour Monitoring and Remediation System (CLMRS) and
the advancement of women’s empowerment initiatives in the Ivory Coast.
Looking ahead
2025 was a year of foundation building. In 2026, we will start the process of setting formal sustainability
targets aligned with industry standards, deepening our value chain programmes and accelerating our
cabinet strategy. Our focus remains on driving impact where it matters most - responsible sourcing,
supply chain resilience and packaging innovation - while ensuring sustainability creates value for
our brands and business. This will include implementing our sustainable governance structure and
embedding sustainability priorities into senior management objectives.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Strategic Risk
Operational Risk
Compliance Risk
Financial Risk
Risk Response
Key Business Goals
Risk Identification
Monitoring & Reporting
Risk Assessment
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
33
Risk
management
Approach
We view risk management as an integral part of our strategic vision - essential for sustainable growth,
resilience and long-term success. By embedding proactive risk management practices into our
strategy and daily operations, we not only safeguard the Company’s objectives and strengthen
organisational agility but also create a meaningful impact on the environment and society. This
approach lays the foundation for sustainable performance and enduring value creation.
Our Responsible Risk Management Code Policy mandates that all managers and employees embed
risk management into their daily operations and decision-making. Complementing this, we formally
manage risk through the Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) process - a strategic, compliance-driven
framework that integrates risk oversight into business processes and corporate governance.
Our ERM framework is aligned with industry best practices and inspired by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) framework. This operates as a
structured cycle that identifies and assesses risks aligned with business priorities, defines appropriate
responses, monitors progress and reports outcomes to management and the Board. This cycle
is embedded in strategic planning, business reviews and reporting processes, ensuring that risk
considerations are integrated into all critical decisions.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Strategic Risks
Risks that could materially affect TMICC’s long-term market position,
growth ambitions and ability to deliver its strategy. These arise from
external market forces, competitive dynamics, evolving consumer
trends and strategic execution challenges.
See pages 36-37 for more information.
Operational Risks
Risks arising from day-to-day processes, systems, technology, supply chain
and organisational capability. These may disrupt business continuity,
impact product availability or increase operating costs.
See pages 38-39 for more information.
Compliance Risks
Risks related to failures to comply with legal, regulatory, ethical or contractual
requirements across the markets where TMICC operates. These may result
in fines, legal action or reputational harm.
See page 38 for more information.
Financial Risks
Risks that affect TMICC’s liquidity, solvency, cash flow, profitability, access to
funding or financial resilience. These may arise from macroeconomic conditions,
cost volatility or financial market exposure as described in Notes 15A, 15B and 16B
of the Financial Statements.
See page 37 for more information.
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
34
Risks are assessed against their potential impact on TMICC’s strategy, operations, financial position
and compliance obligations. We classify principal risks into four categories:
Strategic, Operational, Compliance, and Financial
- to support clear governance, focused mitigation
planning and effective Board oversight.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Three lines model
First line of defense - Risk Owners
Risk owners manage risks in their day-to-day operations, with support from the
Executive Leadership Team, which ensures risk management is embedded in
decision-making and culture.
Second line of defense - Group Risk and Internal Controls
The second line provides oversight, frameworks, methodologies, and challenges to
ensure risks - including emerging risks - are identified, assessed, monitored, and
escalated when required.
Third line of defense - Internal Audit
Internal Audit provides independent assurance that key risks are understood and
effectively managed in the Company
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
35
Governance
The Board maintains the Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) framework and oversees a robust
system of internal controls over financial reporting, supported by the three lines model. This framework
enables periodic control reviews through self-assessments at both Group and regional levels, ensuring
that financial risks are identified, evaluated, and mitigated effectively across the organisation.
The Audit and Risk Committee ensures the effectiveness of the ERM framework and advises the
Board on risk appetite, as well as emerging and principal risks. It reviews risk assessment outcomes
and provides guidance on managing and mitigating those risks.
The Audit and Risk Committee delegates day-to-day operation of the ERM framework to the Chief
Financial Officer (CFO), who leads the Risk Management with support from the Group Controller
and the Group Risk and Internal Controls department.
The Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer, and Chief Supply Chain Officer jointly form the Risk
Management Group (RMG), which sets the tone for risk governance and provides oversight of key
risks. The RMG enables the Group Controller and the Group Risk and Internal Controls department
to run the ERM programme and coordinates risk-related activities across the business.
Risk appetite
TMICC’s risk appetite defines the level and type of risk the organisation is prepared to accept in
pursuit of its strategic objectives - protecting our brands, ensuring compliance, and supporting
sustainable growth. These principles are documented, communicated across the organisation, and
reviewed annually to ensure they remain relevant, forming the basis for risk responses that are guided
by the Board-approved risk appetite framework and aligned with TMICC’s strategic priorities and
corporate values.
The Company accepts calculated risks that enable growth, but maintains zero tolerance for breaches
relating to:
Product safety
Employee health and safety
Regulatory compliance
The Code of Business Integrity
In practice, the risk appetite framework translates into clear decision-making guidance:
Zero tolerance risks must be strictly avoided or mitigated.
Risks within defined thresholds - such as those associated with innovation, market expansion,
or financial volatility - may be deliberately accepted to support growth, competitiveness,
and long-term value creation.
Risk management and double materiality assessment
Following our recent double materiality assessment (in line with the Corporate Sustainability
Reporting Directive), we have expanded our focus to prioritise not only financial impacts from business
risks but also those arising from Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) factors. This integrated
approach strengthens enterprise risk management and ensures the implementation of mitigation
measures for TMICC’ s key business risks, as identified by the Board and monitored by the Audit and
Risk Committee through regular updates and reviews.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
36
Principal risks
Establishment as a Standalone Company
Strategic Risk
Becoming a fully independent entity involves structural,
operational, and compliance challenges. These include stabilising
the operating model, managing transitional service agreements,
setting up new IT systems and capability centres, navigating
complex regulatory requirements and maintaining financial
discipline under heightened market scrutiny.
Delays in establishing new systems and capabilities could
increase costs, while disruptions during implementation may
compromise business operations and lead to financial losses.
In addition, TMICC’s transition to full SOX 404(a) and (b) compliance
in 2026 represents a step-change from 2025, significantly
increasing the level of Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
(ICFR) rigor and external audit scrutiny.
Failure to meet regulatory obligations may result in legal penalties,
reputational damage and loss of investor confidence.
How we address them
Our strategy is anchored in strong governance, operational excellence,
financial resilience, and strategic partnerships. To bring this vision to
life, we are executing various initiatives under the direct guidance and
oversight of the Executive Leadership Team and the Board.
These initiatives are structured into dedicated workstreams led by
seasoned experts, driven by integrated planning and rigorous execution
and supported by strong governance.
Our technology transition is building a cutting-edge, fit-for-purpose IT
ecosystem that delivers agility, scalability, and operational efficiency.
In parallel, we are establishing capability centres to streamline
transactional services, enabling our market teams to concentrate on
strategic growth and deliver exceptional customer value. We continue
to strengthen our internal control framework by embedding robust,
auditable controls to support SOX compliance.
Evolving Consumer Preference
Strategic Risk
Adapting to evolving consumer trends is critical to sustain growth.
Today’s ice cream lovers increasingly seek variety and innovation.
Snacking and indulgence preferences are further shaped by
geographic diversity, new occasions and the growing influence of
health and wellness trends such as dairy-free, low-sugar and
functional products.
Failure to anticipate emerging trends and innovate relevant products
could erode our competitiveness and hinder our ability to grow sales
and market share.
How we address them
We take a comprehensive approach to monitoring consumer
preferences, leveraging multi-layered insights to stay ahead of the
markets evolution. Our Consumer & Market Insights (CMI) team
continuously tracks market trends, including food and beverage
dynamics beyond ice cream to anticipate future changes.
These insights power our consumer-centric product design,
positioning innovation as a critical lever to remain relevant in markets
we operate. We have established Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
to track innovation success in driving category growth and regularly
evaluate performance against these indicators. Additionally, we
conduct product superiority assessments across key markets to
ensure we maintain a differentiated product portfolio, aligned with
consumer demand spaces and competitive price points, in compliance
with all applicable laws, including competition law.
Complementing this, our marketing strategy reinforces a consumer-
first approach. This includes building emotional connections through
storytelling and authenticity, exemplified by launches such as Yasso,
Magnum Bonbon and Hydro Ice - products designed to meet specific
consumer needs by blending indulgence with functionality and
wellness.
Customer and Channel Adaptation
Strategic Risk
We operate in a fast-changing retail environment where strong
relationships with our customers and adaptability to diverse channels
are critical for success. Trade consolidation, declining footfall in
traditional retail and the rapid rise of digital commerce require us to
continuously evolve our route-to-market strategies.
Maintaining strong relationships with our retailers and buying alliances
and building relationships with new customers such as e-commerce
platforms is vital to securing our strategic pricing terms and ensuring
product availability.
If we fail to preserve these relationships, we may face the risk of
reduced competitiveness, and negative impacts on our revenue and
profitability.
How we address them
Our route-to-market strategies are continuously optimised through
data-driven insights, enabling us to anticipate shopper trends and adapt
seamlessly to evolving channels. We complement this with unmatched
physical reach through our three million cabinet fleet, ensuring product
availability and visibility at scale. The digitalisation of our cabinets
enhances real-time inventory tracking and predictive replenishment,
improving efficiency and customer experience.
Additionally, our Away-from-Home capabilities amplify brand presence
and engagement, driving awareness and conversion across multiple
touchpoints.
We believe business thrives when partners actively listen and respond
to each other’s feedback. Retailers are our gateway to consumers, and
their insights enable us to foster collaboration and drive mutual growth
through joint business planning and structured engagement. Initiatives
such as the Advantage Group Survey (AGS) provide a dedicated
platform for retailers to share feedback on key performance areas,
helping us align priorities and co-create strategies for success.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
37
Talent
Strategic Risk
Our people are the foundation of our success, and attracting,
developing and retaining top talent remains a strategic priority.
While our strong employer proposition supports recruitment, there is
a risk that our workforce may not be equipped with specialised skills
required in some parts of the organisation, particularly in frontline
operations and digital capabilities.
Retention risk persists in a competitive labour market, driven by rising
demand for specialised expertise and evolving employee expectations.
The loss of key talent or senior leadership could disrupt operational
continuity and slow strategic execution.
Global mobility trends and shifting work preferences further amplify
this risk, requiring sustained focus to maintain engagement and
alignment with business priorities.
How we address them
We have a comprehensive approach to talent management focused
on engagement, capability building and workforce resilience.
Targeted recruitment and upskilling initiatives close critical skill gaps
in digital and frontline operations, while leadership development
programmes and structured succession planning secure continuity
in key roles.
Competitive compensation frameworks, performance-linked
incentives and recognition programmes reinforce fairness and
meritocracy.
We foster a culture of inclusion and wellbeing with flexible work
arrangements and regular employee surveys to ensure feedback
drives meaningful action.
Climate and Nature
Strategic Risk
We recognise climate resilience as a strategic imperative for sustaining
business continuity and long-term growth. While we proactively
manage climate-related risks, the inherent unpredictability of climate
change means they cannot be fully eliminated.
Rising global temperatures are expected to increase the frequency and
severity of extreme weather events - such as floods, hurricanes, and
droughts - potentially disrupting manufacturing, cold-chain distribution,
and agricultural sourcing. Government measures to address climate
change, including carbon taxes, land use regulations and restrictions on
greenhouse gas-intensive ingredients, may also raise production costs
and reduce operational flexibility.
Our business depends on healthy ecosystems, making biodiversity loss
and ecosystem degradation critical concerns. Intensive agricultural
practices, land conversion, and deforestation may reduce crop
and dairy yields and increase commodity prices. Water scarcity in
high-stress regions poses further risks to agricultural sourcing and key
production processes.
How We Address Them
To achieve this, we are currently engaging stakeholders to help shape
our strategy, glidepath and future targets, and we will provide regular
updates to Board and the Audit and Risk Committee as this work
progresses.
We prioritise sourcing from suppliers committed to deforestation-free
and biodiversity-positive practices and actively engage suppliers and
farmers to accelerate emissions reduction and scale regenerative
agriculture. We closely monitor evolving climate regulations, such as
carbon taxes and land-use restrictions, and incorporate them into
procurement and product reformulation strategies to maintain flexibility.
Across our factories, we promote responsible water management with
a focus on recycling and efficiency.
Economic and Political Dynamics
Financial Risk
We operate in a complex global environment shaped by economic
volatility and geopolitical developments, where inflationary pressures,
currency fluctuations and rising commodity costs as disclosed in Note
15B, together with trade restrictions, sanctions and socio-political
tensions, may disrupt supply chains, impact consumer demand, and
challenge cost structures. With significant revenue in emerging
markets, we are exposed to heightened economic and political volatility.
Competitive pricing and consumer sensitivity may limit our ability to
pass on cost increases, amplifying margin pressure and threatening
profitability across key markets.
Shifts in consumer preferences such as increased demand for locally
produced brands, socio-political boycotts of multinational companies,
and market access restrictions pose risks to brand perception, growth
and profitability of our business.
How we address them
We strengthen our local relevance and build a resilient business model
for sustainable growth by drawing on our experience and leveraging
agile operations, disciplined cost management, diversified sourcing
and portfolio optimisation.
We continuously monitor global and local developments and apply
scenario planning to maintain robust contingency plans for rapid
response. We actively manage market volatility through advanced
tools, including currency and commodity hedging.
At the same time, we invest in locally tailored brands and marketing
strategies to align with consumer expectations, strengthen trust, and
unlock emerging market potential.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
38
Evolving and Changing Laws & Regulations
Compliance Risk
Compliance with laws and regulations is fundamental to our business
operations and reputation.
Operating globally exposes us to complex and constantly evolving
regulatory frameworks covering environmental compliance, product
and ingredient safety, product claims, intellectual property, competition,
health and safety, data privacy, corporate governance, anti-bribery,
human rights due diligence, employment and taxes.
As these frameworks evolve and new regulations emerge, the
complexity and cost of compliance may increase. Failure to meet
these obligations could result in enforcement actions, litigation or
fines - posing financial and reputational risks.
How we address them
We remain unwavering in our commitment to comply with all applicable
laws and regulations across the markets where we operate. We uphold
a zero-tolerance policy for breaches of our Code of Business Integrity.
Compliance is embedded into our culture through regular leadership
communications, mandatory training, and integration of competition
law awareness into daily operations at every level.
Our legal specialists continuously monitor practices to keep us aligned
with evolving laws and obligations. They have easy access to legal
partners and subject matter experts for real-time guidance on complex
situations. Specialised teams at global, regional, and local levels set
clear standards and ensure all employees understand and adhere to
relevant regulations.
We also maintain strong capabilities in litigation and intellectual
property (IP) protection. Our IP strategy safeguards our iconic
brands, while protecting patents, trademarks, and trade secrets that
underpin innovation. By securing new innovations early, monitoring
for infringements, and enforcing rights globally, we preserve our
competitive edge and brand integrity.
Business Operations
Operational Risk
Our global ice cream operations and supply chain network is exposed
to significant disruption risks. Force majeure incidents - including
virus outbreaks and natural disasters like earthquakes, typhoons,
and tornadoes - pose operational challenges beyond our control.
Additionally, global disruptions such as geopolitical tensions, political
instability, armed conflicts, cyber warfare, and resource shortages
further increase vulnerability.
These factors may impair our suppliers’ ability to source critical
commodities (for example, cocoa, vanilla, dairy), disrupt our
manufacturing operations and adversely impact logistics providers
responsible for last-mile delivery. Consequences may include raw
material shortages, increased costs, challenges to strict temperature-
control required in our cold chain, fragmented logistics networks, and
weather-driven demand fluctuations particularly in the Away-from-
Home channel.
Collectively, these disruptions could lead to production delays,
reduced product availability and higher operational costs.
How we address them
We address this risk through a comprehensive strategy that
emphasises resilience and efficiency. All our manufacturing sites have
an established business continuity plan based on business impact and
risk analysis. These plans are regularly reviewed and updated to ensure
they remain fit for purpose.
We limit reliance on single-source suppliers by diversifying our supplier
base and securing long-term ethical contracts, while managing
commodity price volatility through hedging, forward contracts and
futures to ensure cost stability and continuity.
We ensure cold-chain integrity with Internet of Things (IoT) sensors
and automated monitoring across production, transport, and storage.
Logistics risks are mitigated through strong partnerships, route
optimisation, and shared Away-from-Home delivery models.
Safe and High-Quality Products
Operational Risk
At TMICC, safety and product quality are not just requirements - they
are promises we make to every consumer.
Increasing expectations around product formulation and ingredient
transparency, along with evolving laws and regulations, require careful
management to maintain compliance and protect brand reputation.
Accurate and transparent on-pack information continues to be
essential for enabling informed consumer choices and upholding trust
in our brands.
While we remain committed to delivering safe, high-quality products,
inherent risks such as accidental contamination of raw materials,
product defects due to human error or equipment failure, and labelling
inaccuracies may impact consumer safety and confidence.
How we address them
Our Code of Business Integrity mandate safe sourcing - procuring
materials and services in a way that ensures compliance, ethical
practices, sustainability, risk mitigation, and responsible research.
These principles form the foundation of our strong culture of quality,
governance, and safety, driving us to uphold robust standards and
deliver products that inspire confidence, joy, and the highest levels of
safety and quality.
Guided by Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) and Consumer
Relevant Quality Standards (CRQS) across all markets, we ensure
products meet stringent specifications throughout design, procurement,
and manufacturing, supported by strict allergen and ingredient controls.
Advanced testing protocols, resilient cold-chain systems, and
contingency plans safeguard product integrity even in challenging
environments. Multi-level checks and digital traceability guarantee
accurate labelling and packaging, while ongoing training and
collaboration with experts embed safety into every stage of our
operations. Regulatory compliance is maintained via centralised
monitoring and regular audits.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
39
Transformation Programme
Operational Risk
In 2024, we launched a productivity programme targeting €500 million
savings in the medium term. A key pillar of the productivity programme
is Supply Chain transformation that is designed to create a lean, agile,
and customer-focused network and deliver €350 to €380 million in
run-rate savings.
Given its global scale, transformation requires complex coordination
across markets. Key risks include technology integration, regulatory
compliance, construction timelines and geopolitical factors such as
tariffs and trade restrictions. In addition, workforce adaptation through
new structures, skill upgrades and effective change management is
critical.
Failure to manage these risks could result in cost overruns and
operational disruption.
How we address them
To drive the successful delivery of the productivity programme,
we established a Transformation Steering Committee with clear
accountability for decision-making and risk escalation. This is
reinforced by regular risk reviews at both programme and market levels.
A robust governance framework incorporates phased technology
integration and rigorous testing to ensure seamless adoption of digital
tools and automation.
Early engagement with local and regional teams ensures regulatory
compliance, while proactive scenario planning and contingency
measures address geopolitical and trade-related risks.
Workforce readiness is reinforced through structured upskilling and
change management programmes, complemented by strategic
partnerships with suppliers and logistics providers to maintain reliability.
Advanced analytics and risk dashboards provide real-time visibility,
helping maintain cost discipline and timely delivery of the targeted
savings.
System Resilience and Cyber Security
Operational Risk
We depend extensively on Information Technology (IT) and Operations
Technology (OT) - whether internally owned, provided by third parties,
or delivered by Unilever under a Transitional Service Agreement
(TSA) - to manage critical business operations such as supply chain
management, manufacturing, order processing and recording financial
transactions. Ensuring these systems are secure and reliable is vital to
protect data confidentiality, integrity, and availability, while maintaining
uninterrupted business continuity.
While we invest in building a strong and secure IT and OT environment,
no system can guarantee complete immunity from cyber threats.
The global risk of cyber attacks continues to grow, and as a newly
established company, we may attract heightened attention from cyber
criminals. This could lead to business disruptions, data breaches,
unauthorised access to sensitive information, and potential violations
of data protection regulations, resulting in legal claims, regulatory
actions, and financial or reputational damage.
How we address them
As part of our long-term IT strategy roadmap, we have established
strong governance, robust information security standards and a
comprehensive cybersecurity programme designed to protect
against evolving global threats.
To strengthen resilience and ensure business continuity, we go beyond
our own readiness efforts by actively collaborating with third-party
system and service providers, as well as Unilever. This collaboration
includes verifying the effectiveness of their mitigation controls and
conducting regular reviews of disaster recovery and business
continuity plans through established assurance frameworks or by
reviewing Security and Organization Controls (SOC) reports. In
addition, we continuously assess the performance and reliability of
our own IT and OT systems.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
40
Viability statement
As part of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Directors have assessed TMICC’s long-term
viability by reviewing the Group’s prospects in the context of its strategy, operating model, and the
principal risks that could affect future performance, solvency or liquidity. This assessment considers
internal and external factors that are likely to influence TMICC’s development - including establishing
and operating as a standalone company, market dynamics, economic conditions, climate-related
impacts and evolving consumer preferences - together with the Group’s financial position, projected
cash flows, liquidity resources and funding arrangements. The Directors have also considered
TMICC’s capital management objectives, financial risk management policies and exposures to credit,
liquidity and other financial risks, as set out in Notes 15A, 15B and 16B to the Financial Statements.
Viability assessment
For the purpose of this assessment, TMICC’s principal risks have been consolidated into four key risk
categories representing the most material threats to its long-term viability.
1. Establishing and operating as a standalone Company
Delays in building required systems and capabilities or external events such as force majeure could
extend reliance on Transition Service Agreements (TSAs) and increase both TSA and establishment
costs. Reasonable worst-case scenarios include an increase in TSA and establishment costs.
Principal risks linked
: Establishment as a standalone Company; Business Operations; Evolving and
Changing Laws and Regulations.
2. Economic, consumer, and customer dynamics
Higher costs and weakened demand resulting from economic volatility, shifting consumer preferences
and evolving customer dynamics may lead to loss of consumers and erosion of market share, revenue
and profitability.
Macroeconomic pressures such as inflation, currency volatility, rising commodity costs and geopolitical
disruption could reduce competitive pricing power, limit availability and constrain growth delivery.
Principal risks linked:
Evolving Consumer Preference; Customer and Channel Adaptation;
Economic and Political Dynamics.
3. System resilience and cyber security
Cyber-related business disruption could interrupt operations, compromise sensitive information, and
lead to financial, legal and reputational harm. As a newly established company, TMICC may attract
heightened attention from cyber criminals, increasing the risk of data breaches, unauthorised access,
and regulatory violations, potentially resulting in loss of customer and consumer confidence, reduced
turnover and additional mitigation costs.
Principal risks linked:
System Resilience and Cyber Security; Business Operations.
4. Climate and nature impacts
Adverse climate conditions and unsustainable agricultural practices can reduce crop and dairy yields,
raise commodity prices and increase production costs, thereby intensifying margin pressure. Extreme
weather conditions can also limit our ability to meet consumer demand and result in lost turnover
opportunities.
Principal risks linked:
Climate and Nature; Business Operations.
Approach to assessing viability
The Directors have considered TMICC’s overall funding capacity and financial headroom to withstand
severe but plausible downside events. The assessment incorporated a robust review of the principal
risks that could threaten TMICC’s business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. External
macroeconomic and climate-related trends, as well as evolving consumer and regulatory landscapes,
were also taken into account. Mitigating actions for each principal risk are summarised in the Principal
Risks section on pages 36 to 39.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
41
Directors’ viability conclusion statement
Based on the assessment outlined above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that TMICC
will continue to operate and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three year assessment period.
This conclusion reflects the Group’s financial resources, liquidity headroom, resilience under severe
but plausible downside scenarios and the mitigating actions in place for its principal risks.
Supporting rationale
1. Assessment period
A three-year assessment period is considered appropriate as it aligns with TMICC’s strategic
planning horizon and provides a sufficiently reliable outlook, even under severe downside conditions.
This reflects TMICC’s financial resilience, strong relationships across its supply chain and customer
base, cash generation profile, access to external funding and flexibility in discretionary spend (for
example, marketing and capital investment).
2. Funding resilience
The Directors have reviewed TMICC’s funding profile and projected liquidity over the period, taking
into account the liquidity risk highlighted in Note 15A. The downside scenarios modelled did not
indicate material liquidity concerns, supported by an appropriate mix of short and long-term
financing and access to committed facilities.
3. Severe downside and multi-risk scenarios
The assessment incorporated severe but plausible scenarios for each principal risk, along with
combined multi-risk scenarios. While it is unlikely that all risks materialise simultaneously,
none of the individual or aggregated scenarios were severe enough to cause TMICC to
cease to be viable within the assessment period.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
42
Corporate
Governance
Introduction
The corporate governance statement for The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. (TMICC) is
presented below. The following pages outline the Corporate Governance Structure, introduce the
members of our Board and highlight the Executive Leadership Team (ELT). Details on the Board’s
operations and key activities throughout the year are provided. Relationships with stakeholders are
also discussed, with cross-references to other sections of the Management Report.
TMICC was incorporated in the Netherlands on 15 April 2025 as The Magnum Ice Cream Company
B.V. in anticipation of the Demerger from Unilever PLC; it is the parent company of the TMICC Group.
Since 8 December 2025, TMICC’s shares are traded through its listing on Euronext Amsterdam, the
London Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange. TMICC will publish financial information
on a half-yearly basis and these reports can be found on our website. TMICC’s full list of subsidiaries
are set out in Note 23. The Board of TMICC has implemented standards of corporate governance
and disclosure policies applicable to a Dutch incorporated company, with listings in Amsterdam,
London and New York.
Application of the provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance
Code and the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code (the Codes)
In relation to the year ended 31 December 2025, TMICC was subject to the Codes (available from
www.frc.org.uk and www.mccg.nl). The Board is pleased to confirm that TMICC applied the principles
and complied with all the provisions of the Codes other than in respect of best practice provision
1.4.3 (as set out on page 82) and 4.3.3 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, since its listing on
8 December 2025. In line with this best practice provision, the Articles of Association provide that,
if proposed by the Board, a general meeting can dismiss a Director with a majority of the votes cast
representing at least one-third of the Company’s issued capital. However, deviating from this best
practice provision, in all other cases, a dismissal requires a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes
cast, which represents more than half of the Company’s issued capital. In addition, if a majority voted
in favour but such majority does not represent the required portion of capital, then a second general
meeting can be convened and the same portion of capital remains required for the vote at such
meeting. The Company believes that these deviations are appropriate to safeguard the continuity of
the Company and the Group in general.
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)
TMICC is listed on the NYSE. As such, TMICC must comply with the requirements of US legislation,
regulations enacted under US securities laws, and the Listing Standards of the NYSE that are
applicable to foreign private issuers. The only significant way in which our corporate governance
practices differ from those required of US domestic companies under Section 303A Corporate
Governance Standards of the NYSE is that the NYSE rules require that shareholders must be given the
opportunity to vote on all equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto, with certain limited
exemptions. The UK Listing Rules require shareholder approval of equity compensation plans only
if new or treasury shares are issued for the purpose of satisfying obligations under the plan or if the
plan is a long-term incentive plan in which a Director may participate. Amendments to plans approved
by shareholders generally only require approval if they are to the advantage of the plan participants.
TMICC is required to submit annual and interim written affirmations of compliance with applicable
NYSE corporate governance standards.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Board
Executive Leadership Team (ELT)
Disclosure
Committee
Audit and Risk
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
Nomination and
Governance
Committee
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
43
Corporate governance structure
TMICC has a one-tier board structure, comprising Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors.
The Executive Directors are charged with the day-to-day management of TMICC and the business
connected with it, which includes, among other things, formulating its strategies and policies, and
setting and achieving its objectives. The Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) supervise and advise the
Executive Directors. The Board collectively has ultimate responsibility for developing strategy, material
acquisitions and divestments, material capital expenditure, the Company’s capital structure and other
financing matters, oversight of policies, procedures and internal controls, and setting and monitoring
the Group’s culture and promoting ethical behaviour. The Board discharges some of its responsibilities
directly and others through its Committees - the Nomination and Governance Committee, the
Audit and Risk Committee and the Remuneration Committee. The Company has also established a
Disclosure Committee. The reports of each of the Board Committees can be found on pages 55 to
79. The Audit and Risk Committee Report includes a description of the risk management and internal
control arrangements for the Group. The ELT supports the Executive Directors in their work and
members of the ELT attend Board meetings by invitation. The formal powers of the Board are set out
in the Articles of Association of TMICC and the Board Terms of Reference; both documents can be
found on our website.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
44
Skills and experience matrix
*
Jean- François
van Boxmeer (M)
Peter
ter Kulve (M)
Abhijit
Bhattacharya (M)
Stacey
Cartwright (F)
Melissa
Bethell (F)
Stefan
Bomhard (M)
René Hooft
Graafland (M)
Anja
Mutsaers (F)
Reginaldo
Ecclissato
(M)
Business growth and leadership of large global corporations
Strategy, corporate transactions and transformation
International experience (including emerging markets)
Financial expertise
FMCG and consumer insights
Technology, digital and innovation
Marketing and sales channels
Risk management and operational excellence (including
sustainability and community)
Society, politics and geopolitics
Science and innovation
People, culture and reward
Corporate governance
* As at 31 December 2025
F = Female and M = Male
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
45
*
Independent NED
ARC = Audit and Risk Committee
NomGov = Nomination and Governance Committee
RemCo = Remuneration Committee
Board of Directors
Committees
NomGov (Chair)
Appointed:
23 September 2025
Born in: 1961
Current Appointments
Chair, Vodafone Group Plc
NED Heineken Holding N.V. until 23 April 2026
Member, Henkel AG & Co. KGaA Shareholders’ Committee
until 27 April 2026
Chair, European Roundtable for Industry
Prior Experience
NED Mondelēz International (2020- 2024)
36 years at Heineken N.V., including 15 years as CEO
Committees
None
Appointed:
23 September 2025
Born in: 1964
Prior Experience
Business Group President, Ice Cream, Unilever (2024)
Chair, Unilever EAC Myanmar Company Limited (2021)
Business Group President, Home Care & Member of Unilever
Leadership Executive (2019)
President, South East Asia & Australasia & Chief Digital
Transformation & Growth Officer (2018)
Founded Unilever Wellness Business (Olly, LiquidIV, Nutrafol) (2018)
Various Senior management roles in Foods and Ice Cream in Unilever
(1998-2018)
Committees
None
Appointed:
23 September 2025
Born in: 1961
Current appointments:
Supervisory Board Member at Corbion N.V.
Supervisory Board Member at Aliaxis SA
Prior Experience
Koninklijke Philips N.V. (1987-2023): Held multiple senior leadership
roles including CFO, Member of the Board of Management
CFO Philips Lighting, CFO Philips Healthcare, and Head of Investor
Relations
ST-Ericsson & ST-NXP Wireless: COO and CFO roles in Geneva,
Switzerland (2008-2009)
Extensive experience in strategic transformation, corporate
carve-out/spin-offs across Europe, Asia, and the US
Jean-François
van Boxmeer
Board Chair*
Peter
ter Kulve
Chief Executive Officer
Abhijit
Bhattacharya
Chief Financial Officer
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
46
Board of Directors
*
Independent NED
ARC = Audit and Risk Committee
NomGov = Nomination and Governance Committee
RemCo = Remuneration Committee
Committees
ARC (Chair), NomGov
Appointed:
26 September 2025
Born in: 1955
Current Appointments
Member Chinko Conservation Area Board
Chair of the Board of Stichting Grachtenfestival
Prior Experience
Chair Lucas Bols N.V.
Member of the Dutch Monitoring Committee
Corporate Governance Code (2019-2022)
Supervisory Boards of Koninklijke Ahold Delhaize
N.V., FrieslandCampina N.V. and Wolters Kluwer N.V.
CFO & Executive Board Member Heineken N.V.
(13 years)
Committees
RemCo (Chair), ARC
Appointed:
26 September 2025
Born in: 1974
Current Appointments
NED Diageo plc
NED Exor NV
NED Tesco PLC
Senior Advisor, Atairos
Prior Experience
Managing Director & Head Technology,
Telecom and Media at Bain Capital (18+ years)
Goldman Sachs & Co. Capital Markets
NED Samsonite, Worldpay and Atento
Committees
RemCo, ARC
Appointed:
26 September 2025
Born in: 1967
Current Appointments
Senior Adviser Imperial Brands PLC (Former CEO)
NED Flutter Entertainment PLC
Prior Experience
NED Compass Group PLC (2016-2026)
CEO Imperial Brands plc (2020-2025)
CEO Inchcape PLC (2015-2020)
President Bacardi-Martini Europe
President Coffee Europe at
Mondelēz International, Inc.
Chief Commercial Officer of Cadbury plc
Chief Operating Officer of
Unilever Food Solutions Europe
Stacey
Cartwright
Senior Independent Director/Vice Chair*
René
Hooft Graafland
Non-Executive Director*
Melissa
Bethell
Non-Executive Director*
Stefan
Bomhard
Non-Executive Director*
Committees
ARC, NomGov
Appointed:
26 September 2025
Born in: 1963
Current Appointments:
Chair, Savills plc
NED AerCap Holdings N.V.
NED Gymshark and Chair of Audit and Risk Committee
Prior Experience
CEO & Deputy Chair Harvey Nichols Ltd (2014 -2019)
NED of GlaxoSmithKline plc (2011-2016)
NED of Genpact (2019-2024)
Chair of Majid Al Futtaim Lifestyle LLC (2021-2025)
NED Majid Al Futtaim Entertainment (2021-2025)
SID of the English Football Association (2018-2020)
Various finance leadership roles at
Granada Group PLC, Egg PLC and Burberry
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
47
Board of Directors
Committees
NomGov
Appointed:
26 September 2025
Born in: 1968
Current Appointments
President One Unilever Markets
Member of Unilever Leadership Executive
since 2022
Director of Unilever FIMA and Gallo Worldwide
Prior Experience
EVP Unilever Mexico & North Latin America
Chief Business Operations & Supply Chain Officer,
Unilever
Committees
RemCo, NomGov
Appointed:
26 September 2025
Born in: 1970
Current Appointments
Supervisory Board Member at Gasunie, Huisman
Equipment and the Royal Concert Hall
Deputy member of the Management Board of the
EU Agency for Fundamental Rights in Vienna
Lecturer in corporate law and leadership at various
Dutch universities
Prior Experience
Partner De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek,
Corporate/M&A practice
Management Board Member and Chair of
the Energy Industry Group of De Brauw Blackstone
Westbroek
Committees
RemCo
Appointed:
16 March 2026
Born in: 1978
Current Appointments
Partner Trian Fund Management L.P.
Director Janus Henderson Group plc
Prior Experience
Director of Sysco Corporation (2015-2021)
Mergers & Acquisitions and Healthcare Investment
Banking groups at Credit Suisse
Triarc Companies, Inc. (2003-2007)
*
Independent NED
ARC = Audit and Risk Committee
NomGov = Nomination and Governance Committee
RemCo = Remuneration Committee
Reginaldo
Ecclissato
Non-Executive Director
Anja
Mutsaers
Non-Executive Director*
Josh
Frank
Non-Executive Director*
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Peter
ter Kulve
Chief Executive Officer
35+ years at Unilever
10 years experience in Unilever’s global
Ice Cream business, significant experience
in strategic transformation.
Abhijit
Bhattacharya
Chief Financial Officer
35+ years of experience, 10 years as CFO and a
member of the board of Royal Phillips N.V. Significant
experience in strategic transformation including
major corporate carve-outs/spin-offs.
Ronald
Schellekens
Chief Human Resources Officer
30+ years of HR leadership experience.
Prior roles include CHRO at
PepsiCo and Vodafone.
Mustafa
Seckin
President - Europe & ANZ
35+ years of leadership experience at Unilever
across marketing, innovation and management
15 years of experience in ice cream.
Wai-Fung
Loh
President - Asia
25+ years of experience at Unilever in
customer development and sales.
6 years of experience in ice cream.
Toloy
Tanridagli
President - METSA
20+ years of leadership experience in
strategy roles in competitive markets,
9 years of experience in ice cream.
10 years of prior experience at Mondelēz,
Gerardo
Rozanski
President - Americas
30+ years of leadership experience at
Unilever in competitive markets.
10 years of experience in ice cream.
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
48
Executive Leadership Team
The success of the business and TMICC Group’s ability to execute
its business strategy will depend on the efforts of the Executive
Directors, who are supported by TMICC’s Executive Leadership
Team (ELT). Members of the ELT have a track record of success
and a shared collective passion for the magic and joy of ice cream,
the ELT is driving growth, innovation and shareholder value. Each
member of the ELT brings an entrepreneurial spirit, honed through
key moments in their careers during which they applied innovative,
founder-like thinking to drive transformation and deliver results.
A summary of their experience is set out here. Further details
can be found on our website.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Vanessa
Vilar
Chief Legal Officer
20+ years of legal experience in Unilever
and private practice.
Ice Cream Group General Counsel before the
Demerger, leading the legal establishment of TMICC.
Victoria
McKenzie-Gould
Chief Corporate Affairs
& Sustainability Officer*
20+ years of experience in communications, public
affairs, ESG, and inclusion & diversity. Prior roles at
Marks & Spencer PLC, Britvic and Tesco.
Mark
O’Brien
Chief Technology Officer
25+ years of experience in strategic
& technology transformation.
Prior roles include SVP IT & Transformation at
PepsiCo and VP Global Technology at Reckitt.
Julien
Barraux
Chief Creative Officer
30+ years diverse experience in CPG,
8 years of experience in ice cream.
Prior management roles at L’Oréal and
Procter & Gamble.
Sandeep
Desai
Chief Supply Chain Officer
20+ years of experience in supply
chain management at Unilever
3 years of experience in ice cream.
Tim
Gunning
Chief of Staff & Head of Strategy
10+ years of experience in Unilever in
strategy, sales and marketing.
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
49
* Appointed 1 January 2026
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
50
Board Report
Composition, balance, and independence of the Board*
TMICC has established a one-tier Board. As at 31 December 2025, the Board comprised nine
Directors: the Board Chair, two Executive Directors and six Non-Executive Directors (NEDs). In
addition, a NED, Josh Frank, joined the Board on 16 March 2026.
The composition of the Board is in line with the requirements of the Dutch and UK Corporate
Governance Codes and ensures that no individual or small group of Directors can dominate the
decision-making process. The biographies on pages 45 to 47 and the table on page 44 demonstrate
a well-rounded Board with a broad range of sector experience, skills and knowledge. The Board will
carry out an annual review of the performance of the Directors, in addition to a thorough review of
the NEDs and their related or connected persons’ relevant relationships, in line with the best practice
guidelines in the Netherlands, UK and US.
The criteria chosen by the Board to assess the independence of the NEDs, include:
No additional remuneration or other benefits from any Group Company.
No material business relationships within the last three years, including shareholder, consumer,
adviser and supplier relationships, with any Group Company.
No cross-directorships or significant links with other Directors through involvement in other
companies or bodies.
Not more than nine years of service on the Board in normal circumstances.
Not a former employee of any Group Company within the last five years.
No close family ties with any of TMICC’s advisers, Directors or senior management.
No significant shareholdings in TMICC or any Group Company.
All the NEDs are considered to have the appropriate skills, knowledge, experience and character
to bring objective and constructive judgement and valuable insights to the Board’s deliberations.
The Board has concluded that the majority (88%) of the NEDs were independent during the period
covered by this report, except for Reginaldo Ecclissato who represents Unilever PLC which has a
19.95% shareholding in TMICC.
The Board Chair was considered to be independent on appointment and is committed to ensuring
that the Board continues to comprise a majority of independent NEDs.
NEDs are able to allocate sufficient time to carry out their responsibilities effectively.
Term of appointment and election
The Directors comprising the Board have each been appointed until the annual general meeting
(AGM) which will be held in 2026. TMICC’s Articles stipulates that all Directors will be subject to annual
election or re-election. NEDs may not be reappointed for a term that would continue beyond the end of
the AGM held nine years after the date of their first appointment has elapsed.
Role of the Board Chair
The Board Chair leads the Board and is responsible for its overall effectiveness in directing the TMICC
Group. The Board Chair sets the Board’s agenda, ensures the Directors receive accurate, timely and
clear information, promotes and facilitates constructive relationships and effective contribution of all
the Executive Directors and NEDs; and promotes a culture of openness and debate. The NEDs provide
constructive challenges, strategic guidance, specialist advice and hold management to account.
The Group Company Secretary, Nickesha Graham-Burrell, supports the Board to ensure that it has the
policies, processes, information, time and resources it needs to function effectively and efficiently.
Role of the Chief Executive Officer
The Board has delegated all powers, authorities and discretions relating to the operational running
of the Group to the CEO (along with the Chief Financial Officer), including the power to sub-delegate
any of those powers, authorities and discretions. Further details are set out in the Board Terms of
Reference, which is available on our website.
* Russell Reynolds Associates (RRA), an external search firm, assisted with the recruitment of the Board Chair and NEDs. As far as the Company is aware,
apart from providing executive search services, RRA has no other connection with the Company or individual Directors.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
51
Board and Committee meetings
As TMICC is newly listed, six meetings were held, predominantly dedicated to both the Demerger and
TMICC’s listings. The meetings were held virtually or in Amsterdam. When there is a Board meeting,
the NEDs sometimes also meet without the Executive Directors present. The Board Chair - or in his
absence, the Senior Independent Director (SID)/Vice-Chair - chairs such meetings.
An attendance chart is not included for the Board and its Committees as TMICC’s listings only
became effective on 8 December 2025. Prior to listing, all Directors attended meetings relating to the
transactions; those who were not able to attend (due to short notice and the time-critical nature of
such meetings) provided comments to the Board Chair in advance of relevant meetings.
All Directors are expected to attend each Board meeting and each Committee meeting of which they
are members, unless there are exceptional reasons preventing them from participating. Only members
of the Committees are entitled to attend Committee meetings, but others may attend at the Committee
Chair’s discretion. Executive Directors attend Committee meetings by invitation only.
If Directors are unable to attend a Board or Committee meeting, they have the opportunity beforehand
to discuss any agenda items with the Board Chair or the relevant Committee Chair.
Relationship with TMICC Executive Leadership Team
The Board delegates day-to-day management of TMICC to the CEO and the Chief Financial Officer
(CFO). The CEO leads the Executive Leadership Team (ELT) and members of the ELT assist the CEO
and CFO in executing the strategy approved by the Board. The roles of the members of the ELT are
set out onpages 48 and 49. The ELT meets regularly to discuss all aspects of the business, including
strategy, the allocation of resources, investment, merger and acquisition opportunities, culture,
financial performance and non-financial performance. Members of the ELT may also be asked to
attend Board meetings to update the Board on performance and other matters. There will be an annual
Board meeting to discuss strategy with regular periodic updates provided at Board meetings.
The Board has also delegated certain finance matters to both the CEO and the CFO in order to
facilitate the efficient conduct of such matters.
Non-Executive Director’s role
The NEDs exercise objective judgement in respect of Board decisions, providing scrutiny and
challenge to hold management to account. NEDs offer strategic guidance and specialist advice based
on the breadth of experience and knowledge they bring to the Board. NEDs are required to have
sufficient time available to discharge their responsibilities effectively and to continuously develop their
knowledge of the business. The role of the NEDs incorporates the review of information in advance of
Board meetings to ensure that thorough preparation for, and debate at, Board meetings is possible.
NEDs have full access to senior management and take opportunities to meet them. Site visits also give
NEDs the opportunity to meet members of the workforce from different levels of the organisation.
Induction
The NEDs induction process is ongoing, which includes briefings from advisers relating to multi-
jurisdiction listings, meetings with the ELT, senior members of management, and the internal and
external auditors. The topics covered include understanding key risk areas in the business and
providing an understanding of the culture of the organisation. There is also an opportunity to visit
TMICC’s operations in person.
Board sustainability process and skills
Leadership starts at Board level, with sustainability being a key strategic focus. All Directors are
actively engaged in sustainability matters; each Director’s experience and skills are set out in the skills
and experience matrix, which was compiled based on responses from each Director.
Conflicts of interest
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest. The Board ensures
that effective procedures are in place to avoid conflicts of interest by Directors. Pursuant to the Board
Terms of Reference, a Director must without delay, report any conflict of interest or potential conflict
of interest to the Board Chair, the other Directors and the Group Company Secretary, or, in the case
of any conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest of the Board Chair, to the SID/Vice-Chair, the
other Directors and the Group Company Secretary. The Director in question must provide all relevant
information to the Board, so that the Board can decide whether a reported (potential) conflict of
interest of a Director qualifies as a conflict of interest within the meaning of the relevant laws.
Dutch law provides that a Director may not take part in the decision-making process of the Board
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
52
in respect of any situation in which he or she has a conflict of interest. The Board considers that the
procedures put in place to deal with conflicts of interest are operating effectively and there are no
material transactions to report.
The interests of all Directors were reviewed during the recruitment process and authorised (if
appropriate) at the time of their appointment. Directors have a continuing duty to update the Board on
any changes to their external appointments, which are also reviewed by the Board on a regular basis.
External Directorships
TMICC recognises that the Executive Directors acting as Directors of other companies are beneficial
from a personal development perspective and, therefore, also beneficial to the Group. The number of
external directorships of listed companies is generally limited to one per Executive Director to reduce
the risk of excessive commitment, and prior approval is required from the Board Chair.
Indemnification of Directors
Unless Dutch law provides otherwise, the Directors and Officers (D&O) of the Company shall be
reimbursed for various costs and expenses such as the reasonable costs of defending against claims,
which are set out in the Articles of Association. There shall be no entitlement to reimbursement under
certain circumstances such as failure to act characterised as wilful default, intentionally reckless or
seriously culpable conduct. The Company has taken out D&O liability insurance for the benefit of the
persons concerned.
Board performance review
The Board will formally assess its own performance and that of its Committees each year, including
with respect to its composition, expertise and how effectively its members work together to achieve
objectives. An externally-facilitated evaluation will be conducted at least every three years.
Workforce engagement
The Board believes that taking into account feedback from the workforce widens the range of its views
when making business decisions.
In 2025, some Directors were able to make site visits in the Netherlands, the UK and Türkiye and aim
to make further annual visits to different locations. Perspectives from the workforce have been taken
into consideration in decision-making. Employee survey results from 2025 were positive despite there
being understandable uncertainty in some office-based teams around the separation of the Ice Cream
business from Unilever. Leaders around the business take these findings into account and discuss
them with their teams.
The Board will evaluate the effectiveness of workforce engagement on an annual basis and feedback
will also be sought from employees who take part in the workforce engagement sessions, thereby
creating a feedback loop between the Board and employees.
Shareholder engagement
The Board values open and meaningful discussions with our shareholders on all relevant matters.
The CFO has lead responsibility for shareholder engagement, with the active involvement of the CEO
and supported by the Investor Relations team.
Prior to the Demerger, the CEO and CFO met with a majority of our top 50 shareholders in September
2025 following our Capital Markets Day.
The Board receives briefings on investor reactions to TMICC’s announcements.
Private shareholders are encouraged to give feedback via [email protected].
Our shareholders are also welcome to raise any issues directly with the Board Chair or the SID/Vice
Chair. The Board Chair, the Executive Directors and other Directors are also available to answer
questions from shareholders at the AGM each year.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
53
General meetings
One or more persons with meeting rights, alone or jointly representing at least 3% of the Company’s
issued capital as required by Dutch law, may request the Board in writing to convene a general meeting.
The request must clearly state the items to be discussed. If the Board fails to take the measures
necessary to allow the general meeting to be held within the statutory term after the request, the
requesting persons with meeting rights may, subject to applicable law, seek authorisation by a court in
preliminary relief proceedings to convene a general meeting. A general meeting may resolve to amend
the Articles of Association at the proposal of the Board.
Pursuant to clause 27.2 of the Articles of Association, the Board may resolve that profits accrued in
a financial year shall be fully or partially added to the reserves and may also resolve how losses are
allocated. The allocation of any profits remaining after application of clause 27.2 shall be determined by
a general meeting.
The Company is required to provide a Notice of the AGM to shareholders no less than 42 calendar
days before the meeting. At the AGM, the Board Chair and the CEO will give their thoughts on
governance aspects of the preceding year and the Group’s strategy together with a review of the
performance of the Group over the last year. Shareholders may attend and ask questions either in
advance, via our website, or at the meeting. The external auditors will attend the AGM and may address
the AGM on any matter that concerns them as auditors.
Board activities
During the year, the Board’s focus was primarily on the Demerger from Unilever and establishing a
listing on Euronext Amsterdam, the London Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.
The Board also received updates from the regions including the strategic priorities for 2026.
The chairs of each of the Board Committees provide updates on their activities to the Board.
Engagement with stakeholders
The information set out below explains how the Board considers and engages with stakeholders.
The table sets out the details of the stakeholder groups we have identified as critical to our future
success: shareholders, consumers and customers, employees, creditors and suppliers. Throughout
the Management Report, we have provided examples of how we engage with, and create value for,
our stakeholders.
TMICC Stakeholders
How TMICC engages with stakeholders
How the Board interacts on stakeholder issues
Shareholders
• Quarterly updates, presentations and webcasts.
• Conference calls and investor roadshows.
• Meetings and calls to discuss business performance,
strategy, and sustainability.
• Senior leaders and Board members engage directly with shareholders
on a range of topics, including remuneration policy and capital allocation.
• Regular updates on dividend policy and growth plans.
The key engagements were our Capital Markets Day in September 2025, followed by multiple
engagement with prospective investors ahead of the Demerger. Our first results announcement
was released on 12 February 2026.
• AGM - our first AGM will take place on 7 May 2026.
• Meetings with shareholders on performance and key issues.
• The Board approves all financial results announcements and dividends.
• TMICC Investor Relations provides analysts’ reports and investor
feedback to the Board.
• The Board considers shareholder feedback in strategic decisions.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
54
TMICC Stakeholders
How TMICC engages with stakeholders
How the Board interacts on stakeholder issues
Consumers and
Customers
(including retailers and
distributors)
• Responsible Partner Policy.
• Consumer feedback surveys and regular engagement in collaboration
with Unilever through the TSA period.
• Collaboration with consumers on innovation, product launches,
and category growth.
• Digital engagement through social media and online platforms.
• Joint business planning with customers.
• Use of consumer and customer insights to inform product development and service
improvements.
The Board will receive regular updates on consumer satisfaction, market trends,
and brand performance.
• Direct engagement with major customers during market visits by Board
members.
• Consumer-related risks and opportunities are discussed as
part of the Board’s strategic reviews.
Employees
• Annual employee engagement surveys and regular town halls.
• Internal communications via newsletters, intranet, and leadership updates.
• Training, development, and wellbeing programmes.
• Engagement with works councils and employee representatives (where applicable)
particularly, around the impact from the Demerger.
• The Board reviews employee engagement survey results and monitors
progress on key people metrics.
• Regular updates on talent development, succession planning, and workforce
wellbeing.
• The Board approves remuneration and incentive policies and oversees
culture and values.
• Employee feedback is considered in shaping TMICC’s strategy and workplace
environment.
Creditors
• Transparent financial reporting and regular updates to lenders.
• Timely communication on financial performance, liquidity, and debt covenants.
• Engagement with credit rating agencies.
• Responsible management of financial obligations and capital structure.
• The Board reviews and approves major financing arrangements.
• Regular monitoring of liquidity, leverage, and credit ratings.
• The Board ensures compliance with financial covenants and considers creditor
interests in risk management and strategic planning.
Suppliers
• Supplier Code of Conduct and Responsible Partner Policy.
• Regular supplier audits and performance reviews.
• Collaboration on innovation, quality, and sustainability initiatives.
• Open communication channels and fair payment practices.
• Joint business planning with strategic suppliers.
• Supplier-related issues and opportunities are discussed as part of the
Board’s risk agenda including materiality thresholds.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
55
Nomination and Governance Committee report
Committee membership and attendance
The Board Chair, Jean-François van Boxmeer, chairs the Nomination and Governance Committee.
Stacey Cartwright, Reginaldo Ecclissato, René Hooft Graafland and Anja Mutsaers are members
of the Committee. The Group Company Secretary is secretary to the Committee. Other attendees,
including the CEO, Chief Human Resources Officer and Chief Legal Officer, attend meetings when
invited to do so.
Role of the Committee
The Committee is responsible for evaluating the balance of skills, knowledge, experience, as well
as the size, structure and composition of the Board and Board Committees. It is also responsible for
periodically reviewing the Board’s structure and identifying potential candidates to be appointed as
Directors or Committee members as the need may arise. The Committee also oversees succession
arrangements for the Board and the Executive Leadership Team including the arrangements in place
to ensure continued development of the talent pipeline.
The Committee’s Terms of Reference can be found on our website.
Activities of the Committee
The focus of the Board was on the establishment of a newly listed Company. In addition, the Committee
met in December to consider talent and succession and reviewed the Code of Business Integrity.
Appointment of Directors of the Board
All Directors are nominated by the Board for re-election at the AGM in 2026 on the recommendation of
the Committee. In future years, the Committee will take into consideration the outcomes of the Board
Chair’s discussions with each Director on individual performance and the evaluation of the Board and
its Committees.
Overboarding
As part of the appointment process for each Director, full consideration was given to the number
of external positions held to ensure that the time commitment required did not compromise the
Director’s commitment to TMICC. The Board Chair will step down from two of his roles (as set out in his
biography) to ensure that he is not overboarded. The Board Chair did not identify any other instances
of overboarding and concluded that all individual Directors had sufficient time to commit to their
appointment as a Director of TMICC. The full list of external appointments held by our Directors can be
found in their biographies on pages 45 to 47.
The objective of the standards
TMICC’s Profile for Directors and Board Composition Standards is available on our website. 
The objective of the standards is to provide guidance that the composition and quality of the Board
should be in keeping with the size and geographical spread of TMICC, its portfolio, culture and status
as a listed Company. The Profile for Directors and Board Composition Standards will be taken into
account when making appointments to the Board and its Committees and developing a succession
plan. This includes assessing candidates on merit, considering their wide-ranging experience, skills,
knowledge and insight, with a continuing emphasis on factors outlined in applicable regulations,
guidance, and industry and government best practices.
As at 31 December 2025, one-third of the Board were women, one senior Board position was held by
a woman and two Directors identified as being from a minority ethnic background, which exceeds the
UK Listing Rules requirements. Further numerical data on the ethnic background and gender identity
of TMICC’s Board and Executive Leadership Team, in line with the UK Listing Rules, are set out in the
following pages.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
56
Succession planning
Board
The Committee will review the adequacy and effectiveness of succession planning processes in
conjunction with the Board. The succession plan will be based on merit and objective criteria.
Executive Leadership Team
The Committee has reviewed the succession plan for the ELT. In line with the Board succession plan
approach, the succession plan for the ELT is also based on merit and objective criteria. Developing
an internal talent pipeline for leadership roles is critical for TMICC. The focus of the Board was on
identifying potential successors who are considered able to fulfil the roles in the short term and those
in the longer term.
The Committee also oversees succession arrangements of the ELT including the arrangements
in place to ensure continued development of the talent pipeline. Development initiatives for senior
executives will be put in place. Senior managers and executives are encouraged to take on a non-
executive Directorship role as part of their personal development.
In compliance with the UK Listing Rules, we collect both gender and ethnic data directly from Board
and ELT members annually on a self-identifying basis. This data is used for statistical reporting
purposes only and provided with consent.
Gender representation on the Board and ELT as at 31 December 2025
Number of
Board
members
% of the
Board
Board
(CEO, CFO,
SID and
Chair)
Number
of ELT
members
% of the
ELT
Men
6
67%
3
10
77%
Women
3
33%
1
3
23%
Other
-
-
-
-
-
Not specified/prefer not to say
-
-
-
-
-
Ethnicity representation on the Board and ELT as at 31 December 2025
Number of
Board
members
% of the
Board
Board
(CEO, CFO,
SID and
Chair)
Number
of ELT
members
% of the
ELT
White British or other White
(incl. minority-white groups)
6
67
2
5
38
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
1
11
1
1
8
Asian/Asian British
2
22
1
3
23
Black/African/Caribbean/
Black British
-
-
-
1
8
Other ethnic group, incl. Arab
-
-
-
1
8
Not specified/prefer not to say
-
-
-
2
15
The details for the Group Company Secretary are included in the tables above, as required, but they
are not a member of the ELT.
TMICC complies with the laws of each jurisdiction in which we operate and shall not implement any
policy in any jurisdiction to the extent the policy itself or actions taken under it would, in the good-faith
judgment of TMICC, violate the laws of such jurisdictions. The data in the tables has been provided in
accordance with the UK Listing Rules.
Committee performance review
The Committee will conduct an annual evaluation of its performance.
Jean-François van Boxmeer
Chair of the Nomination and Governance Committee
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
57
Audit and Risk Committee report
Committee membership and attendance
The Committee comprises four independent NEDs and is chaired by René Hooft Graafland. The other
Committee members are Melissa Bethell, Stefan Bomhard and Stacey Cartwright.
The Committee met in November to consider Funding and Tax Strategy, Preparation of 2025 Annual
Report and 2025 Annual Report on Form 20-F, Enterprise Risk Management Policy and Key Business
Risks, Delegations of Authority, Double Materiality Assessment, Internal and External Audit matters.
The Board is satisfied that the members of the Committee are competent in financial matters and have
recent and relevant experience. For the purposes of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Stacey
Cartwright is the Committee’s financial expert.
Other attendees at Committee meetings include the CFO , Chief Auditor, Group Controller, Chief Legal
Officer, Group Company Secretary and the external auditors. The Committee members also met
without others present and held a separate private session with the external auditors.
Code of Business Integrity
Executive Directors, NEDs or any TMICC employee are guided to comply with the set of policies of
the Code of Business Integrity. This includes, in accordance with the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
and the SEC requirements, the relevant provisions in relation to a code of ethics for Senior Financial
Officers. No waivers have been requested or granted for this. The Code of Business Integrity is
available on our website.
Role of the Committee
The role and responsibilities of the Committee are set out in written Terms of Reference, which have
been approved by the Board and will be reviewed by the Committee periodically, considering relevant
legislation and recommended good practices. The Terms of Reference are available on our website.
The Committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following matters:
informing the Board of the outcome of the audit, whereby it is explained in which manner the audit
contributed to the integrity of the financial and non-financial reporting and the role of the Committee
in that process;
monitoring the financial and non-financial reporting process and making proposals to ensure the
integrity of that process;
monitoring the effectiveness of the compliance management system, the internal control system,
the Internal Audit system and the risk management system in relation to the financial reporting of
the Company;
monitoring the audit of the annual accounts;
assessing and monitoring the independence of the external auditor, with particular attention to the
provision of ancillary services to the Company; and
establishing the procedure for selecting the statutory auditor or audit firm and the nomination for
the engagement to perform the statutory audit.
Reporting and Financial Statements
The Committee reviewed, prior to publication, the full-year results and the external auditor’s report.
It also reviewed the 2025 Annual Report and 2025 Annual Report on Form 20-F. These reviews
incorporated the accounting policies, significant judgements and estimates underpinning the Financial
Statements as disclosed within the Notes to the Consolidated financial statements on pages 85 to 140.
Particular attention was paid to the following significant matters in relation to the Financial Statements:
Basis of Presentation for 2025 Financial Statements, including the predecessor accounting
approach and key accounting policies.
Impact of reorganisation and Demerger steps on Financial Statements.
Significant estimates and judgements with respect to provisions, contingent liabilities, recognition
of deferred tax assets, measurement of defined benefit pension obligations and measurement of
discounts to customers.
Non-IFRS measures.
Goodwill impairment testing outcome.
Internal controls over financial reporting.
Regulatory updates.
In addition to the matters noted above, our external auditors, as required by auditing standards, also
consider the risk of management override of controls. Nothing has come to our attention to suggest
any material misstatement with respect to suspected or actual fraud relating to management override
of controls.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
58
All audit fees, audit-related fees and permitted services that the external auditor provides are subject
to pre-approval by the Committee. The Committee pre-approved all audit and non-audit services, the
external audit plan and audit fees for 2025.
At the request of the Board, the Committee undertook to:
review the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the
2025 Annual Report and Financial Statements;
assess whether the business was viable in accordance with the requirements of the UK Corporate
Governance Code. The assessment included a review of the principal and emerging risks facing
TMICC, their potential impact, and how they were being managed, together with a discussion as
to the appropriate period for the assessment. The Committee recommended to the Board that
there is a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its
liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period (consistent with the period of the strategic plan
for TMICC) of the assessment; and
consider whether the 2025 Annual Report and Financial Statements was fair, balanced, and
understandable, and whether they provided the necessary information for shareholders to
assess the Group’s year-end position and performance, business model and strategy. To make
this assessment, the Committee received copies of the Annual Report and Financial Statements
to review during the drafting process to ensure that the key messages were aligned with the
Company’s position, performance, and strategy. The Committee also reviewed the processes and
controls that are the basis for their preparation. The Committee was satisfied that, taken as a whole,
the 2025 Annual Report and Financial Statements are fair, balanced, and understandable.
Sustainability
The Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the European Sustainability Reporting
Standards (ESRS) require certain companies operating in the European Union to report on their
sustainability performance and engage in limited assurance work from an external auditor. The CSRD
sets out the requirements, while the ESRS provides detailed standards for reporting on a range of
environmental, social, and governance matters. For the financial year ended 31 December 2025,
TMICC is required to comply with the ESRS due to our listing on Euronext Amsterdam.
The Committee reviewed the double materiality assessment (DMA), including the process and
output, and was satisfied that it reflected TMICC’s material impacts, risks and opportunities relating to
sustainability matters. The Committee also reviewed the non-financial disclosures, which encompass
disclosures under the ESRS, in this Annual Report.
In future years, there will be further mandatory non-financial reporting standards applicable to
the Group, including further development of ESRS sector-specific standards and the expected
implementation of international sustainability standards by the International Sustainability Standards
Board (ISSB) into legal reporting requirements by countries in which TMICC operates (including the
UK). Currently, the ISSB has issued two sustainability reporting standards.
Risk management and internal controls
The Committee reviewed TMICC’s overall approach to risk management, risk appetite and control,
and its processes, outcomes and disclosure. The assessment was undertaken through a review of:
a report detailing the risk identification and assessment process, together with any emerging risks
identified by management; and
the proposed risk areas identified by the management team.
The Committee reviewed the application of the requirements under Section 302 and Section 906
of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to internal controls over financial reporting
and the requirements of the Dutch and UK Corporate Governance Codes. In fulfilling its oversight
responsibilities in relation to risk management and internal controls, the Committee meets regularly
with senior members of management and is satisfied with the key judgements made.
Internal Audit
The Committee reviewed the Internal Audit plan, which is based on a comprehensive risk assessment
process, including strategic areas, financial control processes, sustainability, IT & cyber security,
product safety and supply chain. The Committee ensured that the necessary resources are in place to
perform the audits effectively. The majority of the audits will be conducted as hybrid (a combination of
virtual and onsite audits).
The Committee also reviewed the Internal Audit Charter which defines the purpose, mandate
(including the Internal Audit function’s independence, organisational position and reporting
relationship) and scope of the Internal Audit function. The Committee will engage with an independent
third party every five years to perform an effectiveness review of the function.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
59
Audit of the annual accounts
KPMG Accountants N.V. (KPMG), TMICC’s external auditors and an independent registered public
accounting firm, reported in depth to the Committee on the scope and outcome of the annual audit.
Their reports included audit and accounting matters, governance and control, and accounting
developments. Additionally, KPMG provided limited assurance on TMICC’s compliance with the
CSRD, reporting that nothing came to their attention to indicate that the sustainability information has
not been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the CSRD.
The Committee held separate meetings with the external auditors during the year.
The Committee Chair discussed the views and conclusions of KPMG regarding management’s
treatment of significant transactions and areas of judgement during the year. The Committee
considered these and is satisfied with the treatment in the Financial Statements.
External auditors
KPMG has been appointed as the Group’s auditor for the financial years 2025 and 2026.
Both TMICC and KPMG have safeguards in place to avoid the possibility that the external auditors’
objectivity and independence could be compromised, such as audit partner rotation and the restriction
on non-audit services that the external auditors can perform as described below. KPMG has issued
a formal letter to the Committee outlining the general procedures to safeguard independence and
objectivity, disclosing the relationship with the Company, and confirming their audit independence.
Each year, the Committee will assess the effectiveness of the external audit process, which will include
discussing feedback from the members of the Committee and stakeholders at all levels across TMICC.
In 2025, TMICC engaged KPMG for limited assurance of the Sustainability Statements, which is
prepared in accordance with ESRS, after CSRD entered into force.
The Committee also reviewed the statutory audit, other audit and non-audit services provided by
KPMG, and assessed compliance with TMICC’s policy governing the use of external auditors. This
policy prescribes in detail the types of engagements for which the external auditor may be appointed,
with all other engagements prohibited. It is aligned with Dutch, UK and US regulations and is updated in
line with these regulations.
Permitted engagements include:
statutory audit services, including audit of subsidiaries;
other audit services that are not required by law or regulation; and
selected non-audit services where the external auditor is best placed to perform the work, which
may include:
services required by law or regulation to be performed by the audit firm; and
services where knowledge obtained during the audit is relevant to the service, such as bond
issue comfort letters.
The Committee acknowledges that the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor may
give rise to potential conflicts of interest. The Committee, in addition to its responsibility of overseeing
the external auditor on behalf of the Board, is therefore responsible for monitoring the implementation
of this policy.
Further details relating to audit fees are provided in Note 24.
Committee performance review
The Committee’s performance will be evaluated annually.
René Hooft Graafland
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
60
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Remuneration Committee Chair’s letter
On behalf of the Board and the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present our inaugural
Directors’ Remuneration Report. This report outlines the remuneration outcomes for 2025 and
describes how we will implement the proposed Directors’ Remuneration Policy in 2026.
Business performance context
In December 2025, TMICC successfully completed its Demerger from Unilever and began trading as
an independent, publicly listed company. The Committee recognised that, alongside this milestone,
the business delivered solid operational performance with broad-based Organic Sales Growth and
market share improvements. While the Company faced significant headwinds from raw material
inflation, notably cocoa and a stronger euro, these were mostly offset by disciplined execution of
the Company’s productivity programme and select pricing actions. The Committee noted that
performance was competitive against peers.
Honouring legacy arrangements during transition
In anticipation of the Company’s separation from Unilever, the Committee was required to navigate a
complex landscape of legacy remuneration arrangements. For the majority of the 2025 financial
year, the Company operated as a Business Group within Unilever. Remuneration for this period
was therefore governed by pre-existing Unilever frameworks and policies. The Committee undertook
a thorough review of the inherited arrangements to ensure they were honoured during the transition,
recognising the importance of consistency and continuity for colleagues who contributed under the
previous structure.
To ensure a smooth transition following the Demerger, participants with outstanding Unilever
Performance Share Plan awards (including the Executive Directors) retained such awards pro-rated
up to the Demerger date, in line with the relevant Unilever plan rules. The portion that was forfeited was
replaced by share awards in TMICC of equivalent value (the Replacement Performance Share Plan, or
PSP, awards) vesting on the same date as the original Unilever share awards being replaced.
The Committee determined that:
2023 Replacement PSP Award
: Vesting would follow the Unilever 2023-2025 PSP vesting
outcome as the performance period had been substantially completed by the time of the Demerger.
2024 Replacement PSP Award
: Vesting in 2027 will be at the on-target level of performance (100%
out of the 0%-200% range), as the post-separation performance period was considered too short
to set meaningful long-term targets.
2025 Replacement PSP Award
: Vesting in 2028 will be determined by TMICC performance during
2026 and 2027, as most of the performance period occurs after separation.
To mitigate the impact of any share price volatility following the Company’s listing, the Committee
decided to grant the Replacement PSP awards in two phases: awards vesting in 2026 were granted
following the Company’s listing in December 2025, whilst awards with vesting dates in 2027 and 2028
are set to be granted in March 2026.
The Committee also addressed legacy retention awards that had been granted by Unilever in 2024
to individuals deemed critical to the successful separation of the Ice Cream business, including the
CEO. The Committee considered it important to honour legacy commitments to ensure fairness and
continuity, whilst tying remuneration outcomes to value created by TMICC. In line with these principles
and the original terms of these legacy retention awards, they were converted into equivalent awards
in shares of TMICC after the Demerger was completed. Legacy remuneration arrangements are
presented in detail on page 74.
2025 remuneration outcomes
Annual bonus
The 2025 annual bonus was based on Unilever’s 2025 annual bonus framework for each of its
Business Groups, which comprised three key metrics: Underlying Sales Growth (40% weighting),
Underlying Operating Profit Growth (30%) and Cash Contribution (30%). After evaluating the
Company’s results against the financial targets, set by Unilever before the Demerger, the formulaic
outcome assessment resulted in a business performance factor of 76% of target. Taking into account
the wider performance environment, the Committee decided this performance outcome accurately
represented the Company’s performance for the year against the targets set and did not make any
adjustments.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
61
The Committee also reviewed individual performance for all Executive Leadership Team (ELT)
members, including the CEO and CFO. Guided by the Company’s strategic and business objectives,
the Committee considered both business performance and individual contributions, ensuring
alignment with TMICC’s performance-driven culture and the expectations set at the start of the year.
Under the bonus framework, individual and strategic contributions are recognised through the strategic
priorities performance multiplier applied to the financial outcome, ranging between 0% and 150% in the
case of Executive Directors. The strategic priorities performance multipliers were determined based
on an assessment against personal objectives and strategic priorities, leadership impact, and each
executive’s contribution to the Company’s transformation, operational delivery, and cultural progress.
For both the CEO and CFO, the Committee determined that a strategic priorities performance
multiplier of 125% appropriately reflected their performance and impact on the Company’s progress
during this pivotal year. The Committee particularly recognised the CEO and CFO’s role in leading
the successful separation and listing of TMICC, establishing a standalone organisation at pace and
socialising the equity story with capital markets in the run-up to the Company’s listing.
The resulting total bonus factor assessed by the Committee was therefore the result of multiplying
the business performance factor of 76% with the strategic priorities performance multiplier of 125%,
resulting in a total bonus outcome of 95% of target for each Executive Director. The Committee
also noted that, for the period up to the Demerger, the Executive Directors’ bonus had a component
(weighted 25%) tied to the performance of Unilever. Based on Unilever’s assessment of performance
against the established financial targets, this part of the bonus had a business performance factor of
94% of target. For the Executive Directors, this outcome was also multiplied by their strategic priorities
performance multiplier of 125%.
Replacement Performance Share Plan vesting outcome
Before the vesting of Replacement PSP awards on 12 February 2026, the Committee undertook an
assessment to establish whether potential share price volatility in the short period of time since the
Company’s listing would result in participants within the ELT receiving windfall gains. The Committee
was satisfied that no such windfall gains had materialised.
The 2023 Replacement PSP award to the CEO therefore vested at the formulaic outcome of 135%
reflecting the outcome of the original Unilever Performance Share Plan award. No 2023 replacement
PSP award had been made to the CFO.
A long-term approach for a newly independent company
The Committee’s focus has been on establishing a long-term and sustainable remuneration framework
that supports TMICC’s early growth phase, encourages responsible leadership, and reflects the
expectations of a diverse international shareholder base. Our approach aims to ensure compensation
packages are both fair and competitive, while maintaining a strong alignment with performance
outcomes.
2026 review of existing remuneration packages
The Committee dedicated considerable time to a comprehensive review of the remuneration
packages for the CEO, CFO and other members of the ELT. These packages were benchmarked
against two distinct peer groups (AEX listed companies and international peers in the global snacking
and refreshment sector) and adjusted to reflect the new context and responsibilities associated with
their roles as leaders of a publicly listed company, carrying full accountability rather than division-level
oversight. Ongoing remuneration levels compared to AEX-listed companies (the primary reference
point) are around the lower quartile for the CEO and around the median for the CFO.
Notably, for the CEO and CFO, the primary uplift was made to variable pay, with base salaries only
marginally adjusted, underscoring our commitment to ensuring that remuneration is driven by
performance.
Engagement with shareholders and other stakeholders as part of Directors’ Remuneration
Policy preparation
In preparation for the Demerger and listing, the Committee undertook a number of shareholder
consultations in late 2025. The objective was to gain insights into the expectations of, and gather
feedback from, our diverse potential shareholder base. To this end, we contacted Unilever’s top
investors (pre-Demerger), collectively holding approximately 30% of Unilever’s issued share capital.
The Committee received broad investor support and positive feedback on the proposed remuneration
framework. Throughout the process, we also discussed our proposals with Unilever as our sole
shareholder prior to the Demerger and incorporated its feedback into the design.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
62
Following the Company’s listing, and in anticipation of the binding shareholder votes on the Directors’
Remuneration Policy and the proposed Foundation Plan for Growth at TMICC’s first AGM, we engaged
widely with shareholders and relevant governance bodies. The feedback we received during these
discussions was broadly supportive of our approach and provided valuable input for further refinement
of our proposals. I want to thank shareholders and governance bodies for their time and valuable
inputs.
Proposed policy and implementation in 2026
We are a global company with a footprint across 80 markets, headquartered in the Netherlands and
listed on Euronext Amsterdam, the London Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange. Our
business is well positioned to win in the market and unlock significant long-term value.
The Committee has designed a Remuneration Policy which is aligned with TMICC’s growth strategy
and value creation potential. It reflects our international orientation whilst taking into account the
remuneration practices of AEX peers; and ties most of the Executive Directors’ remuneration to the
achievement of our financial and strategic objectives. The Policy includes the following component
parts:
Base salary
The salaries for both Executive Directors were set with effect from the Company’s listing on
8 December 2025. Therefore, no base salary adjustments have been considered for 2026.
2026 annual bonus
The 2026 annual bonus will be based on four performance measures reflecting key areas of
our strategy, each weighted at 25%:
Organic Sales Growth
Market share gains
Adjusted EBITDA margin improvement
Free Cash Flow
In selecting measures under the annual bonus plan, the Committee has balanced growth, market
share, profitability and cash targets to incentivise management to deliver sustainable growth while
supporting the ongoing productivity agenda. Finally, a strategic priorities performance multiplier
between 0% and 150% will be applied, tracking progress on the Company’s strategic objectives.
This design ensures that both financial and strategic performance will need to be achieved for the
bonus opportunity to be realised.
The targets and actual performance outcomes for each measure will be disclosed in the 2026
Remuneration Report.
Target award levels for 2026 were set at 120% of annual base salary for the CEO and 100% for the
CFO, with the overall bonus capped at 200% of the target opportunity.
Performance Share Plan
Both the 2025-2027 Replacement PSP awards and the 2026-2028 PSP awards will be based on two
performance measures, each weighted at 50%:
Organic Sales Growth
Constant Adjusted Earnings Per Share Growth
The targets and actual performance outcomes for each measure will be disclosed in the Remuneration
Report following the vesting of each award.
Target awards for 2026 were set at 180% of annual base salary for the CEO and 150% for the CFO.
The Committee believes that the metrics selected under both the annual bonus and PSP are designed
to embrace simplicity, ensure focus, reinforce the Company’s strategic priorities and drive long-term
value creation.
While the Committee considered the inclusion of Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) when designing
the incentive framework, it concluded that the inclusion of return-based metrics (Adjusted EBITDA and
Constant Adjusted EPS), together with a strong control measure in Free Cash Flow, already provides a
balanced and robust assessment of performance. This approach avoids complexity while maintaining
appropriate focus on profitability and cash discipline, and keeping the flexibility required for bolt-on
acquisitions. The Committee has therefore decided not to introduce ROIC as a metric at this time.
Foundation Plan for Growth (the “Foundation Plan”)
Following our Demerger from Unilever and our listing as an independent company, we believe we have
a unique opportunity to grow and create significant long-term value for all stakeholders.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
63
Once these sustainability goals have been set, they will also be embedded into the objectives of the
Executive Directors and the ELT, as appropriate. Performance against the personal and strategic
objectives of the ELT is one factor influencing their individual bonus outcome, as a multiplier to the
business performance result. As our sustainability targets mature in the future, the Committee
will consider whether applying a specific weighting on ESG targets in our annual bonus or PSP is
appropriate.
Outlook
In the year ahead, the Committee will focus on the effective implementation of the new Remuneration
Policy, continued engagement with shareholders and governance bodies, and regular evaluation
of performance measures, to ensure continued alignment with the Company’s evolving strategic
priorities.
AGM resolutions
At the 2026 Annual General Meeting, shareholders will be asked to:
Approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (binding vote)
Approve the Foundation Plan (binding vote)
Approve the 2025 Remuneration Report (advisory vote)
The full details for the AGM will be provided in the Notice of Meeting.
Concluding remarks
On behalf of the Committee, I want to thank our shareholders and governance bodies for their
engagement and support. I trust that you find that the following 2025 Directors’ Remuneration Report
provides a clear explanation of how the Remuneration Policy was implemented during 2025, as well as
a transparent outline of our plans for 2026.
I look forward to presenting this Remuneration Report at our upcoming Annual General Meeting of
Shareholders.
Melissa Bethell
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
In this context, the Foundation Plan is a one-time co-investment plan, designed to incentivise the
substantial formative work needed to realise the planned growth and margin trajectory for the
Company as a standalone business. Under this plan, Executive Directors can make a personal
investment in TMICC shares, ensuring that they are materially invested in the Company’s long-term
success and aligned with long-term value creation. The Company will then make a matching award of
market-priced share options, at a ratio of five options for each share acquired through the Executive
Director’s personal investment. In addition to Executive Directors, over 60 senior leaders will be invited
to participate in the Foundation Plan.
The maximum personal investment opportunity is set at 500% of the annual base salary for the CEO
and 400% of the annual base salary for the CFO. The Committee noted that both the CEO and CFO
had already made material personal investments following the Company’s listing, as shown in the
Remuneration Report on page 78. The matching options will only vest if our Total Shareholder Return
(TSR) exceeds the median TSR of a group of snacking and refreshment peers.
The Foundation Plan is therefore designed to only deliver material value to Executive Directors if they
make a significant personal investment and the Company delivers both absolute share price growth
and TSR outperformance. Participants are required to continue to hold their personal investment until
vesting, and no shares resulting from the exercise of options can be sold by Executive Directors for a
period of five years from grant, ensuring a focus on sustainable value creation. Vesting will take place
as follows:
50% will vest after three years
50% will vest after four years
The exercise window will open following vesting of each respective portion of the award and will
remain open until the seventh anniversary of the grant.
ESG
The Committee thanks shareholders and governance bodies for their feedback on the potential
inclusion of ESG measures in our incentive arrangements. A focused sustainability agenda is a key
enabler of our strategy, and in 2026, it is our intent to set a holistic, relevant sustainability strategy
with goals aligned to industry standards as a minimum, and being fully compliant with all applicable
regulatory and reporting obligations.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
64
Membership and meetings
The Committee is composed entirely of independent Non-Executive Directors. It is chaired by
Melissa Bethell; the other members during the year were Stefan Bomhard and Anja Mutsaers.
Josh Frank joined the Committee on 16 March 2026. Committee members are selected based on their
broad experience, governance expertise, and understanding of executive remuneration across markets.
The Committee meets at least twice annually and reports to the Board after each meeting.
Since its formation in 2025, and in preparation for the Company’s listing, the Committee formally
met twice. The Committee meets regularly without others present. Other attendees at Committee
meetings typically include the Board Chair, CEO, CFO, Group Company Secretary, Chief HR Officer,
Group Head of Reward, Head of Executive Reward and Share Plans, and the Committee’s independent
advisers.
Key topics considered by the Committee during the year
Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The Remuneration Committee oversaw the development of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy,
ensuring its alignment with the Company’s strategic objectives, relevant market practices, shareholder
expectations, applicable legislation, and the Dutch and UK Corporate Governance Codes. It also
consulted with prospective shareholders prior to the listing to gather feedback on the proposed
Remuneration Policy. Further consultation was carried out with shareholders and governance
bodies on the proposed Policy in early 2026.
The Committee conducted scenario analyses to assess the appropriateness of various potential pay
outcomes. This process involved calculating remuneration across a range of scenarios, each based on
different assumptions about the level of achievement of performance conditions and share price. The
Committee determined that the link between the strategic objectives and the chosen performance
measures for the annual bonus and share-based awards was appropriate.
The Committee also reviewed peer group benchmarking to assess the Policy’s competitiveness and
concluded that it is well positioned to support the Company’s long-term objectives.
The Policy was submitted to the Board for approval and was subsequently adopted by the Company.
It will be presented for adoption at the 2026 Annual General Meeting.
Remuneration Committee
Role of the Committee
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for overseeing all matters relating to executive
remuneration, incentive plans, and broader employee compensation frameworks. Its responsibilities
are structured to support the Company’s strategy and long-term value creation and ensure alignment
with shareholder interests and regulatory requirements.
The Committee’s responsibilities include:
Executive remuneration:
Making proposals to the Board on the Remuneration Policy and its
implementation for Executive Directors, including fixed and variable components, performance
criteria, and shareholding requirements. The Committee ensures that remuneration structures
foster sustainable long-term value creation and consider internal pay ratios and market
benchmarks.
Non-Executive remuneration:
Making proposals to the Board on the Remuneration Policy and
its implementation for Non-Executive Directors, ensuring fees reflect time commitment and
contribution to the Company.
Executive Leadership Team remuneration oversight:
Setting the remuneration framework and
individual remuneration for members of the ELT.
Share-based incentives:
Reviewing and recommending to the Board the design and terms
of share-based incentive plans for Executive Directors as well as share plans for the broader
employee population, including performance targets and clawback provisions.
Directors’ Remuneration Report:
Preparing the annual Directors’ Remuneration Report,
which includes the policy implementation, pay ratios, and the link between remuneration and
performance.
For the purposes of this report, references to actions taken by the Remuneration Committee should be
interpreted as including instances where the Committee has made recommendations or proposals to
the Board, rather than having taken final decisions itself. All such actions are undertaken in accordance
with the Committee’s Terms of Reference, which set out the respective roles and authorities of the
Committee and the Board.
The Committee’s Terms of Reference are reviewed from time to time and are available on our website.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
65
Committee advisers
Although the Committee is responsible for exercising independent judgment, it seeks input from
internal and external advisers as necessary to ensure its decisions are well-informed and consider
both internal and external factors.
The Committee works with Willis Towers Watson (WTW) as its independent adviser. WTW can, and
regularly does, meet with the Committee Chair without others present. The Committee is confident
that the WTW team advising the Company is independent and has no other connection with the
Company or any individual Director that could compromise objectivity.
Confirmation of no deviation from the Remuneration Policy
The Company did not deviate from the Remuneration Policy in 2025 for either the Executive Directors
or the Non-Executive Directors.
Individual remuneration of Executive Directors and other members of the
Executive Leadership Team
The Committee reviewed the individual remuneration packages for the Executive Directors and
the other members of the ELT, which were subsequently approved by the Board. Packages were
benchmarked against two distinct peer groups: AEX-listed companies and international peers in the
global snacking and refreshment sector, reflecting the Company’s listing and headquarters in the
Netherlands whilst having a global footprint and a distinct international orientation.
No Executive Director participated in discussions determining their own remuneration outcome.
However, the Committee did take note of the individual views of each Executive Director regarding the
proposed amount and structure of their own remuneration.
Share-based incentives for the broader employee population
The Committee oversaw the transition and rollout of both legacy and new share-based incentives for
the broader employee population, including Executive Directors.
New share-based incentive plans were introduced to align with the Company’s long-term strategy
and goals. The Committee ensured that the structure of these incentives supports sustainable value
creation, fosters employee engagement, and is competitive with practices observed among Dutch
listed companies and peers in the global snacking and refreshment sector.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Performance period
Holding period
Performance period
Performance period
CEO: 500% of base salary; CFO: 400% of base salary
Holding period
Year 1
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Year 6
Year 7
Year 2
Base salary
Benefits
Annual Bonus
PSP
Foundation Plan
50% of award
50% of award
Shareholding requirements
Paid in cash
Vesting
Performance period
Holding period
End of exercise period
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
66
Summary of the proposed Directors’ Remuneration Policy and its
implementation for Executive Directors
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be presented for adoption at the 2026 Annual General
Meeting on 7 May 2026. The chart below and table on the following pages summarise the
remuneration elements for the Executive Directors, including their implementation in 2025 and
proposed implementation in 2026. The full Directors’ Remuneration Policy is available on our website.
Remuneration elements
The Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors comprises several key elements: a base salary,
benefits, an annual bonus focused on in-year financial and strategic objectives, a Performance Share
Plan designed to support sustainable, long-term value creation, and a one-time co-investment plan tied
to the realisation of the growth and margin trajectory for the Company as a standalone business (the
Foundation Plan). The specific timing for each element is detailed below:
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
67
Purpose and link to strategy
Summary of Policy for Executive Directors
Implementation in 2025 (from listing onwards)
Proposed implementation in 2026
Base salary
Support the attraction and retention of highly qualified
Executive Directors by reflecting the individual’s skill,
experience, performance, and seniority, as well as the
size and complexity of the role.
Paid in cash.
Typically reviewed annually.
Considerations for adjustments include the salary
adjustments for other employees in the Netherlands,
as well as relevant external market data.
Peter ter Kulve: €1,250,000
Abhijit Bhattacharya: €875,000
No change
Benefits
Support the attraction and retention of Executive
Directors by offering a competitive and cost-effective
benefits package.
Executive Directors receive a benefits envelope
as cash in lieu of a Company-sponsored pension
scheme and car scheme.
Other benefits provided include medical, life and
disability insurance and tax return support.
Benefits envelope: 20% of base salary
No change
Annual bonus
Encourage the consistent achievement of financial
and strategic objectives that align with the Company’s
business strategy and enhance shareholder value.
Financial Performance Factor of between 0%
and 200% of target.
Strategic Priorities Performance Multiplier of between
0% and 150%.
Overall maximum bonus capped at 200% of target
opportunity.
Target opportunity
Peter ter Kulve: 120%
Abhijit Bhattacharya: 100%
Performance measures
Based on legacy Unilever framework
40%: Underlying Sales Growth
30%: Underlying Operating Profit growth
30%: Cash contribution
Target opportunity
Peter ter Kulve: 120% (no change)
Abhijit Bhattacharya: 100% (no change)
Performance measures
25%: Organic Sales Growth
25%: Adjusted EBITDA margin improvement
25%: Free Cash Flow
(a)
25%: Market share gains
Performance Share Plan
Drive sustainable, long-term value creation
by meeting key financial and/or strategic objectives.
Maximum target opportunity: 200% of base salary.
Performance Multiplier of between 0% and 200%
of target.
Vests after three years, with additional two-year
holding period.
Dividend equivalents are accrued proportionally
as awards vest.
No regular PSP awards were made in 2025
post-Demerger.
Unilever PSP awards which lapsed due to the
Demerger were replaced with awards in TMICC
shares (see ‘Replacement Share Awards’ on the
following page).
Target opportunity
Peter ter Kulve: 180%
Abhijit Bhattacharya: 150%
Performance measures
50%: Organic Sales Growth
50%: Constant Adjusted Earnings Per Share
Growth
(
b)
(a) An interim operating model operates between Unilever and TMICC for the period 2025 to 2027 as described in Note 21 to the financial statements. As a result, there is a fixed basis on which receivables and payables are settled between the companies, which is
based on average terms from the carve out financials for the period 2022 to 2024 and does not reflect the actual performance on these parameters. Therefore, to make the target meaningful to the operations of the Company, for 2026 and 2027 the Committee
will set targets to assess performance for a proxy of Free Cash Flow excluding changes in receivables and payables.
(b) Adjusted for any change in the underlying number of shares.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
68
Purpose and link to strategy
Summary of Policy for Executive Directors
Implementation in 2025 (from listing onwards)
Proposed implementation in 2026
Foundation Plan for Growth
One-time co-investment plan to incentivise substantial
formative work needed to realise the planned growth
and margin trajectory for the Company as a standalone
business.
The Foundation Plan encourages significant personal
investment in TMICC, aligning Executive Directors
with long-term value creation. The structure of the Plan
requires both absolute share price growth and relative
Total Shareholder Return outperformance to deliver
value to participants.
Matching options of up to five times the number of
shares bought with Executive Director’s investment
amount.
50% will vest after three years and 50% will vest
after four years, in both cases subject to continuous
employment.
Each vested portion may be exercised upon vesting,
but resulting shares cannot be sold until the fifth
anniversary from grant.
Options may be exercised up to the seventh
anniversary from grant.
The Plan will be implemented in 2026, subject to
shareholder approval at the AGM.
Target opportunity
Peter ter Kulve: Maximum personal investment of
500% of annual base salary
Abhijit Bhattacharya: Maximum personal investment
of 400% of annual base salary
Market-priced matching options at a rate of up to five
times the number of shares invested
Performance measures
Subject to continued holding of the personal
investment
Share options will vest only if the Company’s Total
Shareholder Return exceeds the median of a defined
peer of international snacking and refreshment
companies
Replacement Share Awards
Replacement of the value lost on the portion of
historic Unilever share awards that lapsed due to the
Demerger.
Grant value equivalent to the portion of the original
Unilever award forfeited.
Vesting to occur on the original vesting dates.
Peter ter Kulve:
Replacement Targeted Share Award: €23,159
(a)(c)
Replacement PSP Award: €42,753
(a)(c)(d)
Peter ter Kulve:
2024 Replacement PSP Award: €289,446
(b)(c)
2025 Replacement PSP Award: €422,195
(b)(c)
Abhijit Bhattacharya:
2025 Replacement PSP Award: €728,074
(b)
Legacy 2025 Performance Award
Legacy commitment made in 2024 to incentivise
performance up to the Demerger and the delivery
of the separation.
The opportunity to receive this award is based on
a legacy commitment made in 2024, in order to
incentivise performance up to the Demerger and the
delivery of the separation.
No payout
n/a
Legacy Rollover Share Award
Granted by Unilever in 2024 to senior management,
including the CEO, to reward personal contribution to
the successful delivery of the Demerger.
Value equivalent to the original Unilever award being
replaced.
50% vested in February 2026, with the remaining 50%
to vest in August 2026, subject to continued service.
Peter ter Kulve:
Rollover Share Award: €551,607
(a)(c)
n/a
(a)
Value at grant on 19 December 2025. Awards converted to a corresponding number of shares in TMICC based on the Unilever PLC closing share price on 5 December 2025 and the average closing share price of TMICC between 8 and 18 December 2025, inclusive.
(b)
Value to be granted in March 2026.
(c) Legacy awards to the CEO are granted net of tax to ensure equivalence with the legacy Unilever award being replaced, which were awarded on a net of tax basis. Future awards will be granted on a gross basis.
(d)
The value of shares granted in pound sterling was converted to euro for the purposes of illustration in this table using the full-year average exchange rate of €1 = £0.85474.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
69
Purpose and link to strategy
Summary of Policy for Executive Directors
Implementation in 2025 (from listing onwards)
Proposed implementation in 2026
Shareholding requirement
Aligning the interests of the Executive Directors and
other Executive Leadership Team members with
those of stakeholders.
Malus and clawback
Manage risks and ensure alignment of executives
with the Company’s long-term interests.
Committee discretion to amend measures,
targets and payment levels
Summary of Policy for Executive Directors
CEO: 500% of annual base salary.
CFO: 400% of annual base salary.
Executive Directors are expected to achieve the prescribed shareholding threshold within five years of their appointment.
They will be required to hold all shares acquired as a result of the vesting of share awards and exercise of options (less any sales necessary for tax) until the prescribed
shareholding threshold has been met.
The shareholding requirement will continue to apply for a period of two years following the Executive Director’s cessation of service.
The Board may reduce, cancel or recover (clawback) any variable remuneration awarded to Executive Directors to an appropriate level if payment of the variable
remuneration is unacceptable according to the requirements of reasonableness and fairness or if the Board determines that such action is necessary to ensure
alignment with the Company’s long-term interests and sound governance standards. This can apply in circumstances which include, but are not limited to, the following:
material misstatement of financial results;
any situation where the award was made or determined based on erroneous or misleading data;
misconduct by the Executive Director;
required accounting restatement;
serious reputational harm to the Company directly attributable to the Executive Director’s actions; or
material corporate failure.
The Board may operate clawback at any time prior to the second anniversary of the payment of a cash bonus or the vesting of an award under any incentive plan.
The Board considers that such a period provides appropriate protection to recover remuneration in these circumstances and is in line with market practice.
In circumstances where the specific Dutch statutory clawback triggers would apply, the Board may recover variable remuneration for a period of five years from the date
the incorrect information has become known, in line with the requirements of the Dutch Civil Code.
The Policy includes authority for the Committee to adjust performance conditions where circumstances make this appropriate and to adjust formulaic outcomes,
including where these are not fully aligned with holistic performance over the relevant period. If any such adjustments are made, the details of these and the Committee’s
rationale will be fully disclosed in the relevant remuneration report.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
70
TSR peer group
In addition to the remuneration benchmarking peer group, a Total Shareholder Return (TSR)
performance peer group is used for the purpose of the Foundation Plan. The same peer group is also
used to benchmark performance as part of the Committee’s assessment of performance in the round
when evaluating the formulaic outcome of incentive plans.
Chocoladefabriken Lindt & Sprüngli
Coca Cola Europacific Partners
Conagra
Danone
General Mills
Lotus
Mondelēz
Peer groups
Remuneration benchmarking peer group
The Company is headquartered in the Netherlands but has a global footprint and a distinct
international orientation. To ensure the remuneration of the Executive Directors remains competitive,
the remuneration structure and levels are benchmarked against the median of two distinct peer
groups: (1) companies included in the AEX index, and (2) as an additional reference a peer group of
global companies in the international snacking and refreshments sector. The latter group consists of
primarily European companies of comparable size and complexity, supplemented with US companies,
representing the primary markets where the Company competes for talent.
The composition of this group during 2025 is shown below:
Barry Callebaut
Chocoladefabriken Lindt & Sprüngli
Coca-Cola Consolidated
Coca-Cola Europacific Partners
Coca-Cola HBC
Cranswick
Danone
Emmi
General Mills
Glanbia
JDE Peet’s
Kellanova
Kerry Group
Keurig Dr Pepper
Mondelēz International
Monster Beverage Corporation
Nomad Foods
Orkla ASA
Südzucker
The Campbell’s Company
The Hershey Company
The J. M. Smucker Company
The Kraft Heinz Company
Monster
Nestlé
Orkla
PepsiCo
The Campbell’s Company
The Hershey Company
The J. M. Smucker Company
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Underlying Sales
Growth
Cash
Contribution
Business
performance
factor
Underlying
Operating
Profit growth
Overall
performance
in €'000
875
1,313
2,625
1,750
875
875
875
Actual pay and scenarios
2025 actual
(1)
Maximum
(2)
On-target
Minimum
2025 actual
(1)
Maximum
(2)
On-target
Minimum
Base salary
Benefits
Annual bonus
PSP
Legacy Rollover Award
Base salary
Benefits
Annual bonus
PSP
Total fixed pay
Variable pay
Total fixed pay
Variable pay
in €'000
1,500
85%
35%
105%
76%
135%
3,000
5,250
1,500
9,000
3,238
1,050
540
5,425
2,250
4,500
1,250
337
333
250
250
250
319
233
1,250
1,250
Actual pay and scenarios
Total fixed versus variable pay
Total fixed versus variable pay
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
40%
30%
30%
2023 Replacement PSP vesting outcome
2025 annual bonus business outcome
Outcome
Weighting
Outcome
232
175
175
175
The outcome of the 2023 Replacement PSP Award was
determined based on the results of the corresponding
Unilever 2023 Performance Share Plan.
For more information about the Replacement Awards,
please refer to page 74.
1,249
30%
70%
52%
48%
2025
2025
(1)
Represents the remuneration from the date of appointment as Executive Director on 23 September 2025 up to the end of the year
(2) Maximum assumes the highest annual bonus payout and full PSP vesting, with no share price increase, excluding legacy arrangements and the Foundation Plan
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
71
Remuneration at a glance
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
72
2025 remuneration of Executive Directors
Remuneration elements
Base salary
Between 23 September 2025 (the date of their appointment to the Board) and the Demerger, both
Executive Directors continued to receive base salaries and other remuneration in accordance with
their pre-Demerger Unilever employment agreements and applicable policies.
From 8 December 2025 onwards, base salaries were provided to reflect the responsibilities and
complexity of each role and market benchmarks for similar positions in the AEX and international
snacking and refreshment sector, in accordance with the Remuneration Policy. The new annual base
salaries were determined by the Board and are considered appropriate to attract and retain leaders of
the calibre necessary to guide the Company through the post-listing period and to achieve its strategic
goals. The CEO’s annual base salary was set at €1,250,000, while the CFO’s was set at €875,000.
Benefits
Between 23 September 2025 and the Demerger, both Executive Directors continued to receive
benefits in accordance with their pre-Demerger Unilever agreements and applicable policies. During
this period, the CEO’s benefits comprised insurance coverage, and pension contributions. The CFO
received a benefits envelope equivalent to 20% of his annual base salary, paid in cash, in lieu of pension
and car contribution. Both Executive Directors received life, medical and disability insurance and
support with tax return preparation.
As of 8 December 2025, both Executive Directors received benefits in accordance with their new
remuneration packages in line with the Remuneration Policy. They did not participate in a company-
sponsored pension scheme and did not receive a company car or car allowance. Instead, they
received a benefits envelope equal to 20% of their annual base salary, paid in cash, which enabled
them to make their own arrangements. This approach is consistent with the arrangements provided
to other senior managers in the Company. They also continued to receive life, medical and disability
insurance coverage in line with the pre-Demerger policies and continued to receive tax return support.
Annual bonus
The 2025 annual bonus relates to the 2025 performance year and will be paid in 2026.
For the period between 23 September 2025 and the Demerger, the annual bonus for each Executive
Director was calculated in line with their pre-Demerger Unilever agreements and the relevant Unilever
policies, with 75% of payout based on the performance of TMICC as a Unilever Business Group and
25% based on Unilever’s overall performance.
For the remainder of the year, the bonus was determined according to the Executive Directors’ new
target opportunities as a percentage of their new salary, with performance outcomes calculated solely
on the performance of TMICC. The target opportunities for this period were 120% of base salary for
the CEO and 100% of base salary for the CFO.
The 2025 annual bonus was subject to three performance measures defined by Unilever: Underlying
Sales Growth (40%), Underlying Operating Profit Growth (30%) and Cash Contribution (30%). Targets
were set by Unilever based on the Unilever perimeter for Ice Cream, as if the Company had remained
a Business Group within Unilever and actual performance against these target ranges was assessed
by the TMICC Remuneration Committee on the same basis. Therefore, the targets and results on the
following page differ from the Company’s reported results.
The Committee evaluated the Company’s performance relative to the established targets and
concluded that the formulaic business performance outcome of 76% was appropriate.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
73
Performance
Weighting
% of target
Underlying Sales Growth
(a)
40%
2.6%
4.6%
6.0%
85%
Underlying Operating Profit Growth
(b)(c)
30%
-0.7%
3.6%
7.1%
35%
Cash Contribution
(c)(d)
30%
€394m
€457m
€490m
105%
Overall performance based on the formulaic outcome
76%
In line with the bonus framework applicable during the year, and consistent with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the final bonus for each individual Executive Director was determined by first applying the
Business Performance Factor to the individual’s Strategic Priorities Performance Multiplier. The resulting bonus outcome is then applied to the applicable salary and individual target bonus percentage for the
relevant part of the year to arrive at the final bonus payout.
This resulted in the following payouts:
Annual base salary
applicable from
Listing (€’000)
Target annual bonus
(applicable from Listing )
Business
Performance Factor
Strategic Priorities
Performance Multiplier
Total achievement
as % of target
(a)
2025 actual bonus
(b)
(€’000)
Peter ter Kulve
Chief Executive Officer
1,250
120%
76%
125%
76% x 125% = 95%
337
Abhijit Bhattacharya
Chief Financial Officer
875
100%
76%
125%
76% x 125% = 95%
232
Target Bonus %
Annual Base Salary
Business Performance Factor
(0-200% of target)
Strategic Priorities
Performance Multiplier
(0-150%)
Bonus Payout
(a)
For the period from 23 September to 7 December, this outcome applied to 75% of the annual bonus. The remaining 25% was subject to the Unilever performance outcome, which was assessed at 94% by Unilever. This Business Performance Factor is also multiplied by the Strategic Priorities
Multiplier of 125% to arrive at the total bonus outcome.
(b) Reported for the period from the date of appointment to the Board on 23 September 2025.
(a)
Equivalent to Organic Sales Growth metric in TMICC.
(b)
Equivalent to Adjusted EBIT growth metric in TMICC.
(c)
The actual Adjusted EBIT Growth and Cash Contribution are reported using the same foreign exchange rates as those incorporated into the targets at the time they were set.
(d)
Cash Contribution is calculated as the Adjusted EBITDA less Restructuring, Acquisition and Disposal related costs.
Target (100%)
Threshold (0% )
Maximum (200%)
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
4.3%
€459m
76%
0.1%
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
74
Performance Share Plan and other share plan awards
No PSP awards were made under the Directors’ Remuneration Policy in 2025 post-Demerger, other
than in connection with the replacement of legacy awards granted by Unilever. Any outstanding
Unilever share awards held prior to the Demerger and which were forfeited by Unilever were replaced
with awards in TMICC shares. In addition, the Legacy Rollover Awards granted to the CEO and other
participants in 2024 were fully converted to TMICC shares following the Company’s listing.
Replacement Share Awards
In line with other Group employees who held unvested Unilever share awards at the time of the
Demerger, both the CEO and CFO are eligible for “Replacement Awards” under The Magnum
Ice Cream Company Long Term Incentive Plan 2025. These Replacement Awards are made on
substantially equivalent terms and with a value at grant matching the Unilever shares that lapsed
as a result of time pro-rating.
The CEO was eligible for Replacement PSP Awards corresponding to three previous Unilever PSP
awards, originally granted in March of 2023, 2024 and 2025. In addition, he received a Replacement
Award corresponding to a Unilever Targeted Share Award originally granted in March 2024. The
Replacement Awards for the 2023 Unilever PSP and the Targeted Share Award were granted on
19 December 2025 and vested on 12 February 2026 following the outcome of the corresponding
Unilever award, as determined by Unilever at 135% of the target level.
The Remuneration Committee determined that the 2024 and 2025 Replacement PSP Awards would
be granted in March 2026 and would vest in February 2027 and February 2028, respectively, in line
with the terms of the legacy Unilever awards being replaced.
The CFO was eligible to receive a Replacement Award corresponding to a previous Unilever PSP
award, originally granted in March 2025. This award will be granted in March 2026 and will vest in
February 2028.
Legacy 2025 Performance Award
The 2025 Performance Award was a one-off legacy commitment made in 2024 and subject to the
performance of the Company in 2025 up to the Demerger. Both the CEO and CFO were eligible for
an award valued at 50% of their target annual bonus, with half of the award delivered in early 2026
and the remaining half six months later. This award was subject to a stretching financial performance
threshold, which required as a minimum that performance under the regular bonus would exceed the
performance required for 150% payout. The Committee determined that the minimum performance
required had not been achieved and, as a result, no payment would be made under this arrangement.
Legacy Rollover Award
To ensure the retention of talent deemed critical for, and reward personal contributions to the
successful delivery of, the separation and establishment of an independent Ice Cream business,
certain employees including the CEO were granted one-off awards of Unilever shares in 2024.
Following the Demerger, these awards were ‘rolled over’ so that they instead related to shares in
TMICC, while still subject to the original Unilever terms and conditions, adopted by the Board for this
purpose.
As a result, the CEO received a Rollover Award corresponding to the previous Unilever award received
in 2024. This award did not have applicable Company performance conditions but was subject to
continuous service and personal performance being assessed to be at least at a strong level. 50%
of this award vested on 12 February 2026. The remaining 50% will vest in August 2026. The amount
shown in the table on page 75 represents the non-cash expense recognised by the Company for this
award during 2025.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
75
2025 outcomes
The table below shows the remuneration of each Executive Director for the year 2025 from their appointment to the Board of Directors on 23 September 2025.
It is important to note that the reported costs do not correspond to the actual amounts paid to individual Executive Directors. The share-based compensation represents the expense recognised for shares
granted to the Executive Directors, in line with IFRS 2 share-based payment standards.
Peter ter Kulve
Chief Executive Officer
Abhijit Bhattacharya
Chief Financial Officer
2025
(a)
(€’000)
Proportion of fixed and
variable remuneration
2025
(a)
(€’000)
Proportion of fixed and
variable remuneration
Base salary
319
233
Benefits
61
50
Fixed pay and benefits subtotal
380
30%
283
52%
Annual bonus
337
232
Performance Share Plan
(b)
333
25
Legacy Rollover Award
199
0
Variable remuneration subtotal
869
70%
257
48%
Total remuneration
(c)
1,249
540
(a) The figures shown reflect the remuneration in relation to the period from the date of appointment to the Board of Directors.
(b) Includes legacy Targeted Share Award as described on page 74 under Replacement Share Awards.
(c) Executive Directors did not receive any additional remuneration from any Group subsidiaries nor any loans or guarantees.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
76
Shares awarded to Executive Directors
The following table presents a summary of all outstanding share awards, including those granted but not yet vested, as of 31 December 2025. For the purpose of transparency, the table also includes
Replacement PSP awards that will be granted to the individual Executive Directors in March 2026.
Plan
Grant date
Vesting date
End of holding
period
Value of shares
conditionally
granted at grant
(a)
(€)
No. of shares
conditionally
granted
Value of shares as
of 31 December
2025
(b)
(€)
Peter ter Kulve
(c)
Chief Executive Officer
2023 Replacement PSP
19/12/2025
12/02/2026
12/02/2028
42,753
(d)
3,126
43,064
Replacement Targeted Share Award
19/12/2025
12/02/2026
12/02/2028
23,159
1,727
23,522
Legacy Rollover Award
27/11/2024
12/02/2026
-
275,803
20,567
280,123
Legacy Rollover Award
27/11/2024
12/08/2026
-
275,803
20,567
280,123
2024 Replacement PSP
March 2026
17/02/2027
17/02/2029
289,446
-
(e)
-
2025 Replacement PSP
March 2026
16/02/2028
16/02/2030
422,195
-
(e)
-
Abhijit Bhattacharya
Chief Financial Officer
2025 Replacement PSP
March 2026
16/02/2028
16/02/2030
728,074
-
(e)
-
(a) Calculated using the average closing share price from 8 December 2025 to 18 December 2025, as applied at grant: Euronext Amsterdam - €13.41; London Stock Exchange - £11.69.
(b) The closing prices on 31 December 2025 were as follows: Euronext Amsterdam - €13.62; London Stock Exchange - £11.775.
(c) Under Unilever’s policy, the CEO’s legacy share awards were delivered net of tax, with the Company settling any taxes in cash at the point of vesting.
To ensure substantial equivalence with the underlying Unilever awards, which were awarded on a net-of-tax basis, his Replacement awards are also granted on a net-of-tax basis.
Any future share awards will be granted gross of tax.
(d)
Shares granted in pound sterling. The value was converted to euro using the full-year average exchange rate of €1 = £0.85474.
(e)
Number of shares to be determined, as these awards are to be granted in March 2026. The value of these awards has been calculated using the number
of Unilever shares forfeited at the time of Demerger and the Unilever closing share price on 5 December 2025. The Unilever closing prices on that date were as follows:
Euronext Amsterdam - €51.16; and London Stock Exchange - £44.56.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
77
Internal comparisons
When setting the remuneration of the Executive Directors, the Remuneration Committee took
into account the reward philosophy across TMICC. This philosophy is centred around offering fair,
transparent, competitive and performance-driven rewards. The pay-for-performance principle
cascades throughout the organisation: around 6,000 colleagues participate in the annual bonus plan
under the same performance measures as the Executive Directors, with frontline teams in factories
and sales having dedicated incentive schemes linked to their impact. Share plan participation extends
widely, with nearly 2,000 colleagues receiving awards under our share plans on an annual basis. In
addition, every TMICC employee received a €300 share award following our listing in December (the
“Celebration Award”). More information on our wider reward philosophy can be found on page 22.
Internal pay ratios are a relevant factor in determining the appropriateness of Executive Director
remuneration as recognised in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. The ratio of the CEO’s and
CFO’s annual total remuneration to the average annual total remuneration of employees in 2025 was
68 and 29, respectively.
These ratios have been calculated in accordance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code by
dividing the single-figure total remuneration for each Executive Director in 2025 by the average
total remuneration of all other employees globally for the same period. The average total remuneration
for all other employees has been derived from Note 4 on page 101. This calculation involved dividing
the total personnel expense for 2025 by the reported number of FTEs (excluding Executive Directors),
resulting in an amount of €67,689. The total remuneration of the Executive Directors was obtained
from the table on page 75 and annualised for the purpose of this comparison.
The Committee acknowledges that these ratios are shaped by numerous factors, such as a company’s
industry, geographic footprint, and organisational structure. TMICC operates globally, with a
considerable portion of its business and workforce based in emerging markets, where pay structures
and levels are often substantially different from those in the Netherlands and Europe. Additionally, the
Company’s production facilities and in-house sales teams worldwide increase the diversity of pay
within the organisation. Therefore, comparing pay ratios with those of other companies or industries
may not always be a meaningful exercise.
Moreover, pay ratios can fluctuate considerably over time due to variables such as exchange rate
movements and are strongly impacted by a company’s annual performance, which tends to have
a greater effect on Executive Directors’ remuneration than on that of other employees as a greater
proportion of their pay is performance-based. To address these limitations, the Committee will not only
review current pay ratios but also trends over time, particularly in relation to Company performance.
The table below sets out the annualised total remuneration for the Executive Directors, alongside the
average remuneration for employees and the corresponding pay ratios. In future years, we will update
this table to provide a five-year overview of pay ratio trends.
Year
Total annualised
(a)
remuneration (€’000)
Average employee
total remuneration
(€’000)
Pay ratio
CEO
CFO
CEO
CFO
2025
4,583
1,979
68
68
29
(a)
The total remuneration figures for the CEO and CFO for 2025 as presented in this report reflect the period from their appointments to the
Board of Directors on 23 September 2025. For the purposes of pay ratio calculations, these figures have been annualised by extrapolating the
remuneration to represent a full twelve-month period.
Shareholding requirements
Under the Shareholding Policy, Executive Directors and Executive Leadership Team members
are required to maintain a minimum shareholding in the Company. This requirement is intended to
further align their interests with those of shareholders. The CEO must hold shares equal to 500%
of base salary, while the CFO must hold shares equal to 400% of base salary. These shareholding
requirements are at the higher end of market practice across both our AEX and international
benchmarking peer groups.
All after-tax shares must be retained until the relevant holding requirement is satisfied. Executive
Directors are also obliged to adhere to the holding requirements set out in the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code, meaning they must retain all after-tax shares awarded under the PSP and shares
acquired from the exercise of options under the Foundation Plan for a minimum of five years from
the date of grant (which in the case of Replacement PSP awards is calculated with reference to their
original grant date).
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
78
Once these requirements have been fulfilled, shares may be sold, provided that all relevant insider
trading prevention regulations are observed.
The table below shows the required holdings and the actual holdings as of 31 December 2025,
expressed as multiples of annual base salary. Over 90% of the CEO’s holding and the full holding of the
CFO reflect investments made following the listing.
Shareholding requirement
(value as multiple of annual base salary)
Actual shareholding
(a)
(value as multiple of annual base salary)
Peter ter Kulve
(b)
Chief Executive Officer
500%
476%
Abhijit Bhattacharya
Chief Financial Officer
400%
235%
(a)
Actual shareholdings have been calculated using the number of shares held and the closing share price on 31 December 2025. The closing
prices on that date were as follows: Euronext Amsterdam - €13.62; London Stock Exchange - £11.775.
(b)
Includes 1,938 shares held by spouse.
All shares beneficially owned and any awards not subject to performance conditions count towards
the shareholding requirement (on an estimated net-of-tax basis if tax is expected to be payable).
The shareholding requirement will continue to apply for a period of two years following the cessation of
service.
Contractual arrangements
Executive Directors are engaged through a service agreement governed by Dutch law. These
agreements are established as contracts for services and do not constitute employment contracts.
Each agreement is for a fixed term of four years.
Executive Directors are subject to annual re-election by the general meeting. Both the Executive
Director and the Company may terminate the agreement by giving six months’ written notice.
If the Company terminates the agreement other than for cause, the Executive Director may receive a
severance payment limited to a maximum of one year’s base salary, in accordance with the Dutch
Corporate Governance Code. No severance is payable upon voluntary resignation or if an Executive
Director is dismissed, not re-elected by the general meeting or not proposed for re-election at the end
of the term.
2025 remuneration of Non-Executive Directors
Remuneration elements
Fixed Membership and Committee fees
The Non-Executive Directors received fees for Board membership and for serving as a Committee
chair or member from the date of their appointment to the Board of Directors. The Board Chair
received an all-inclusive fee, meaning he did not receive additional compensation for serving as a
Committee chair or member.
Other fees and reimbursements
Non-Executive Directors are eligible to receive a travel allowance for each meeting attended that is
held outside their country of residence, to recognise the additional time commitment required.
This is set at €2,500 per meeting for continental travel and €5,000 per meeting for intercontinental
travel.
All reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Non-Executive Directors while
performing their duties are reimbursed at cost.
No loans or guarantees were granted by the Company to the Non-Executive Directors.
Non-Executive Directors did not receive any additional remuneration from any Group subsidiaries. All
shares held by Non-Executive Directors have been acquired at their own expense and are intended for
long-term investment purposes.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
79
Policy fee levels for Non-Executive Directors
Under the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the fee levels are currently set as follows:
(€’000)
Chair
Senior Independent
Director
Member
Board
270
(a)
140
110
Audit and Risk Committee
35
-
25
Remuneration Committee
30
-
20
Nomination and Governance Committee
25
(b)
-
15
(a) All-inclusive fee: the Board Chair does not receive any additional remuneration for serving as a Committee chair or member.
(b) Not payable whilst the Committee is chaired by the Board Chair.
These fees were set at the median fee levels of the AEX. As secondary reference points, and given the Company’s international orientation, Non-Executive Director fee levels were also benchmarked against
fee levels in European companies in the snacking and refreshments sector and UK listed companies of a similar size.
2025 outcomes
The table below shows the remuneration for each Non-Executive Director for the year 2025 from the date of their appointment to the Board of Directors in September.
2025 (€’000)
Board fee
Committee fees
Travel allowance
Total
Jean-François van Boxmeer
(a)
74
-
-
74
Stacey Cartwright
(b)
37
10
-
47
René Hooft Graafland
(b)
29
13
-
42
Melissa Bethell
(b)
29
14
3
46
Stefan Bomhard
(b)
29
12
3
44
Anja Mutsaers
(b)
29
9
-
38
Reginaldo Ecclissato
(b)
29
4
3
36
Total remuneration
256
62
9
327
(a) Appointed on 23 September 2025.
(b) Appointed on 26 September 2025.
Melissa Bethell
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
80
Other information
Share capital and rights attaching to shares
The authorised capital of the Company is €7,875,000,000. The authorised capital of the Company is
divided into 2,250,000,000 shares, with a nominal value of €3.50 each. Further details relating to share
capital can be found in Notes 14A and 14B.
Upon issuance of shares, each shareholder shall have a right of pre-emption in proportion to the
aggregate nominal value of such shareholder’s shares, subject to the limitations prescribed by the
laws of the Netherlands and the Articles of Association (the Articles). The right of pre-emption does
not apply to shares issued to employees of the Company or of a Group Company and shares issued
against contribution other than in cash. Prior to each single issuance of shares, the right of pre-emption
may be limited or excluded pursuant to a resolution of (i) a general meeting or (ii) the Board (if and
during the fixed period the Board has been designated for that purpose by a general meeting at the
proposal of the Board). The general meeting shall, for as long as such designation of the Board is in
force, no longer have authority to resolve upon limiting or excluding the right of pre-emption. Unless
the designation provides otherwise, it may not be withdrawn, other than upon a proposal thereto of the
Board. A resolution of a general meeting to limit or exclude the right of pre-emption or to designate the
Board for that purpose requires a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, if less than one-half
of the Company’s issued capital is represented at the meeting. The Articles shall apply by analogy to
the granting of rights to subscribe for shares, but do not apply to the issuance of shares to a person
exercising a right to subscribe for shares previously granted.
Rights of pre-emption and authority to repurchase shares
The Board currently has authority to issue shares or grant rights to subscribe for shares up to 10% of
the number of shares currently in issue for any purpose, whether or not with a limitation or exclusion of
the rights of pre-emption of existing shareholders of the Company; and the authorisation shall expire
on the earlier of (i) the date falling six months following the conclusion of the 2026 Annual General
Meeting and (ii) the date of renewal of the authorisation.
The Board also has authority to acquire up to 10% of the shares in issue either through purchase on a
stock exchange or otherwise, at a price, excluding expenses, not lower than the nominal value of the
shares and not higher than 10% of the opening market price of the shares on each of the three stock
exchanges where it is listed; and the authorisation shall expire on the earlier of (i) the date falling six
months following the conclusion of the 2026 Annual General Meeting and (ii) the date of renewal of the
authorisation. The Company has not repurchased any of its own shares.
Substantial shareholders
As at 27 February 2026, the following notifications were made to the Netherlands Authority for the
Financial Markets (AFM) by substantial shareholders. The voting rights of substantial shareholders
are the same as other shareholders.
Date
Name
Number of Shares
% Voting Interest
8 December 2025
Unilever PLC
121,533,558
19.85
17 December 2025
BlackRock Inc.
25,965,010
4.24
23 December 2025
Goldman Sachs Group Inc.
20,026,031
3.27
10 December 2025
FIL Limited
19,894,021
3.25
13 February 2026
Allan & Gill Gray Foundation
19,674,251
3.21
26 February 2026
Bank of America Corporation
17,565,194
2.87
22 December 2025
Barclays Plc
17,955,511
2.93
Nature of the trading market
As at 31 December 2025, there were a total of 6,087 holders of record of TMICC shares on the share
register; approximately 490 million TMICC shares were registered in the name of 3,505 holders of
record with addresses in the US. These shares represented approximately 80% of the total TMICC
shares in issue, of which approximately 45% relates to shareholders who hold their shares via
Euroclear in the Netherlands and 41% to shareholders who hold their shares via Depositary Interests
in the UK. Since certain of TMICC shares were held by brokers and nominees, the number of record
holders in the US may not be representative of the number of beneficial holders, or of where the
beneficial holders are resident.
As at 31 December 2025, no interest was capitalised by the Group.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
81
Dividend waivers
The Company has established an employee benefit trust (EBT) in order to satisfy its employee share
award plan obligations. The Trustee of the EBT has agreed to waive, on an ongoing basis,
any dividends payable on shares it holds in trust.
Annual General Meeting
The Company will hold its Annual General Meeting on 7 May 2026. The notice of convocation will
be published on our website at least 42 calendar days prior to the meeting date. The business of
the meeting will typically include: discussion of the Annual Report; the adoption of the Financial
Statements; policy on additions to reserves and dividends; discharge of the members of the Board;
or any other matters proposed by the Board or shareholders in accordance with Dutch law and the
Articles. Pursuant to Dutch law the record date for the exercise of voting rights and rights relating to
shareholders meetings is set at the 28
th
day prior to the date of the relevant meeting. Shareholders
registered on such date are entitled to attend the meeting and to exercise the other shareholder rights
(at the relevant meeting) notwithstanding any subsequent sale of their shares after the record date.
Shareholders who wish to exercise the rights attached to their shares in respect of a shareholder
meeting are required to register for such meeting. Shareholders may attend a meeting in person,
vote by proxy or grant a power of attorney to a third party to attend the meeting and vote on their
behalf. Details of registration for meetings, attendance and proxy voting will be included in the notice
convening the relevant meeting.
Contracts of significance and material contracts
During the year, no Director had any interest in any shares or debentures in the Company’s
subsidiaries, or any material interest in any contract with the Company or a subsidiary being a
contract of significance in relation to the Company’s business. No member of the Group is party
to any significant agreement that takes effect, alters or terminates upon a change of control or
following a takeover of TMICC. In addition, there are no agreements providing for compensation
for loss of office or employment as the result of a takeover of TMICC.
There are no controlling shareholders of TMICC.
Unilever PLC has a 19.85% shareholding in TMICC. As at the date of this Annual Report, TMICC is party
to a Global Transitional Services Agreement, a Tax Matters Agreement and a Demerger Agreement
with Unilever PLC.
Prevention of insider trading policies and procedures
The Company has adopted prevention of insider trading policies and procedures governing
the purchase, sale, and other dispositions of its securities by Directors, senior management and
employees that are reasonably designed to promote compliance with applicable prevention of insider
trading laws, rules and regulations, and any listing standards applicable to the Company.
Branch offices
The Group operates through subsidiary companies and has one branch, being Betty Ice Distributie
Chisinau Branch Moldova, Skuodo st. 28, Mazeikiai, LT-89100. Further details relating to subsidiaries
can be found in Note 23.
Directors’ share interests
The table below sets out details of the Directors’ interests in shares as at 31 December 2025. None
of the Directors or ELT members have a shareholding greater than 0.08%. Further details relating to
share interests of Executive Directors can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 76.
Director
Share Interests
as at 31 December 2025
Melissa Bethell
7,750
Abhijit Bhattacharya
150,956
Stefan Bomhard
1
8,655
Jean-François van Boxmeer
76,200
Stacey Cartwright
3,400
Reginaldo Ecclissato
20,027
René Hooft Graafland
35,500
Peter ter Kulve
2
436,665
Anja Mutsaers
19,500
(1) Includes 955 shares of spouse
(2)Includes 1,938 shares of spouse
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
82
Based on its assessment and with reference to Best Practice Provision 1.4.3 of the 2025 Dutch
Corporate Governance Code, the TMICC Board confirms to the best of its knowledge that:
Following the Company’s recent transition to a standalone organisation, the systems, processes,
and internal controls supporting its risk management framework are still being established and
embedded. The Management Report provides insights into the material failings identified in
the effectiveness of the internal risk management and control systems within this developing
environment;
the Company continues to develop its internal risk management and control systems with the
objective of providing reasonable assurance that financial reporting does not contain material
inaccuracies and that material misstatements are prevented or detected; but these systems remain
in a maturing state;
the systems supporting sustainability reporting are similarly at an early stage of development. For
2025 reporting, the Company relied on Unilever for certain areas of reporting and is continuing to
develop and embed its own processes, data sources, and internal controls, with the objective of
progressively enhancing the robustness of sustainability reporting;
at the balance sheet date, the TMICC Board does not have information to suggest that the internal
risk management and control systems fail to provide sufficient comfort that the operational and
compliance risks identified in the Risk Management section of this Management Report are being
effectively managed, considering the Company’s risk appetite;
based on the current state of affairs, it is justified that the financial reporting is prepared on a going
concern basis; and
the Management Report states the material risks as well as uncertainties to the extent they are
relevant for the Company’s continuity for a period of twelve months after the preparation of the
report, as referred to in best practice provision 1.2.1.
Given that the Company’s systems, processes and internal control frameworks are still maturing, these
do not provide certainty over the achievement of strategic, operational, compliance, and reporting
objectives, nor can they be relied upon to prevent or detect all misstatements, inaccuracies, fraud,
operational issues, or non-compliance.
On this basis, the TMICC Board considers that the Company is working towards compliance with best
practice provision 1.4.3 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code as it is not yet fully compliant with
the provisions in 1.4.3 (ii)-(iv), which it expects to achieve by 2026.
Management Statement and Report
TMICC Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal risk management and
control systems. Further information on the Company’s risk management approach is set out in the
Risk Management section of this Management Report.
During the final three weeks of 2025, the Company demerged from Unilever and became a standalone
organisation. An interim operating model was implemented, supported by extensive Transitional
Service Agreements (TSAs) with Unilever to ensure continuity of operations. The reliance on shared
financial and operational processes under these TSAs, alongside the continued development of the
Company’s own processes and systems, created an environment exposed to inherent transitional,
operational, financial, non-financial, and compliance risks.
These risks are being addressed through a phased design and implementation of the Company’s risk
management and internal control framework. This has been supported by enhanced governance
oversight, internal risk assessments, targeted control testing and monitoring during the separation and
stabilisation phase and internal audit in 2025.
In 2026, the Company will focus on the implementation and stabilisation of controls, considering the
Company’s risk appetite and strategic objectives; and will also address the requirements of Provision
29 of the UK Corporate Governance Code.
Statement by the Board
The Board recognises that internal risk management and control systems are subject to inherent
limitations and cannot provide absolute assurance that all risks have been identified or effectively
managed. The level of assurance provided is influenced by factors including the Company’s risk
appetite, the complexity and maturity of its operations, external dependencies and the dynamic
business environment. Certain risks therefore remain outside the Company’s direct control.
The principal risks the Company faces, the Company’s risk management framework and risk appetite
are described in the Risk Management section of this Management Report.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
83
Directors Responsibility Statement
Each of the Directors confirms that, to the best of their knowledge:
the 2025 TMICC Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and
performance, business model and strategy;
the Financial Statements which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB),
and EU-adopted international accounting standards give a true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included
in the consolidation taken as a whole; and
the Management Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the
business and the position of TMICC and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken
as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.
The Directors and their roles are listed on pages 45 to 47. Josh Frank was not a Director as at
31 December 2025. He was appointed to the Board on 16 March 2026 and will assume
responsibility for the 2026 Annual Report.
Going concern
The activities of the Group, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance,
financial position, cash flows, liquidity, and borrowing facilities are described on pages 1 to 32. In addition,
Notes 14 to 17 on pages 121 to 132 describe the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing
its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging
activities, and its exposures to credit and liquidity risk. Although not assessed over the same period
as going concern, the viability of the Group has been assessed on page 40. The Group has significant
financial resources together with established business relationships with many customers and suppliers
around the world. Consequently, the Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its
business risks successfully for at least 12 months from the date of approval of the Financial Statements.
After making enquiries, the Directors consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of
accounting in preparing this Annual Report.
The Company remains committed to further strengthening its risk management and internal control
framework in line with the best applicable practice, particularly in the jurisdictions where it is listed,
recognising that such systems are designed to provide reasonable and/or limited, but not absolute,
assurance.
The Company’s risk management framework and related Board statements provide governance
context for the external auditor’s risk assessment, while the audit approach remains independently
determined in accordance with applicable auditing standards.
This statement should not be interpreted as a statement made in response to the requirements of the
US Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX).
Internal control framework and carve-out considerations
During the preparation of the 2024 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements, a material
weakness was identified within the Unilever Group’s internal control over financial reporting (ICFR)
because a small number of control activities were not precise enough to prevent or detect all material
misstatements. As a result of this material weakness, two material misstatements were not detected
during the preparation of the 2024 Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements, though these
misstatements were detected and corrected prior to the finalisation of the 2024 Combined Carve-Out
Financial Statements. The control weaknesses related specifically to the process to prepare the 2024
Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements and Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
Following the Separation, the Group’s Financial Statements have been prepared through consolidation
of its own entities rather than through carve-outs from Unilever legal entities. Consequently, the control
deficiencies identified within the Unilever Group’s carve-out processes are no longer relevant.
In anticipation of future compliance with SOX and ICFR expectations for listed entities and in response
to the identified deficiency, the Group has continued to design and implement its own ICFR framework
following the Separation to mitigate the risks associated with financial and non-financial reporting.
The ICFR framework is being developed in alignment with applicable regulatory requirements
and established internal control principles (COSO 2013), as well as the underlying SOX and ICFR
expectations for listed entities. The framework is tailored to the Group’s specific risks, complexity, and
materiality as a listed entity, and includes clear control activities, defined ownership and accountability,
and management review controls designed to prevent and detect material misstatements.
Management Report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Financial
Statements
Consolidated financial statements
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Company financial statements
Notes to the Company financial statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Financial Statements
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
85
Consolidated
financial statements
Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December
In millions of €
Notes
2025
2024
2023
Revenue
2
7,910
7,947
7,618
Operating Profit
2
599
764
742
Net finance costs
5
(121)
(17)
(20)
- Pensions and similar obligations
(9)
(12)
(11)
- Finance income
27
2
1
- Finance costs
(139)
(7)
(10)
Net monetary gain/(loss) arising from
hyperinflationary economies
1
(31)
-
(10)
Profit before taxation
447
747
712
Taxation
6A
(140)
(152)
(203)
Net profit
307
595
509
Attributable to:
- Non-controlling interests
14
16
17
- Shareholders of the Company
293
579
492
Earnings per share, in €
7
Basic earnings per share
0.48
Diluted earnings per share
0.48
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December
In millions of €
Notes
2025
2024
2023
Net profit
307
595
509
Other comprehensive income
6C
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax:
- Remeasurement of defined benefit pension plans
46
38
-
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit
or loss, net of tax:
- Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges
(81)
88
2
- Currency retranslation gains/(losses)
(238)
137
(50)
Total comprehensive income
34
858
461
Attributable to:
- Non-controlling interests
11
17
16
- Shareholders’ equity
23
841
445
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
86
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December
In millions of €
Invested
capital
Share
capital
Share
premium
Retained
earnings
Other
reserves
Total
shareholders’
equity
(h)
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
1 January 2023
1,775
-
-
-
178
1,953
25
1,978
Profit or loss for the period
(a)
492
-
-
-
-
492
17
509
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
- Cash flow hedges gains/(losses)
-
-
-
-
2
2
-
2
- Remeasurement of defined benefit pension plans
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Currency retranslation gains/(losses)
(c)
-
-
-
-
(49)
(49)
(1)
(50)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
492
-
-
-
(47)
445
16
461
Share-based payment credit
(d)
20
-
-
-
-
20
-
20
Other transactions with Unilever
(e)
92
-
-
-
-
92
-
92
Transactions with owners of the non-controlling interests
(e)
-
-
-
-
-
-
(16)
(16)
31 December 2023
2,379
-
-
-
131
2,510
25
2,535
Profit or loss for the period
(a)
579
-
-
-
-
579
16
595
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
- Cash flow hedges gains/(losses)
-
-
-
-
88
88
-
88
- Remeasurement of defined benefit pension plans
-
-
-
-
38
38
-
38
- Currency retranslation gains/(losses)
(c)
-
-
-
-
136
136
1
137
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
579
-
-
-
262
841
17
858
Share-based payment credit
(d)
32
-
-
-
-
32
-
32
Other transactions with Unilever
(e)
(594)
-
-
-
-
(594)
-
(594)
Transactions with owners of the non-controlling interests
(e)
-
-
-
-
-
-
(19)
(19)
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
(11)
-
-
-
-
(11)
-
(11)
31 December 2024
2,385
-
-
-
393
2,778
23
2,801
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
87
In millions of €
Invested
capital
Share
capital
Share
premium
Retained
earnings
Other
reserves
Total
shareholders’
equity
(h)
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
31 December 2024
2,385
-
-
-
393
2,778
23
2,801
Profit or loss for the period
(a)
480
-
-
(187)
-
293
14
307
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
- Cash flow hedges gains/(losses)
-
-
-
-
(81)
(81)
-
(81)
- Remeasurement of defined benefit pension plans
(b)
108
-
-
8
(70)
46
-
46
- Currency retranslation gains/(losses)
(c)
-
-
-
-
(235)
(235)
(3)
(238)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
588
-
-
(179)
(386)
23
11
34
Share-based payment credit
(d)
28
-
-
7
-
35
-
35
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
-
-
-
-
-
-
(9)
(9)
Hedging gain/(loss) transferred to non-financial assets
-
-
-
-
(31)
(31)
-
(31)
Separation
:
- Dividends paid to Unilever
(83)
-
-
-
-
(83)
-
(83)
- Other transactions with Unilever
(e)
(2,495)
-
-
-
-
(2,495)
-
(2,495)
- Transactions with owners of the non-controlling interests
(e)
-
-
-
-
-
-
(17)
(17)
- Deferred tax recognition on Separation
(f)
398
-
-
-
-
398
-
398
Share issuance and formation of TMICC N.V.
(g)
(821)
2,143
5,798
-
(7,120)
-
-
-
31 December 2025
-
2,143
5,798
(172)
(7,144)
625
8
633
(a)
Profit for the period prior to the Demerger is presented within Invested Capital.
(b) Movement attributable to the period prior to the Demerger is presented in Invested Capital, while the movement attributable to the period post
Demerger is presented in Retained earnings. The pension reserve balance of €70 million as at 31 December 2024 is reclassified from Other
Reserves to Invested Capital.
(c) Includes a hyperinflation adjustment in relation to Türkiye for the years ended 31 December 2023, 2024, and 2025.
(d) The share-based payment credit represents the non-cash charge recorded in operating profit for the fair value of share awards granted to
employees. It includes the fair value of Unilever share awards allocated to the Group , for the pre-Demerger period, which is presented in
Invested Capital. Following the Demerger, the Group granted its own share awards to employees, and the related non-cash charge in operating
profit for these awards is presented in Retained earnings. See Note 4C.
(e) Other transactions with Unilever and Transactions with owners of the non-controlling interests reflect the fact that prior to the Demerger, the
Group did not retain cash generated from operating activities and represent the cash out flow associated with repatriating such cash to Unilever,
net of any movements in working capital, financing and investing activities. As part of the separation, the Group paid €3,162 million to Unilever for
the transaction, offset by the inventory subsidy receipt of €905 million and working capital subsidy payment of €300 million. Transactions with
owners of the non-controlling interests also includes the buy back of minority shareholders in Indonesia following the Separation.
(f)
Following the Separation, the Group recognised a net deferred tax asset. See Note 6B.
(g) On 6 and 7 December 2025, the Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. issued 612,245,455 shares with a nominal value per share of €3.50
per share. The total shares issued had an estimated fair value of €7,941 million (based on the market price on the first day of trading).
The difference between the estimated fair value and the nominal value of the shares issued has been recognised as share premium of €5,798
million. See Note 14A.
(h) In 2023 and 2024 in the Combined Carve-out Financial Statements this was referred to as Net Parent Investment.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
88
Consolidated balance sheet
for the year ended 31 December
In millions of €
Notes
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill
8
510
585
Intangible assets
8
731
793
Property, plant and equipment
9
2,306
2,355
Pension asset for funded schemes in surplus
4B
78
-
Deferred tax assets
6B
520
130
Other non-current assets
10
186
29
Total non-current assets
4,331
3,892
Current assets
Inventories
11
873
920
Trade and other current receivables
12
1,790
635
Current tax assets
45
4
Cash and cash equivalents
16A
441
70
Other financial assets
8
-
Total current assets
3,157
1,629
Total assets
7,488
5,521
In millions of €
Notes
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
14C
3,311
248
Pensions and post-retirement healthcare liabilities:
- Funded schemes in deficit
4B
1
6
- Unfunded schemes
4B
75
92
Provisions due after more than one year
18
31
39
Deferred tax liabilities
6B
206
298
Other non-current liabilities
13
124
8
Total non-current liabilities
3,748
691
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities due within 1 year
14C
105
85
Trade payables and other current liabilities
13
2,921
1,818
Current tax liabilities
42
24
Provisions
18
39
102
Total current liabilities
3,107
2,029
Total liabilities
6,855
2,720
Equity
14B
Shareholders' equity
(a)
625
2,778
Non-controlling interest
8
23
Total equity
633
2,801
Total liabilities and equity
7,488
5,521
(a) In 2024 in the Combined Carve-out Financial Statements this was referred to as Net Parent Investment.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
89
(a) Represents amortisation and depreciation charges on intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and leased assets recognised in the
balance sheet. For 2023, 2024, and the first half of 2025, this also includes allocated charges for shared assets with Unilever that did not transfer
to the Group at Separation. From H2 2025, these depreciation and amortisation costs are included within the TSA charge from Unilever,
reflecting the Group’s continued use of those assets during the Transitional Period.
(b) As part of the Separation, TMICC paid €3,162 million to Unilever, offset by an inventory subsidy receipt of €905 million and a working capital
subsidy payment of €300 million. A dividend to Unilever of €83 million did not result in a separate cash outflow, as it was a cash neutral dividend
distribution with an equal and opposite movement recognised in ‘Transactions with Unilever’.
For the period prior to the Separation, the Group relied on Unilever’s centralised approach to cash management and financing. These amounts
represent the cash outflow associated with repatriating cash generated from operating activities to Unilever, net of movements in working
capital, financing and investing activities up to the date of the Demerger.
(c) None of the cash, cash equivalents, debt or related interest income and expense at the corporate level have been assigned to the Group in
comparative periods, with the exception of cash, debt and related interest held by entities that only contained Ice Cream related activities.
These are listed in Note 23.
(d) Includes the impact of Inventory subsidy and Working capital subsidy exchanged between Unilever Group and TMICC Group explained in
Note 21 and (b).
Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 December
In millions of €
Notes
2025
2024
2023
Net Profit
307
595
509
Taxation
6
140
152
203
Net monetary (gain)/loss arising from
hyperinflationary economies
1
31
-
10
Net Finance Costs
5
121
17
20
Operating Profit
599
764
742
Adjustments for
- Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
(a)
338
376
357
- Non-cash charge for share-based compensation
35
32
20
- Elimination of (profits)/losses on disposals
15
-
7
Changes in working capital
(d)
:
(231)
70
56
- Inventories
(49)
3
54
- Trade and other receivables
(1,514)
41
30
- Trade payables and other liabilities
1,332
26
(28)
Pensions and similar obligations less payments
(34)
(34)
(30)
Provisions less payments
(73)
41
(14)
Other adjustments
-
4
6
Cash flow from operating activities
649
1,253
1,144
Income tax paid
(166)
(140)
(230)
Net cash flow from operating activities
483
1,113
914
In millions of €
Notes
2025
2024
2023
Interest Received
15
2
1
Purchase of intangible assets
(3)
-
(2)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(357)
(321)
(278)
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
30
22
27
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash
-
(61)
(604)
Disposal of other non-current investments
-
(1)
2
Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities
(315)
(359)
(854)
Dividends paid to Unilever
(b)
(83)
(11)
-
Interest paid
(130)
(13)
(10)
Additional financial liabilities
3,078
2
-
Repayment of financial liabilities
-
-
(3)
Lease payments
(56)
(39)
(45)
Transactions with Unilever
(b)
(2,595)
(676)
7
Other financing activities
(9)
-
-
Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities
205
(737)
(51)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
373
17
9
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
67
50
43
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
(4)
-
(2)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
(c)
16
436
67
50
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Notes
to the consolidated financial statements
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
90
1. General information
Reporting entity
The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. (“TMICC”) is a public limited liability company (naamloze
vennootschap) domiciled in the Netherlands. TMICC is headquartered in Amsterdam and
its registered address is Reguliersdwarsstraat 63, 1017BK Amsterdam, the Netherlands.
The consolidated financial statements of TMICC as at 31 December 2025 comprise TMICC
and its subsidiaries (together referred to as ‘TMICC’, the “Company” or the “Group”).
TMICC is the global leader in the ice cream industry, operating in 80 markets with an extensive
portfolio of global and local brands.
Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements are:
Prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and endorsed by the European Union
(EU). The consolidated financial statements comply with the statutory provisions of Part 9, Book
2 of the Dutch Civil Code. All standards and interpretations issued by the IASB and the IFRS
Interpretation Committee effective 2025 have been endorsed by the EU. As a result our accounting
policies also fully comply with IFRS accounting standards as issued by the IASB.
Authorised for issue by the Board of TMICC on 18 March 2026 and subject to adoption by the
General Meeting
on 7 May 2026.
Prepared under the historical cost convention, unless otherwise indicated.
Prepared on a going concern basis.
Presented in Euro, which is the Company’s functional currency and Group’s presentation currency.
Rounded to the nearest million unless stated otherwise.
The 2024 and 2023 comparative information is derived from the Combined Carve-out Financial
Statements as disclosed in the listing prospectus.
In December 2025, the Ice Cream business of Unilever was transferred to the Group (the Demerger).
In return, the Group issued shares in TMICC N.V. to the shareholders of Unilever PLC on 6 December
2025 and its shares were admitted to trading on Euronext Amsterdam, the London Stock Exchange,
and the New York Stock Exchange on 8 December. Management concluded that this transaction was
under common control.
Management decided to apply the book value method (predecessor accounting). As such, the
carrying amounts of the Unilever Ice Cream business as at the date of the Demerger have been
transferred to the Group. The separation from Unilever (“Separation”) (refer to Note 21) was executed
as one single economic event yet sequenced via a series of legal proceedings and activities between
1 July 2025 and 8 December 2025.
Prior to the Demerger, the Ice Cream business was operated largely through legal entities that carried
out both Ice Cream and non-Ice Cream activities, as well as through dedicated subsidiaries within
Unilever. Between 1 July and 8 December 2025, Unilever established its Ice Cream business under the
intermediate holding company TMICC HoldCo B.V. From 1 July 2025, the Group and Unilever entered
into a Global Transitional Services Agreements (GTSA) to ensure business continuity (refer to Note 21).
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
91
The following paragraphs include a description of the Basis of preparation principles and how
estimates, judgements, and assumptions have been applied for the purpose of preparing the
consolidated financial statements for the periods from the period 1 January 2025 until 30 June 2025
and for the prior year comparatives.
Net parent investment in previously reported financial statements has been renamed to Invested
Capital, these terms are used interchangeably.
Income statements and statements of other comprehensive income
Unilever’s general corporate
Expenses for support functions were provided centrally and recharged
expenses and shared expenses
to the Group. These included indirect central costs (primarily related to
the sales force and general marketing) and general corporate expenses
(primarily related to finance, legal, information technology, human resources,
communications, and audit). These management charges were recharged
by Unilever based on direct usage when identifiable or based on a proportion
of revenue or other applicable measures, adjusted on a line-by-line basis
to reflect specific local circumstances. These were deemed to have been
cash settled by the Group to Unilever in the period in which these costs were
accrued. From the period after 1 July 2025, these have been replaced by
charges arising from Transitional Service Agreements (See Note 21).
Operating costs including
Operating costs included amortisation and depreciation charges relating
amortisation and depreciation
to intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and leased assets
and liabilities included in the ‘as-if’ balance sheet (see balance sheet items
below), and an allocation of amortisation and depreciation charges for
shared assets with Unilever utilised by the Group. These costs were deemed
to have been settled through Invested Capital.
Performance share plans
Certain employees of the Group participated in the Unilever performance
and other share awards
share plans and other share awards. Costs related to participating
employees were allocated to the Group based on a proportion of
revenue. In addition, the Group also received an allocation of share-based
compensation charges with respect to corporate employees of Unilever.
Pension costs
Pension costs recorded in the consolidated income statements included
pension charges for dedicated Ice Cream employees and an allocation
based on revenue for other employees.
Net finance costs
Included only net finance costs incurred by the ice cream dedicated entities
that existed prior to the Separation. Interest incurred by Unilever or interest
on funding provided by Unilever as part of Unilever’s invested capital was not
allocated to the Group.
Realised gains/ or losses
Unilever hedged foreign currency exposures using derivatives on the net
on forex derivatives
forex exposure of the Unilever Group. However, given that the derivatives
were held at the Unilever level, they could not be accounted for in the
consolidated financial statements as the Group was not party to the
contracts. While there was no recognition of forex derivatives entered into by
Unilever in the consolidated financial statements, a proportional allocation
of the realised gains/ or losses on forex derivatives was recognised in the
income statement.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
92
Taxation
The total tax charge for the periods prior to the Separation was computed
on a territory-by-territory basis using the relevant country’s effective tax rate
or, where more appropriate, its statutory tax rate. Where effective tax rates
were used, these were adjusted for any specific inclusions or exclusions
to ensure that they were specific to the Group. The tax rates were then
applied to countries’ carved-out profit before tax, as adjusted for transfer
pricing impacts, to calculate the total tax charge attributable to the Group.
The deferred tax balances and movements were calculated with the
deferred tax movement being deducted from the total tax movement to
arrive at the current tax charge.
Management believes the allocation methods applied in the comparative periods and for the first
six months to be a reasonable reflection of the utilisation of services provided by Unilever. However,
different allocation methods could have resulted in different outcomes. Had the Group operated
independently during the periods presented, the level of costs incurred would have been different
and would have been influenced by a number of factors including the chosen organisation structure,
the functions that are outsourced as opposed to performed by employees, and by other strategic
decisions made in areas such as information technology and infrastructure. The allocation methods
are therefore not necessarily representative of the financial positions, results of operations or cash
flows that would have been reported if the Group operated on its own or as an entity independent
from Unilever during the comparative periods. Actual cost levels may thus deviate from historical
presentation.
Cash flow statement
For the period from 1 January 2025 to 30 June 2025, and for the prior year comparatives, the
statements of cash flows have been prepared using the indirect method, in line with the Group’s
accounting policy.
Under this method, profit or loss was adjusted for non-cash transactions, deferrals or accruals of
past or future operating cash receipts or payments, and items of income or expense associated with
investing or financing cash flows. Up to the Demerger, Unilever used a centralised approach to cash
management and financing its operations, and transactions between Unilever and the Ice Cream
business were accounted for through Invested Capital. These cash flows to and from Unilever have
changed Unilever’s investment in the Group and has been presented as ‘Other transactions with
Unilever’ in the Consolidated statement of changes in equity. This relationship is presented in the
financing activities as ‘Transactions with Unilever’.
Accordingly, none of the cash, cash equivalents, debt or related interest income and expense at
the corporate level have been assigned to the Ice Cream business up to Separation, with the exception
of cash, debt and related interest held by entities that only contained Ice Cream related activities.
Historically, the Ice Cream business recognised payables and receivables with the related customers
and suppliers. As a result of the GTSA entered into on 1 July 2025, these have been replaced with
positions directly with Unilever, which is acting as a service provider to the Group. Refer to Note 21 for
more details on the GTSA.
Any tax expenses described under taxation as part of the income statements and statements of
other comprehensive income have been considered as tax paid in the cash flow statements during
the period prior to the Demerger.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
93
Comparative period balance sheet
The comparative balance sheet included Ice Cream assets and liabilities that were specifically
identifiable or otherwise attributable to the Group as follows:
Property, plant
This included “owned assets” and “leased assets” that were dedicated
and equipment
historically and were directly attributed to the Group. Shared central
property, plant and equipment such as head offices, regional offices and
associated equipment were excluded from the comparative balance sheet
as these assets would not be transferred to the Group.
Goodwill
This was derived by aggregating the goodwill balances from historic
acquisitions of Ice Cream brands since the Unilever Group’s IFRS
implementation in 2005.
Trade and other
These were specifically assigned to the Group where identifiable or were
current receivables
allocated based on the relative percentage of Group revenue by customer,
which approximated allocation on an item-by-item basis.
Inventories
They were specifically identifiable and assigned to the Group.
Trade payables and
They were specifically assigned to the Group where identifiable or were
other liabilities
allocated based on the relative percentage of either Ice Cream purchases
or cost of sales, which approximates allocation on an item-by-item basis.
Payroll accruals were specifically assigned or were allocated to the Group
based on a proportion of revenue.
Provisions
They were specifically assigned to the Group where directly identifiable
or based on the relative percentage of either Ice Cream revenue or cost
of sales, depending upon the nature of the provision. Contingent liabilities
were assigned on a consistent basis to provisions.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax was calculated using three different approaches depending
on the nature of the underlying item.
• For items with no associated tax base, the related amounts were tax
effected using the applicable local tax rate of the relevant legal entity.
• For Brands, the amounts included reflected the deferred tax directly
attributable to the specific brands included in intangible assets.
• For property, plant and equipment, deferred tax has been determined by
applying a proportional approach based on the share of the underlying
asset’s pre-tax value that is included in the consolidated financial
statements.
Derivatives
Unilever hedged commodity exposures using derivatives for the whole
Unilever business. Where Unilever applied cash flow hedge accounting
to these derivatives, hedge accounting was applied to the derivatives
attributable to the Group.
Share capital
The Group did not constitute a separate legal group in the past
and therefore was not meaningful to show share capital or an analysis
of reserves prior to the Separation. The net assets of the Group were
represented by the cumulative investment of the Unilever Group in the
Group (shown as ‘‘Invested capital”).
Intercompany receivables from,
Intercompany receivables from, and payables to, and funding from Unilever
and payables to
within dedicated Ice Cream legal entities were presented as part of related
party receivables, payables and loans, respectively.
Cash, cash equivalents, debt
None of the cash, cash equivalents or debt at the corporate level prior were
assigned to the Group, with the exception of cash, debt and related interest
held by entities that only contained Ice Cream related activities.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
94
   
Defined benefit plans
For defined benefit plans for which the Group had a liability or when the
 
legal liability was linked to and followed the relevant Ice Cream employee,
 
balance sheet surplus or deficit comprised the total of the estimated
 
market value of plan assets less the present value of the defined benefit
 
liabilities. For defined benefit plans for which the Group had no liability, or
 
where the number of Ice Cream employees was so low that any defined
 
benefit exposure is not expected to be material, no assets or liabilities were
 
recognised.
Accounting policies
The 2025 consolidated financial statements present the Group’s results, assets, liabilities, and
cash flows in accordance with IFRS 10, eliminating intercompany transactions through standard
consolidation procedures. In the period prior to the Demerger, IFRS 10 was applied as-if the Ice Cream
business was a standalone business. The previously issued financial statements were prepared and
issued on a combined, carve out basis as the Ice Cream business did not form part of a consolidated
group.
Material accounting policies are included in the relevant Notes to the consolidated financial statements
and presented as text highlighted in grey on pages 97 to 140. These accounting policies have been
applied consistently throughout the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.
Foreign currencies
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Euros (€) which is the Group’s presentation
currency.
Items included in the consolidated financial statements of individual Group companies or operations
are recorded in their respective functional currency, which is the currency of the primary economic
environment in which each entity operates.
Foreign currency transactions in individual Group companies or operations are translated into
functional currency using exchange rates at the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and
losses from settlement of these transactions, and from translation of monetary assets and liabilities at
year-end exchange rates, are recognised in the income statement.
Following the Separation on 1 July 2025, the Group entered into contracts to hedge foreign currency
exposures, see Note 15 for further information.
In preparing these consolidated financial statements the balances in individual Group companies or
operations are translated from their functional currency into Euros. Apart from the financial statements
of Group companies in hyperinflationary economies (see below), the income statement, the cash flow
statement and all other movements in assets and liabilities are translated at average rates of exchange
as a proxy for the transaction rate, or at the transaction rate itself if more appropriate. Assets and
liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates.
The financial statements of Group companies whose functional currency is the currency of a
hyperinflationary economy are adjusted for inflation and then translated into Euros using the balance
sheet exchange rate. To determine the existence of hyperinflation, the Group assesses the qualitative
and quantitative characteristics of the economic environment of the country, such as the cumulative
inflation rate over the previous three years.
The effect of exchange rate changes during the year on the net assets of foreign operations is
recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Hyperinflationary economies
The Türkiye economy was designated as hyperinflationary from 1 July 2022. As a result, application of
IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’ has been applied to all Group units whose
functional currency is the Turkish lira. The application of IAS 29 includes:
adjustment of historical cost non-monetary assets and liabilities for the change in purchasing
power caused by inflation from the date of initial recognition to the balance sheet date;
adjustment of the income statement for inflation during the reporting period;
translation of income statement at the period-end foreign exchange rate instead of an average rate;
adjustment of the income statement to reflect the impact of inflation and exchange rate movement
on holding monetary assets and liabilities in local currency.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
95
The main effects on the consolidated financial statements for Türkiye are:
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
2023
Total assets increase/(reduction)
(7)
42
8
Revenue increase/(reduction)
(1)
79
20
Operating profit increase/(reduction)
(14)
7
1
Net monetary gain / (loss)
(31)
-
(10)
Climate change
The Group does not believe that there is a material impact on the financial reporting judgements,
estimates and going concern assessment arising from the impact of Climate Change. To reach this
conclusion, Management has reviewed each balance sheet line item and identified those line items
that could have a potential impact by climate-related risks and by the Group’s plans to mitigate against
these risks. As a result, management ensured that:
growth rates and projected cash flows used in assessing whether goodwill and indefinite-life
intangibles are impaired, are consistent with the Group’s climate-related risk assumptions and the
actions being taken to mitigate against those risks (see Note 8);
useful lives of the Group’s property, plant and equipment are appropriate given the potential
physical and obsolescence risks associated with climate change and the actions being taken to
mitigate against those risks (see Note 9);
in relation to the pension assets, the external pension trusts and funds operate diversified strategies
taking into consideration climate risks.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and
judgements in the application of accounting policies that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and
judgements are continuously evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors,
including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable. Revisions to accounting
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future period
affected.
Management are required to make certain estimates to achieve a reasonable allocation to the Ice
Cream Business of costs incurred centrally by Unilever, as described in the Basis of Preparation above.
The following estimates are those that management believe have the most significant risk of causing a
material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year:
   
Defined Benefit Obligations -
Valuation depends on key actuarial assumptions including discount rates,
Measurement
inflation and life expectancy of scheme members. Referenced in Note 4B.
Customer discounts -
Customer discounts are estimated where settlement depends on future
Measurement of variable
events (e.g., volume based promotions) or where sufficient reliable data is
consideration
not yet available. Most settlements occur within 12 months, so uncertainties
 
typically do not span multiple reporting periods. Due to the volume and
 
diversity of agreements, preparing a meaningful sensitivity analysis is
 
impracticable. However, the income statement impact of subsequent
 
adjustments is not material year-on-year.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The following judgements are those that management believe have the most significant effect on the
amounts recognised in the Group consolidated financial statements:
Predecessor accounting
The Separation was accounted for as a business combination under
common control using predecessor accounting. The Group recognised the
difference between the net book value of the ice cream business transferred
to the Group and the fair value of the shares issued directly in Equity (See
Note 14 A). This is a judgment as there is no specific requirements in IFRS on
how to account for such transactions.
Principal vs Agent assessment
(Revenue recognition)
Under the Transitional Services Agreements, Unilever transacts with
customers on the Group’s behalf, however, the Group sets prices, is
responsible to fulfil customer orders, and bears inventory risk. Accordingly,
the Group is the principal and recognises revenue gross, with Unilever
acting as agent.
Deferred tax assets -
The business operates in many countries and is subject to taxes in numerous
Recognition
jurisdictions and following the transaction has recorded material amounts
of Deferred Tax on Goodwill and Intangibles assets. Management uses
judgement to assess the recoverability of tax assets such as whether there
will be sufficient future taxable profits to utilise losses - see Note 6B.
Contingent liabilities -
Events can occur where there is uncertainty over future obligations.
Likelihood of occurrence
Judgement is required to determine if an outflow of economic resources
is probable, or possible but not probable. Where it is probable, a liability is
recognised, and further judgement is used to determine the level of the
provision. Where it is possible but not probable, further judgement is used
to determine if the likelihood is remote, in which case no disclosures are
provided; if the likelihood is not remote then judgement is used to determine
the contingent liability disclosed. The business does not have provisions and
contingent liabilities for the same matters. External advice is obtained for any
material cases. See Notes 18 and 19.
Recent accounting developments adopted by the Group
All standards or amendments to standards that have been issued by the IASB and that were effective by
1 January 2025 were not applicable or material to the Group.
New standards, amendments and interpretations of existing standards that are not yet effective
and have not been early adopted by the Group.
Applicable standard
Key requirements or changes in accounting policy
Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 ‘The
In May 2024, International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
Classification and Measurement of Financial
amended IFRS 7 and IFRS 9 which includes clarifications on
instruments’ Effective from the year ended 1
recognition and derecognition dates of certain financial assets
January 2026
and liabilities, including exceptions for liabilities settled through
 
electronic cash transfer systems. The Company is currently
 
evaluating the impact of the amendments.
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in
IFRS 18 will replace IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements.
Financial Statements Effective 1 January
The new standard impacts presentation and disclosure
2027
of the consolidated income statement with new defined
 
categories being operating, investing and financing to provide
 
a consistent structure. Disclosures about Management-
 
defined Performance Measures (MPMs) (i.e. certain non-
 
GAAP measures) will have to be disclosed in the financial
 
statement with reconciliations to GAAP measures. The new
 
standard will also provide guidance on grouping of information
 
(aggregation/ disaggregation). The Group is currently
 
evaluating the impact of IFRS 18 on the consolidated financial
 
statements.
All other new standards or amendments to standards issued by the IASB that are not yet effective are
not applicable or material to the Group.
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
96
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
97
2. Segment information
Segmental information
The Group is organised into three geographic regions (i) Europe and ANZ, (ii) Americas, and (iii)
AMEA.
Europe and ANZ
: representing Europe, Australia and New Zealand.
Americas
: representing North America and South America.
AMEA
: representing Africa, Asia and the Middle East (which includes Türkiye).
Within the AMEA region, operations are further structured into two sub regions, each led by a
President. As a result, the Group has four operating segments. However, the two AMEA sub-regions
are aggregated into a single reportable segment due to their similar economic characteristics
and the nature of their products, services and regulatory environments of the predominant
markets. Consequently, the Group reports three reportable segments, with results presented after
intercompany eliminations. The segment information is based on the geographical location of our
legal entities.
Revenue
Revenue comprises sales of goods after the deduction of discounts, sales taxes and estimated
returns. It does not include intercompany sales. Discounts given by the Group include rebates, price
reductions and incentives given to customers, promotional couponing and trade communication
costs and are based on the contractual arrangements with each customer. Discounts can either be
immediately deducted from the sales value on the invoice or off-invoice and settled later through
credit notes when the precise amounts are known. Amounts provided for discounts at the end of the
period require estimation; historical data and accumulated experience is used to assess the provision
using the most likely amount method and, in most instances, the discount can be recognised
using known facts. Any differences between actual amounts settled and the amounts provided
are recognised in the subsequent reporting period and the impact on the income statement is not
material year-on-year.
Customer contracts generally contain a single performance obligation and revenue is recognised
when control of products being sold has transferred to the Group’s customer as there are no
longer any unfulfilled obligations to the customer. This is generally on delivery to the customer but
depending on individual customer terms, this can be at the time of dispatch, delivery or upon formal
customer acceptance. This is considered the appropriate point where the performance obligations
in the Group’s contracts are satisfied as the Group no longer has control over the inventory.
Customers have the contractual right to return goods only when authorised by the Group. If material,
an estimate has been made of goods that will be returned, and a liability has been recognised for
this amount. An asset is then recorded for the corresponding inventory that is estimated to return
to the Group using a best estimate based on accumulated experience. The Group’s customers are
distributors who may be able to return unsold goods in consignment arrangements.
Revenue is recognised where the Group controls the goods prior to transfer to the customer and
bears the associated inventory risk. For more detail refers to Note 21.
Adjusted EBIT and Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBIT refers to operating profit before adjusting items within operating profit. Adjusted
EBITDA is defined as Adjusted EBIT before the impact of depreciation, amortisation. They represent
the Group’s measures for the performance of each segment profit or loss. Adjusting items within
operating profit include impairment, restructuring costs, acquisition and disposal related costs and
other one-off items classified separately due to their nature and/or frequency of occurrence (See
Note 3).
Adjusted EBIT margin and Adjusted EBITDA margin are calculated as the respective adjusted
measure divided by revenue for the period.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
98
Europe
In millions of €
Notes
and ANZ
Americas
AMEA
(e)
Total
2025
Revenue
(a)
3,192
2,757
1,961
7,910
Operating profit
(a)
3
168
169
262
599
Adjusting items
(b)
126
117
75
318
Adjusted EBIT
294
286
337
917
Adjusted EBIT margin
9.2%
10.4%
17.2%
11.6%
Depreciation and amortisation
125
102
111
338
Adjusted EBITDA
419
388
448
1,255
Adjusted EBITDA margin
13.1%
14.1%
22.9%
15.9%
Significant non-cash charges:
Within adjusted EBITDA:
- Share-based compensation and other non-cash
charges
(c)
27
11
11
49
Within adjusting items:
- Restructuring provisions and other non-cash charges
(d)
6
8
(4)
10
2024
Revenue
(a)
3,109
2,887
1,951
7,947
Operating profit
(a)
3
228
228
308
764
Adjusting items
(b)
89
68
43
200
Adjusted EBIT
317
296
351
964
Adjusted EBIT margin
10.2%
10.3%
18.0%
12.1%
Depreciation and amortisation
137
129
110
376
Adjusted EBITDA
454
425
461
1,340
Adjusted EBITDA margin
14.6%
14.7%
23.6%
16.9%
Significant non-cash charges:
Within Adjusted EBITDA:
- Share-based compensation and other non-cash
charges
(c)
21
20
2
43
Within adjusting items:
- Restructuring provisions and other non-cash charges
(d)
59
12
4
75
Europe
In millions of €
Notes
and ANZ
Americas
AMEA
(e)
Total
2023
Revenue
(a)
3,019
2,750
1,849
7,618
Operating profit
(a)
3
278
165
299
742
Adjusting items
(b)
19
79
14
112
Adjusted EBIT
297
244
313
854
Adjusted EBIT margin
9.8%
8.9%
16.9%
11.2%
Depreciation and amortisation
134
124
99
357
Adjusted EBITDA
431
368
412
1,211
Adjusted EBITDA margin
14.3%
13.4%
22.3%
15.9%
Significant non-cash charges:
Within Adjusted EBITDA:
- Share-based compensation and
other non-cash charges
(c)
14
28
2
44
Within adjusting items:
- Restructuring provisions and other non-cash charges
(d)
(1)
1
1
1
(a) Revenue and operating profit include royalties primarily from Unilever’s ice cream businesses in India (for the years 2023, 2024 and 2025)
and Russia (for the years 2023 and 2024). In 2025, royalties recognised in operating profit amounted to €11 million (FY 2024: €22 million;
FY 2023: €22 million).
(b) Adjusting items include impairment, restructuring costs, acquisition and disposal-related costs and other one-off items classified separately due
to their nature and/or frequency of occurrence. Refer to Note 3. Net Monetary gain/(loss) arising from hyperinflationary economies is also an
adjusting item due to its nature and size, however it is not included in operating profit therefore not included within adjusting items above.
(c) Other non-cash charges within Adjusted EBITDA include movements in provisions, excluding movements arising from adjusting activities.
(d) Other non-cash charges within adjusting items mainly include movements in restructuring provisions.
(e) In the Combined Carve-out Financial Statements this was referred to as Rest of World.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
99
The Group is not reliant on revenue from transactions with any single customer and does not receive
10% or more of its revenue from transactions with any single customer.
Segment assets and liabilities are not provided because they are not reported to or reviewed by the
Group’s chief operating decision-maker, which is the Executive Leadership Team.
Revenue and non-current assets for the country of domicile and the United States (being the largest
country outside the home country) and for all other countries are:
   
   
United States
   
In millions of €
Netherlands
of America
Other
Total
2025
       
Revenue
(a)
243
2,073
5,594
7,910
Non-current assets
(b)
351
1,387
1,995
3,733
2024
       
Revenue
159
2,119
5,669
7,947
Non-current assets
(b)
51
1,732
1,979
3,762
2023
       
Revenue
154
1,951
5,513
7,618
Non-current assets
(b)
60
1,662
1,887
3,609
(a)
In 2025, the Netherlands legal entity recognised €35 million of revenue from sales in European distributor markets where the Group had not
established a local legal entity.
(b) For the purpose of this table, non-current assets include goodwill, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment and other non-current assets
as shown on the consolidated balance sheet. Goodwill is attributed to countries where acquired businesses operated at the time of acquisition;
all other assets are attributed to the countries where they were acquired.
No other country had revenue or non-current assets (as shown above) greater than 10% of the
Group total.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
100
3. Operating costs
Operating costs
Operating costs include cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses and other items
including gains and losses on business disposals, acquisition and disposal-related costs,
restructuring costs, impairments and other items within operating profit recognised separately due to
their nature and/or frequency. Depreciation and amortisation are included mainly within Cost of Sales
and Selling, general and administrative expenses. For further details in relation to the Transitional
Period refer to Note 21.
(i) Cost of sales
Cost of sales includes the cost of inventories sold during the period and distribution costs. The cost
of inventories are raw and packaging materials and related production costs. Distribution costs are
charged to the income statement as incurred.
(ii) Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses comprise advertising and promotion and overheads.
Advertising and promotion spend includes costs incurred for the purpose of building and maintaining
brand equity and awareness. Overheads include staff costs associated with sales activities and
central functions, and research and development costs which are staff costs, material costs,
depreciation and other costs directly attributable to research and development activities.
(iii) Restructuring costs
Restructuring costs are costs that are directly attributable to a restructuring project. Management
defines a restructuring project as a strategic, major initiative that delivers cost savings and materially
change either the scope of the business or the manner in which business is conducted.
(iv) Acquisition and disposal-related costs
Acquisition and disposal-related costs are costs that are directly attributable to a business
acquisition or disposal project.
(v) Impairment of assets
Impairment of assets including goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment.
(vi) Gains or losses from the disposal of group companies
Gains or losses from the disposal of group companies which arise from business disposal projects.
(vii) Others
Other approved one-off items are those additional matters considered by management to be
significant and outside the course of normal operations.
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
2023
Revenue
7,910
7,947
7,618
Cost of sales
(5,171)
(5,173)
(5,022)
of which:
     
- Distribution costs
(755)
(784)
(796)
- Production costs
(958)
(986)
(972)
- Raw and packaging materials and goods
     
purchased for resale
(3,205)
(3,127)
(2,977)
- Other
(253)
(276)
(277)
Gross profit
2,739
2,774
2,596
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(1,822)
(1,810)
(1,742)
of which:
     
- Research and development
(88)
(92)
(92)
Acquisition and disposal-related costs
(a)
(302)
(64)
(50)
Restructuring costs
(b)
(10)
(137)
(74)
Profit/loss on disposal
(4)
-
-
Impairment
(2)
-
-
Other
-
1
12
Operating profit
599
764
742
(a) 2025 and 2024 comprises the charge relating to the Separation. 2023 included a charge of €38 million related to the revaluation of the earnout
liability of Yasso.
(b) In 2025, the result includes a net release of €40 million related to restructuring provisions and €50 million of costs associated with supply
chain optimisation projects. The year-on-year movement primarily reflects higher restructuring releases, driven by a significantly greater
redeployment of employees in 2025 who had previously been expected to exit at the end of 2024. In addition, prior year included allocated
restructuring costs from Unilever central projects.
Exchange gains and losses within operating costs in 2025 are €0.6 million loss (2024: €3 million gain,
2023: €13 million loss).
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
101
4. Employees
4A. Staff and management costs
   
In millions of €
Notes
2025
(a)
2024
2023
Staff costs
       
Wages and salaries
 
887
638
655
Social security costs
 
105
77
80
Other pension costs
4B
47
42
44
Share-based compensation costs
4C
35
32
20
Total
 
1,074
789
799
(a) Excludes the cost of ice cream employees in Mexico due to the delayed transfer.
Staff cost disclosures for 2024 and 2023 were prepared using a carve-out methodology based
on estimations and allocations of employees and their payroll costs. For the 2025 disclosure,
following the legal transfer of employees a more granular attribution approach was implemen-
ted to compile this disclosure. Had this approach been applied in prior years, the staff cost
figures for 2024 and 2023 would have been broadly comparable to the current year’s numbers.
The carve-out assumptions used for these disclosures differ from those applied in preparing
the Group’s consolidated income statement; accordingly, these changes have no impact on the
Group’s consolidated results as those costs were included in the operating costs.
   
Average number of employees during the year
2025
2024
2023
The Americas
4,427
5,031
5,019
Europe and ANZ
(a)
6,925
4,758
4,614
AMEA
4,475
4,093
4,050
Dedicated Ice Cream Employees
(b)
15,827
13,882
13,683
Allocated FTEs from Unilever
(c)
2,100
4,700
4,300
Total
17,927
18,582
17,983
(a) Includes 597 employees in the Netherlands.
(b) The increase in the average number of dedicated Ice Cream employees in 2025 reflects the net impact of employees added during the year,
partially offset by the delayed transfer of employees in Mexico.
(c) In addition to the dedicated Ice Cream employees, FTEs were allocated to Ice Cream from Unilever. Following the separation on 1 July, these
roles were replaced by a combination of GTSA services provided by Unilever and new hires within the Group.
Key management are defined as the members of the Executive Leadership Team.
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
2023
Key management compensation
(a)
     
Salaries and short-term employee benefits
15
16
9
Share-based benefits
6
4
1
Total
21
20
10
(a) Details regarding the remuneration of the Executive Directors (CEO and CFO) can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration section of the
Management Report on page 75.
The Non-Executive Directors appointed in 2025 received €0.5 million as fees for the year.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
102
4B. Pensions and similar obligations
The Group operates both defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans.
For defined contribution plans, the charges to the income statement are the Group contributions
payable, as the Group’s obligation is limited to the contributions paid into the plans. The assets and
liabilities of such plans are not included in the balance sheet of the Group.
For defined benefit plans, operating and finance costs are recognised separately in the income
statement. The amount charged to operating cost in the income statement is the cost of accruing
benefits promised to employees over the year. In addition, there are also plan administration
costs and costs and/or credits arising from one-off events such as past service benefit changes,
settlements and curtailments. These one-off events are fully recognised as they occur in the
income statement. The net amount charged or credited to finance costs is calculated by applying
the discount rate of the defined benefit obligation to net pension asset or liability at the prior year
end as recognised in the balance sheet.The net pension asset or liability recognised in the balance
sheets in respect of defined benefit plans is the fair value of the plan assets less the present value of
the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date. The defined benefit obligation is calculated
annually by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method for our plans with a liability over
€10 million. For other plans with a liability below € 10 million but over € 1 million, it is calculated once
every three years. Defined benefits plan below €1 million are accounted as defined contributions
plans. Recognised assets are limited to the present value of any reductions in future contributions
or any future refunds. The net pension liability is presented as a long-term provision; no distinction is
made for the short-term portion.
To make actuarial calculations for the valuation of defined benefit obligations, assumptions are
needed for discount rates, healthcare cost increases, future salary increases, future pension
increases, life expectancy and employee turnover rates. The actuarial calculations are made by
external actuaries based on inputs from observable market data, such as corporate bond returns
and yield curves to determine the discount rates, mortality tables to determine life expectancy,
and inflation rates to determine future salary increases and future pension increases.
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset or liability comprise actuarial gains and losses,
the return on plan assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (excluding interest).
The Group recognises all remeasurements in other comprehensive income and in other reserves.
The Group’s net obligation with respect to other long-term employee benefits is the amount of future
benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods, such as
jubilee entitlements. That benefit is discounted to determine its present value. Remeasurements are
recognised in the consolidated statements of income in the period in which they arise.
General description of plans including governance and investment strategy
The Group operates post-employment benefit plans in many countries in accordance with the legal
requirements, customs and the local practice in the countries involved. The larger part of post-
employment benefits are Group pension plans, of which some are funded, and some are unfunded.
All funded post-employment benefit plans are considered to be related parties.
Most employees who take part in a Group pension plan are covered by defined contribution pension
plans. The main defined contribution plans are in The Netherlands and the United States. The Group
also sponsors several defined benefit pension plans. The benefits provided by these plans are based
on employees’ years of service and compensation levels. The defined benefit plans in Germany make
up most of the defined benefit obligations. The Group also has defined benefit plans in the rest of
the world; however, these are individually not significant to the Group and do not have a significantly
different risk profile that would warrant separate disclosure.
The assets of the larger funded defined benefit and defined contribution plans are primarily held in
external pension trusts or pensions funds, and do not impact the Group’s balance sheet. These trusts
or funds are governed by independent trustees, who have a legal obligation to protect the interests
of all plan members and operate under the relevant local regulatory framework.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared based on the post-employment benefit
plans that were transferred from Unilever to the Group based on the mutually agreed separation
agreement and employees transferred.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
103
Plans in Germany
The Group operates several defined benefit plans for active employees and retired members in
Germany. These obligations are funded through a legally separate pension trust, ensuring that plan
assets are segregated from the company’s general assets. In addition, employees participate in
Pensionskasse Berolina VVaG, which is classified and accounted for as a defined contribution plan as
from 31 December 2025. Under this classification, the company’s obligation is limited to the payment of
contributions, and no further actuarial liability is recognised for these benefits in future years.
Assumptions
The following table shows the assumptions, weighted by liabilities, used to value the defined benefit
pension liabilities and other post-employment benefit liabilities.
Germany
Other countries
Total
In %
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Discount rate
4.0%
3.4%
7.4%
10.6%
4.7%
4.2%
Inflation rate
2.0%
2.0%
5.6%
9.3%
2.5%
2.7%
Salary increase
2.8%
2.8%
3.8%
10.0%
3.5%
3.6%
Pension (in payment) increase
2.0%
2.0%
13.5%
18.1%
2.5%
2.7%
Demographic assumptions, such as mortality rates, are set in respect to the latest trends in life
expectancy (including expectations of future improvements), plan experience and other relevant data.
These assumptions are reviewed and updated as necessary as part of the periodic actuarial valuation
of the pension plans. The mortality table used for Germany is the periodical table Berolina 2021, which
is the prospective table for the participants of the Berolina Pensionskasse VVaG. This Berolina 2021
table is derived from the Heubeck 2018 generational tables and adapted to the special conditions of
the participants. It is reviewed with the local regulator BaFin.
For the Group’s major plans, a full discount rate curve of high-quality corporate bonds is used to
determine the defined benefit obligation, where available. The curves are based on the Rate:Link
methodology of Willis Towers Watson, which uses data of corporate bonds rated AA or equivalent.
For the other plans, a single point on the Rate:Link curve corresponding to the average maturity of the
defined benefit obligation. For plans in countries without a deep corporate bond market, the discount
rate is based on government bonds.
Income statement
The adjacent table contains the total of current and past service costs, administration costs and
settlement results as included in income from operations and the interest cost as included in financial
expense.
Income statement for post-employment benefit plans
Total
In millions of €
2025
2024
2023
Charged to operating profit:
- Cost / (credit) of defined benefit plans
8
9
8
- Cost of defined contribution plans
39
33
36
Total charged to operating profit
47
42
44
- Finance cost / (income)
9
12
11
Total charge/(credit) recognised in income statement
56
54
55
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
104
Statement of comprehensive income
Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income on the re-measurement of
the net pension liability relating to defined benefits plans for which the Group has a liability.
Other comprehensive income for defined benefits plans
   
 
Total
In millions of €
2025
2024
2023
Return on plan assets greater / (less) than interest income
33
52
44
Actuarial gains / (losses) from demographic assumptions
-
3
-
Actuarial gains / (losses) from financial assumptions
66
23
(8)
Actuarial gains / (losses) from experience adjustments
(38)
(30)
(30)
Actuarial gains / (losses) from change in value of irrecoverable surplus
2
(1)
(1)
Total credit / (charge) recognised in other comprehensive income
63
47
5
Balance sheet
The adjacent table provides a breakdown of the present value of the funded and unfunded defined
benefit obligation (DBO), the fair value of plan assets and the net position in Germany and in other
countries. The table also provides the value of any asset ceiling.
Total net balance sheet position of defined benefits plans
   
 
Germany
Other countries
Total
In millions of €
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Present value of funded DBO
(a)
(346)
(716)
(14)
(12)
(360)
(728)
Present value of unfunded DBO
(1)
(1)
(74)
(91)
(75)
(92)
Total present value of DBO
(347)
(717)
(88)
(103)
(435)
(820)
Fair value of plan assets
(a)
423
711
15
14
438
725
Fair value of irrecoverable (surplus)
-
-
(1)
(3)
(1)
(3)
Net position
76
(6)
(74)
(92)
2
(98)
(a) Changes to the defined benefit obligation and fair value of the plan assets primarily result from the application of defined contribution
accounting for the pension liabilities and assets covered by the PensionsKasse Berolina in Germany.
Net total assets and net total liability of defined benefits plans
   
 
Germany
Other countries
Total
In millions of €
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Total assets for plans in surplus
77
-
1
-
78
-
Total liability for plans in deficit
           
and unfunded plans
(1)
(6)
(75)
(92)
(76)
(98)
Net position
76
(6)
(74)
(92)
2
(98)
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
105
Summary of the reconciliations for the defined benefit obligation and plan assets
The adjacent tables contain the reconciliations for the defined benefit obligation and plan assets over
the year.
Movements in obligation of defined benefits plans
Germany
Other countries
Total
In millions of €
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Balance as of January 1
(717)
(722)
(103)
(100)
(820)
(822)
Service cost including
(3)
(4)
(5)
(5)
(8)
(9)
administration expenses
Interest cost
(23)
(27)
(9)
(11)
(32)
(38)
Past service cost
-
-
-
-
-
-
Employee contributions
(1)
(1)
-
-
(1)
(1)
Benefits paid from plan asset
41
41
-
-
41
41
Benefits paid directly by employer
3
-
3
10
6
10
Actuarial gains / (losses)
- demographic assumptions
-
-
-
3
-
3
- financial assumptions
64
14
2
9
66
23
- experience adjustment
(45)
(18)
7
(12)
(38)
(30)
Settlements paid directly
by employer
-
-
-
-
-
-
Translation differences and other
(a)
334
-
17
3
351
3
Balance as of December 31
(347)
(717)
(88)
(103)
(435)
(820)
(a) Other changes to the defined benefit obligation primarily includes the derecognition of the prior defined benefit obligation, resulting from the
application of defined contribution accounting for the pension liabilities covered by the Pensionskasse Berolina in Germany.
Movements in plan assets of funded defined benefits plans
Germany
Other countries
Total
In millions of €
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Balance as of January 1
711
646
14
9
725
655
Interest income
23
26
-
-
23
26
Admin expenses paid
-
-
-
-
-
-
Employee contributions
1
1
-
-
1
1
Employer contributions
35
32
-
-
35
32
Benefits paid from plan assets
(41)
(41)
-
-
(41)
(41)
Actuarial gains / (losses):
-
-
-
-
-
-
- return on plan assets excluding
interest income
33
47
-
5
33
52
Settlements paid from plan
-
-
-
-
-
-
Translation differences and other
(a)
(339)
-
1
-
(338)
-
Balance as of December 31
423
711
15
14
438
725
(a) Other changes to the plan assets primarily includes the derecognition of the prior plan assets, resulting from the application of defined
contribution accounting for the pension liabilities covered by the Pensionskasse Berolina in Germany.
Movements in irrecoverable surplus of funded defined benefits plans
Total
In millions of €
2025
2024
Balance as of January 1
(3)
(2)
Interest cost
-
-
Actuarial gains/(losses) from change in value of irrecoverable surplus
2
(1)
Translation differences and other
-
-
Balance as of December 31
(1)
(3)
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
106
Cash flow
The Group’s cash flow in respect of post-employment benefit plans comprise of contributions paid
into funded plans, benefits paid in respect of unfunded plans and employer contributions to defined
contribution plans. The Group’s funding policy is to periodically review the contributions made to the
plans while taking account of local legislation. The table below sets out the cash flow impact.
Cash flow from operations for post-employment benefit plans
   
 
Total
In millions of €
2025
2024
2023
Cash payments for
defined benefits
plans:
     
- Employer contributions to funded plans
35
32
31
- Benefits and settlements paid directly by employer
6
10
8
Employer contributions to defined contribution plans
39
33
36
Total cash payments recognised in cash flow from operations
80
75
75
Sensitivities
The following table illustrates the approximate impact on the defined benefit obligation from movements
in key assumptions. The defined benefit obligation was recalculated using a change in the assumptions
of 0.5%, which overall is considered a reasonably possible change. The impact on the DBO because
of changes in discount rate is normally accompanied by partly offsetting movements in plan assets.
Change in defined benefit obligation
   
       
Other
   
   
Germany
countries
Total
In millions of €
 
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Discount rate
Increase of 0.5%
29
34
4
3
33
37
Pension (in payment) increase
Increase of 0.5%
(26)
(32)
(1)
(3)
(27)
(35)
Life expectancy
Increase 1 year
(24)
(31)
2
(3)
(22)
(34)
The sensitivity analyses above have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the
respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period and may not be representative
of the actual change. It is based on a change in the key assumption while holding all other assumptions
constant. When calculating the sensitivity to the assumption, the same method used to calculate the
liability recognised in the balance sheet has been applied.
Plan asset allocation
The asset allocation in the Group’s plan assets was as follows:
   
 
Total
In millions of €
2025
2024
Assets quoted in active markets
   
- Debt securities
308
419
- Equity securities
121
178
- Other
(a)
1
-
Assets not quoted in active markets
   
- Debt securities
-
-
- Equity securities
-
7
- Other
(a)
8
107
Plan assets other plans
-
14
Total plan assets
438
725
(a)
Other assets are primarily composed of cash and cash equivalents, real estate, investment funds, and assets managed by insurance companies.
The plan assets in 2025 contain 2% (2024: 16%) unquoted plan assets. Plan assets in 2025 do not
include property occupied by or financial instruments issued by the Group.
Cash flows and pension costs in 2026
Cash outflows in relation to post-employment benefits are estimated to amount to €89 million in 2026,
consisting of:
€ 28 million employer contributions to funded defined benefits plans;
€ 9 million directly paid benefits by the Group to plan participants;
€ 52 million employer contributions to defined contribution plans.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
107
The service cost and administration cost for 2026 is expected to amount to € 5 million for defined
benefit plans. The service costs for 2026 are expected to be approximately €3 million lower. This
reflects the application of defined contribution accounting for the pension liabilities covered by the
Pensionskasse Berolina in Germany, resulting in a shift from defined benefit related service costs to
defined contribution pension expenses. The net interest cost for 2026 for the defined benefit plans is
expected to amount to € 2 million. The expected cost for defined contribution plans in 2026 is equal to
the expected defined contribution cash flow.
4C. Share-based compensation plans
The fair value of awards at grant date is calculated using observable market price. This value is
expensed over their vesting period, with a corresponding credit to equity. The expense is reviewed
and adjusted to reflect changes to the level of awards expected to vest, except where this arises from
a failure to meet a market condition. Any cancellations are recognised immediately in the income
statement. Where the terms of an award are modified, the incremental fair value arising from the
modification is recognised over the remaining vesting period.
Legacy Unilever PLC share plans and Replacement Awards
Unilever employed various share-based compensation incentive plans in the form of performance
shares and other share awards to restricted shares in which employees of the Group participated.
These plans typically covered a three-year vesting period. For the period up to demerger, costs
related to participating employees were allocated to the Group. In addition, the Group also received
an allocation of share-based compensation charges with respect to corporate employees of Unilever.
Unvested legacy Unilever PLC share plans prorated to the time of the demerger will remain with
Unilever. Unilever will satisfy those shares directly to TMICC employees when they vest in 2026, 2027
and 2028. The remaining unvested share awards were replaced with TMICC shares under three main
plans: the ‘Replacement Performance Share Plan (PSP)’, the ‘Replacement Annual Share Plan (ASP)’
and Retention Awards. These replacement awards cover the remainder of the original vesting period
of the legacy Unilever awards and are governed by the TMICC Long Term Incentive Plan 2025. The
value of the replacement awards is equivalent to the value of the legacy Unilever awards that lapsed as
a result of the demerger:
Replacement Performance Share Plan (PSP) awards:
Selected participants, including Executive
Directors, were granted conditional awards which normally vest after three years, subject to
continued employment and to the extent performance conditions are achieved. Upon vesting,
Executive Directors will have an additional two-year holding period after vesting (during which the
shares cannot be sold) to ensure there is a five-year duration between the grant of the award and
the release of the shares.
Replacement Annual Share Plan (ASP) awards:
Selected participants were granted conditional
awards, subject to continued employment.
Retention Awards:
Legacy individual awards granted by Unilever to selected individuals for
retention and performance purposes. They were converted into equivalent awards
in shares of TMICC after the demerger was completed.
Celebration Award
On 9 December 2025, the Group granted a one-time share-based award of €300 to eligible
employees following the demerger with a 12-month vesting period. Awards vest in full after the vesting
period, subject to continued employment. This represents 358,639 shares as at 31 December 2025.
All Plans are equity-settled.
The total cost between each of the relevant schemes is shown below:
Charge for the year
   
In mllions of €
2025
Legacy Unilever Plans
 
- Performance Share Plan
15
- Annual Share Plan
13
TMICC Plans
 
- Replacement Performance Share Plan
1
- Replacement Annual Share Plan
1
- Retention Awards
5
- Celebration Award
0
Total
35
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
108
Number of Share Awards
 
 
2025
Replacement Performance Share Plan
810,902
Replacement Annual Share Plan
1,754,773
Retention Awards
450,808
Celebration Award
358,639
Total
3,375,122
Fair Value of Awards
The fair value of TMICC awards was determined based on the average trading price of TMICC N.V.
shares between 8 and 18 December, which amounted to €13.4 per share.
5. Net finance costs
Net finance costs are comprised of finance costs and finance income, including net finance costs in
relation to pensions and similar obligations.
Finance income includes income on cash and cash equivalents and income on other financial assets.
Finance costs include interest costs in relation to financial liabilities and ineffectiveness on hedges
recognised in the income statement. This includes interest on lease liabilities which represents the
unwind of the discount rate applied to lease liabilities.
Borrowing costs are recognised based on the effective interest method.
Net finance costs
   
In millions of €
Note
2025
2024
2023
Finance expenses
(a)
(139)
(13)
(10)
- Interest expense
14C
(117)
(6)
(3)
- Net Foreign Exchange gain or loss
(13)
-
-
- Interest on lease liabilities
(9)
(7)
(7)
Pensions and similar obligations
(9)
(12)
(11)
Finance income
27
8
1
-Gain/(loss) on remeasurement of put option
14B
12
6
-
-Other finance income
15
2
1
Net Finance Costs
(121)
(17)
(20)
(a) Includes €71 million on loans from Unilever to fund the Separation from 1 July 2025 until the Demerger and €16 million of bond interest and fees
(see Note 14C).
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
109
6. Taxation
6A. Income tax
Income tax on the profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised
in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or
Invested Capital. See Note 1 for further detail on the estimation of the tax charge for the purposes of
the comparatives.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted
or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of
previous years.
Total tax in the consolidated income statement will differ from the income tax paid in the consolidated
cash flow statement primarily because of deferred tax arising on temporary differences and payment
dates for income tax occurring after the balance sheet date.
The Group is subject to taxation in the many countries in which it operates. The tax legislation of
these countries differs, is often complex and is subject to interpretation by management and the
government authorities. These matters of judgement give rise to the need to create provisions for tax
payments that may arise in future years with respect to transactions already undertaken. Provisions
take into account the circumstances of each case, including the strength of technical arguments,
recent case law decisions or rulings on similar issues and relevant external advice. Provisions are
estimated based on one of two methods, the expected value method (the sum of the probability
weighted amounts in a range of possible outcomes) or the single most likely amount method,
depending on which is expected to better predict the resolution of the uncertainty.
   
Amounts recognised in profit or loss
     
In millions of €
2025
2024
2023
Current tax
     
Current year
197
168
220
(Over)/under provided in prior years
(21)
(31)
22
 
176
137
242
Deferred tax
     
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
(39)
15
(38)
Changes in tax rates
3
-
(1)
Movement on unrecognised deferred tax
-
-
-
 
(36)
15
(39)
Total
140
152
203
The reconciliation between the computed weighted average rate of income tax expense, which is
generally applicable to Group companies, and the actual rate of taxation charged is as follows:
   
Reconciliation of effective tax rate (%)
2025
2024
2023
Computed rate of tax
(a)
25.2%
25.1%
25.2%
Differences between computed rate of tax and
     
effective tax rate due to:
     
- Incentive tax credits
-2.9%
-2.3%
-2.7%
- Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
6.6%
0.8%
2.1%
- Impact of withholding tax
0.9%
1.2%
1.0%
- Income tax reserve adjustments - current and prior year
0.3%
-
1.6%
- Transfer to / (from) unrecognised deferred tax assets
2.5%
-
-
- Other
(b)
-1.3%
-4.5%
1.2%
Effective tax rate
31.3%
20.3%
28.4%
(a)
The computed tax rate used is the average of the standard rate of tax applicable in the countries in which the Group operates, weighted by
the amount of profit before taxation generated in each of those countries. For this reason, the rate may vary from year to year according to
the mix of profit and related tax rates.
(b)
Other includes the impact of audit settlements and prior year true ups, as well as the impact of hyperinflation related to Türkiye.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
110
The Group’s tax rate is reduced by incentive tax credits that have been legislated by the countries
and provinces concerned in order to promote economic development and investment. The tax rate
is increased by business expenses which are not deductible for tax, such as irrecoverable VAT on
separation and some interest costs.
The Group’s future tax charge and effective tax rate could be affected by several factors, including
changes in tax laws and their interpretation and still to be determined tax reform proposals in the EU
and the continuing OECD international tax reform work, as well as the impact of acquisitions, disposals
and the future legal structure of the Group.
Pillar II legislation applies to the Group for 2025. No Pillar II top-up tax has been accrued because
the amount is not material.
6B. Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised using the liability method on taxable temporary differences between
the tax base and the accounting base of items included in the balance sheet of the Group. Certain
temporary differences are not provided for as follows:
goodwill not deductible for tax purposes;
the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit;
differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not
reverse in the foreseeable future.
The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of
the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted, or substantively enacted, at the
year end.
The Group has applied the exemption to not recognise or disclose any deferred tax related to Pillar II
income taxes.
A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will
be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent
that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current
tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal
authority.
The table below summarises the deferred tax position determined after appropriate jurisdictional
offsetting as is presented in the consolidated balance sheet at each balance sheet date:
   
Deferred tax
   
In millions of €
31 Dec 2025
31 Dec 2024
Deferred tax asset
520
130
Deferred tax liability
(206)
(298)
Net deferred tax asset / (liability)
314
(168)
2025 deferred tax assets and liabilities have been calculated with jurisdictional netting applied to
individual deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities within jurisdictions.
The movements in the deferred tax position are analysed below.
   
Movements in 2025
As at
Income
 
As at
In millions of €
1 January
statement
Other
(a)
31 December
Pensions and similar obligations
58
11
(111)
(42)
Provisions
32
16
(30)
18
Goodwill and intangible assets
(191)
(54)
452
207
Accelerated tax depreciation
(111)
(21)
64
(68)
Tax losses
52
79
(5)
126
Other
(10)
0
68
58
Lease liability
37
(2)
(34)
1
Right of use asset
(35)
5
33
3
Fair value gains
-
-
9
9
Share-based payments
-
2
-
2
Total
(168)
36
446
314
(a)
Other includes the movements of assets and liabilities recognised in equity and OCI, including any foreign currency translation differences,
acquisitions and disposals
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
111
Movements in 2024
As at
Income
As at
In millions of €
1 January
statement
Other
(a)
31 December
Pensions and similar obligations
66
(2)
(6)
58
Provisions
33
-
(1)
32
Goodwill and intangible assets
(175)
(8)
(8)
(191)
Accelerated tax depreciation
(120)
14
(5)
(111)
Tax losses
79
(18)
(9)
52
Other
8
(1)
(17)
(10)
Lease liability
42
(5)
-
37
Right of use asset
(39)
5
(1)
(35)
Fair value gains
-
-
-
-
Share-based payments
-
-
-
-
Total
(106)
(15)
(47)
(168)
(a)
Other includes the movements of assets and liabilities recognised in equity and OCI, including any foreign currency translation differences,
acquisitions and disposals.
Following the Separation, the Group recognised a net deferred tax asset of €398 million arising on
transfers of assets and liabilities which includes a deferred tax asset of €432 million on goodwill and
intangible assets as a result of local tax base adjustments and is subject to completion of the purchase
price allocation exercise in certain jurisdictions, which will take place during 2026. The deferred tax
asset on goodwill and intangible assets is expected to reverse over the next 5 to 15 years depending
on the jurisdiction.
At the balance sheet date, the Group had unused tax losses of €476 million (2024: €156 million)
available for offset against future taxable profits. Losses increased due to amortisation of tax
deductible goodwill and establishment costs incurred in 2025. Of these losses, €1 million expire within
one year, €4 million expire in 1 to 3 years, €78 million expire in 4 to 5 years, €9 million expire in more than
5 years, and €384 million (2024:€156 million) have no expiry date. Deferred tax assets have not been
recognised in respect of unused tax losses of €39 million, as it is not probable that there will be future
taxable profits in those entities against which the tax losses may be utilised.
Where deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of losses, the evidence considered
includes the reason for the loss, and the availability of future taxable profits against which the loss may
be utilised. Profit forecasts used are consistent with those used in other areas of the business.
At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with
undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was
€37 million. No liability has been recognised in respect of these because the Group is in a position to
control the timing of reversal of the temporary differences, and it is probable that such differences will
not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Prior to the Separation, the Group was not a separate legal group and has not previously prepared
standalone financial statements. It was not possible to prepare or disclose an analysis of deferred
tax attributable to various components of Invested Capital. The net liabilities of the Group were
represented by the cumulative investment of Unilever in the Group and disclosed as Invested Capital.
Therefore, there were no deferred tax liabilities recognised in respect of the aggregate amount of
temporary differences associated with undistributed Group earnings in 2024.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
112
The following amounts, determined after appropriate offsetting, are shown in the consolidated
balance sheet:
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
In millions of €
Assets
Liabilities
Total
After jurisdictional netting
2025
2025
2025
Pensions and similar obligations
(43)
1
(42)
Provisions
14
4
18
Goodwill and Intangible assets
350
(143)
207
Accelerated tax depreciation
10
(78)
(68)
Tax losses
126
-
126
Other
51
7
58
Lease liability
1
-
1
Right use of asset
-
3
3
Fair value gains
9
-
9
Share-based payments
2
-
2
Total
520
(206)
314
Of which deferred tax to be recovered/(settled)
after more than 12 months
459
(205)
254
2025 deferred tax assets and liabilities have been calculated with jurisdictional netting applied to
individual deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities within jurisdictions.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
In millions of €
Assets
Liabilities
Total
Before jurisdictional netting
2024
2024
2024
Pensions and similar obligations
59
(1)
58
Provisions
32
-
32
Goodwill and Intangible assets
8
(199)
(191)
Accelerated tax depreciation
11
(122)
(111)
Tax losses
52
-
52
Other
10
(20)
(10)
Lease liability
37
-
37
Right use of asset
-
(35)
(35)
Fair value gains
-
-
-
Share-based payments
Total
209
(377)
(168)
Effect of jurisdictional netting
(79)
79
-
Total after jurisdictional netting
130
(298)
(168)
Of which deferred tax to be recovered/(settled) after more
than 12 months
79
(276)
(197)
2024 deferred tax assets and liabilities were calculated before applying jurisdictional netting,
with netting being applied to total deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at a jurisdiction level.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
113
6C. Tax on other comprehensive income
Income tax is recognised in other comprehensive income for items recognised directly in
Shareholders’ Equity.
Tax effects directly recognised in other comprehensive income were as follows:
   
 
2025
2024
   
Tax
   
Tax
 
 
Before
(charge)/
After
Before
(charge)/
After
In millions of €
tax
credit
tax
tax
credit
tax
Cash flow hedges
(104)
23
(81)
106
(18)
88
Remeasurements of defined benefit
           
pension plans
63
(17)
46
45
(7)
38
Currency retranslation gains/(losses)
(238)
-
(238)
137
-
137
Total
(279)
6
(273)
288
(25)
263
7. Earnings per share
The earnings per share calculations are based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares of
TMICC in issue from the date of the Demerger, being 8 December 2025, less the weighted average
number of shares held as treasury shares. As no changes to the number of shares in issue occurred
following the Demerger, the weighted average number of shares for the period is equal to the number
of shares issued on that date.
In calculating diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares is adjusted to
reflect the dilutive effect of potential ordinary shares, principally arising from employee and executive
share-based payment arrangements.
Earnings per share for total operations for the 12 months were as follows:
   
In €
2025
Basic earnings per share
0.48
Diluted earnings per share
0.48
   
Calculation of average number of share units
 
In millions
2025
Average number of shares
612.3
Less: treasury shares held by employee share trusts and companies
-
Average number of shares - used for basic earnings per share
612.3
Add: dilutive effect of share-based compensation plans
3.3
Diluted average number of shares - used for diluted earnings per share
615.6
(a) The average number of shares for 2025 is the number of shares outstanding as at 31 December 2025.
   
Calculation of earnings per share
 
In millions of €
2025
Net profit
307
Non-controlling interests
14
Net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity used for basic and diluted
293
earnings per share
 
Prior to 6 December 2025, the Group was under the control of Unilever and did not have any issued
shares. Accordingly, EPS has not been calculated for prior years.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
114
8. Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill is initially recognised based on the accounting policy for business combinations (see
Note 20). Goodwill arising from a business combination is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating
units (“CGUs”) or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.
Where the acquired business does not constitute a separate CGU, goodwill is allocated to the
existing CGUs of the Group in accordance with the organisational structure described below.
The CGUs to which goodwill is allocated may not necessarily be the same CGUs to which the
identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired business are assigned.
Intangible assets
Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost, being the purchase price at
the date of acquisition. Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are recognised
separately from goodwill where they meet the definition of an identifiable intangible asset and are
initially measured at fair value at the acquisition date.
Expenditure on internally generated intangible assets, including development expenditure, is
recognised in profit or loss as incurred.
Indefinite-life intangible assets mainly comprise acquired brands, for which there is no foreseeable
limit to the period over which they are expected to generate net cash inflows. These assets are
assessed as having an indefinite useful life due to the strength and durability of the brands and the
level of ongoing marketing support. Indefinite-life intangible assets are not amortised but are tested
for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they
may be impaired. Any impairment losses are recognised in the income statement as they arise.
Finite-life intangible assets mainly comprise software, trademarks, licences and technology. These
assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, or over the period of
legal rights if shorter. Finite-life intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Cash generating units
The Group’s assets are grouped into CGUs, which represent the smallest identifiable groups of
assets that generate largely independent cash inflows. These CGUs are aligned with the Group’s
organisational structure of regions and sub-regions.
Impairment review
Impairment testing is performed by comparing the carrying amount of each CGU or group of CGUs
with its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is determined as the higher of value in use
and fair value less costs of disposal, with value in use being the primary basis of measurement. Any
impairment losses identified are recognised in the income statement as they arise.
   
     
Finite-life intangible
   
Indefinite-
     
Movements during 2025
 
life
     
In millions of €
Goodwill
intangibles
Software
Other
Total
Cost
         
1 January 2025
585
784
14
19
1,402
Additions
-
3
-
-
3
Disposals
-
-
-
-
-
Currency translation
(53)
(73)
-
-
(126)
Other movements
(a)
(22)
2
29
14
23
31 December 2025
510
716
43
33
1,302
Accumulated amortisation
         
and impairment
         
1 January 2025
-
-
(14)
(10)
(24)
Amortisation/impairment for the year
-
-
(2)
(2)
(4)
Currency retranslation
-
-
-
-
-
Other movements
(a)
-
-
(19)
(14)
(33)
31 December 2025
-
-
(35)
(26)
(61)
Net book value 31 December 2025
510
716
8
7
1,241
(a) Other movements primarily reflect differences between amounts of prior period allocated as per carve out and the actual assets and liabilities
transferred on Separation.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
115
   
     
Finite-life intangible
   
Indefinite-
     
Movements during 2024
 
life
     
In millions of €
Goodwill
intangibles
Software
Other
Total
Cost
         
1 January 2024
558
743
14
19
1,334
Currency retranslation
27
41
-
-
68
31 December 2024
585
784
14
19
1,402
Accumulated amortisation and
         
impairment
         
1 January 2024
-
-
(14)
(8)
(22)
Amortisation/impairment for the year
-
-
-
(2)
(2)
Currency retranslation
-
-
-
-
-
31 December 2024
-
-
(14)
(10)
(24)
Net book value 31 December 2024
585
784
-
9
1,378
Within indefinite-life intangible assets there are three existing brands that have a significant carrying
value: Yasso €362 million (2024: €408 million), Talenti €132 million (2024: €144 million) and Ben &
Jerry’s €111 million (2024: €125 million).
The goodwill and indefinite-life assets held in the CGUs shown below are considered significant within
the total carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible:
   
Goodwill
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
Europe and ANZ
124
136
Americas
386
449
Total CGUs
510
585
   
Indefinite life intangible assets
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
Europe and ANZ
238
147
Americas
476
631
Others
(a)
2
6
Total CGUs
716
784
(a) Included within Others are individually insignificant amounts of indefinite-life intangible assets.
Key assumptions
In performing the annual impairment testing, the recoverable amount of each CGU has been calculated
based on its value in use, estimated as the present value of projected future cash flows.
Projected cash flows include specific estimates for a period of five years. The growth rates and
operating margins used to estimate cash flows for the five years are based on past performance and
on the Group’s three-year strategic plan, de-risked to ensure reasonability and extended to years four
and five. The growth rates used in this exercise for significant CGUs are set out below:
   
 
2025
Significant CGUs
Europe and ANZ
Americas
Longer-term sustainable growth rates
0.9%
1.6%
Average near-term nominal growth rates
2.5%
1.0%
Discount rate
10.1%
10.1%
   
 
2024
Significant CGUs
Europe and ANZ
Americas
Longer-term sustainable growth rates
1.3%
2.0%
Average near-term nominal growth rates
2.5%
3.0%
Discount rate
9.6%
9.8%
The estimated cash flows after year five are extrapolated using a longer-term sustainable growth
rate, which is determined as the lower of the Group’s own three-year average growth projection and
external forecasts for the relevant market.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
116
In 2025, the projected cash flows are discounted using pre-tax discount rates. The discount rates are
specific to each CGU and are determined based on the weighted average cost of capital, including a
market and country risk premium. There are no reasonably possible changes in key assumptions that
would cause the carrying amount of any CGU to exceed its recoverable amount.
9. Property, plant and equipment
The Group’s property, plant and equipment is comprised of owned assets (note 9A) and leased
assets (note 9B). Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost less depreciation and
accumulated impairment losses.
Property, plant and equipment is subject to review for impairment if triggering events or circum-
stances indicate that this is necessary. If an indication of impairment exists, the asset’s recoverable
amount is estimated, and any impairment loss is charged to the income statement as it arises.
Owned assets
Owned assets are initially measured at historical cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line
basis over the expected average useful lives of the assets. Residual values and useful lives are
reviewed at least annually. The review of residual values and useful lives has taken into consideration
the impacts of climate change and the actions the Group undertakes to mitigate and adapt against
these climate-related risks and there is no material impact on the income statement for this year.
Estimated useful lives by major class of assets are as follows:
Leasehold land and buildings
40 years (or life of lease if less)
Plant and equipment
2-20 years
Freehold buildings (no depreciation on freehold land)
40 years
Leased assets
The cost of a leased asset is measured as the lease liability at inception of the lease contract
and other direct costs less any incentives granted by the lessor. The Group has not capitalised
leases which are less than 12 months or leases with low value assets. These mainly relate to IT
equipment, office equipment, furniture and fittings and other peripheral items. When a lease liability
is remeasured, the related lease asset is adjusted by the same amount.
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis from the commencement date of the lease to the
end of the lease term.
Property, plant and equipment
     
In millions of €
Note
2025
2024
Owned assets
9A
2,176
2,223
Leased assets
9B
130
132
Total
 
2,306
2,355
9A. Owned assets
Movements during 2025
Land and
Plant and
 
In millions of €
buildings
equipment
Total
Cost
   
1 January 2025
1,024
4,097
5,121
Additions
49
308
357
Disposals
(3)
(119)
(122)
Hyperinflationary adjustment
30
(17)
13
Currency retranslation
(62)
(214)
(276)
Other movements
(a)
(2)
12
10
31 December 2025
1,036
4,067
5,103
Accumulated depreciation
   
1 January 2025
(417)
(2,481)
(2,898)
Depreciation charge for the year
(28)
(222)
(250)
Disposals
2
95
97
Hyperinflationary adjustment
(6)
(1)
(7)
Currency retranslation
22
119
141
Other movements
(a)
-
(10)
(10)
31 December 2025
(427)
(2,500)
(2,927)
Net book value 31 December 2025
(b)
609
1,567
2,176
Includes capital expenditures for assets under construction
25
243
268
(a) Other movements primarily reflect differences between amounts of prior period allocated as per carve out and the actual assets transferred
on Separation
(b) Includes €38 million (2024: €32 million) of freehold land.
.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
117
   
Movements during 2024
Land and
Plant and
 
In millions of €
buildings
equipment
Total
Cost
     
1 January 2024
982
3,840
4,822
Additions
24
297
321
Disposals and other movements
(6)
(201)
(207)
Hyperinflationary adjustment
5
123
128
Currency retranslation
19
38
57
31 December 2024
1,024
4,097
5,121
Accumulated depreciation
     
1 January 2024
(384)
(2,351)
(2,735)
Depreciation charge for the year
(22)
(242)
(264)
Disposal and other movements
3
188
191
Hyperinflationary adjustment
(6)
(52)
(58)
Currency retranslation
(8)
(24)
(32)
31 December 2024
(417)
(2,481)
(2,898)
Net book value 31 December 2024
(b)
607
1,616
2,223
Includes capital expenditures for assets under construction
10
26
36
The Group has commitments to purchase property, plant and equipment of €68 million (2024: €43 million).
9B. Leased assets
   
Movements during 2025
Land and
Plant and
 
In millions of €
buildings
equipment
Total
Cost
     
1 January 2025
315
49
364
Additions
63
21
84
Disposals
(66)
(8)
(74)
Other movements
(a)
(20)
(7)
(27)
Currency retranslation
(16)
(3)
(19)
31 December 2025
276
52
328
Accumulated depreciation
     
1 January 2025
(207)
(25)
(232)
Depreciation charge for the year
(43)
(12)
(55)
Disposals
53
7
60
Other movements
(a)
17
0
17
Currency retranslation
11
1
12
31 December 2025
(169)
(29)
(198)
Net book value 31 December 2025
107
23
130
(a) Other movements primarily reflect differences between amounts of prior period allocated as per carve out and the actual assets transferred on
Separation.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
118
   
Movements during 2024
Land and
Plant and
 
In millions of €
buildings
equipment
Total
Cost
     
1 January 2024
317
60
377
Additions
23
17
40
Disposals and other movements
(30)
(24)
(54)
Hyperinflationary adjustment
-
(1)
(1)
Currency retranslation
5
(3)
2
31 December 2024
315
49
364
Accumulated depreciation
     
1 January 2024
(195)
(35)
(230)
Depreciation charge for the year
(34)
(13)
(47)
Disposal and other movements
25
23
48
Currency retranslation
(3)
-
(3)
31 December 2024
(207)
(25)
(232)
Net book value 31 December 2024
108
24
132
The Group’s leases mainly comprise land and buildings and plant and equipment. The Group leases
land and buildings for manufacturing, warehouse facilities and office space and also subleases some
of the properties under operating leases. The Group has leases for vehicles and equipment.
The Group has recognised in the income statement an expense of €10 million (2024: €9 million) for
short term leases.
During the year, the Group has not recognised any income from sublet properties (2024: nil).
The total cash outflows for leases were €65 million (2024: €46 million) comprising of capital elements
payments for €56 million (2024: €39 million) and interest on lease liabilities for €9 million
(2024: 7 million).
Lease liabilities are shown in Note 14C.
10. Other non-current assets
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
Long-term trade and other receivables
(a)
182
26
Other non-current assets
4
3
Total
186
29
(a) Includes indirect tax receivable of €120 million on business transfers where the Group does not have the contractual right to receive payment
within 12 months and a €54 million prepayment to Unilever for the future transfer of the Mexico factory due to legal restrictions.
11. Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of weighted average cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises
direct costs and, where appropriate, a proportion of attributable production overheads. Net realisable
value is the estimated selling price less the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.
   
Inventories
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
Raw materials and consumables
213
242
Finished goods and goods for resale
702
726
Total inventories
915
968
Provision for inventories
(42)
(48)
Net Inventories
873
920
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
119
Upon the Demerger, in many territories, the legal title for inventory has not passed from Unilever to the
Group. However, the Group retains the risks and rewards associated with this inventory and therefore
continues to recognise it on its balance sheet. The Group will need to acquire that inventory at the
respective TSA exits, hence a liability at equal amount is recognised within trade and other payables.
   
Provision for inventories
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
1 January
48
56
Charge to income statement
6
16
Reduction / releases
(8)
(23)
Currency retranslation
(4)
(1)
31 December
42
48
Inventories with a value of €15 million are carried at net realisable value lower than cost (2024:
€28 million). During 2025 € 39 million (2024: €32 million) was charged to the income statement
for
 damaged and lost inventories.
12. Trade and other current receivables
Trade and other current receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus any directly attributable
transaction costs. Subsequently, these assets are held at amortised cost, using the effective interest
method and net of any impairment losses. Discounts payable to customers are shown as a reduction
in trade receivables when there are a legal right and intent to settle them on a net basis.
The Group does not consider the fair values of trade and other receivables to be significantly different
from their carrying values.
   
Trade and other current receivables
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
Due within one year
   
Trade receivables - Third party customers
(a)
53
391
Trade receivables - Unilever
(b)
579
-
Prepayments and accrued income
30
22
Other receivables - Due from third parties
(c)
232
222
Other receivables - Due from Unilever
(d)
896
-
Total
1,790
635
(a) In 2025, this comprises receivables from customers that are invoiced directly from the Group’s legal entities and includes discounts due
to customers of €42 million. In 2024, this comprises amounts from customers attributed to the Group (Note 1) and included discounts
due to customers of €360 million.
(b) In 2025, the Group entered into various interim operating model agreements with Unilever (see Note 21). Under these arrangements, Unilever
collects cash from customers on behalf of the Group; accordingly, the related receivables are due from Unilever. As per the arrangements,
the Group collects those receivables from Unilever on a net basis.
(c) Includes recoverable indirect taxes €203 million (2024: €95 million) and financial assets €29 million (2024: €127 million). Financial assets
include derivatives, royalty receivables, and employee advances.
(d) During 2025, the Group paid an inventory subsidy of €905 million to Unilever (see Note 21). €9 million relating to Indonesia was offset against
payable accruals, resulting in a closing balance of €896 million.
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables, are limited due to the Group’s customer
base being large and diverse. The Group’s historical experience of collecting receivables supported
by the level of default, is that credit risk is low across territories and therefore trade receivables are a
single class of financial assets.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
120
Impairment of trade receivables is assessed in accordance with the Group’s expected credit loss
policy and is determined for specific receivables with known or anticipated recovery issues, as well
as for balances that are past due using probabilities of default derived from historical experience and
relevant forward-looking information. Where Unilever collects cash from customers on the Group’s
behalf, any customer credit losses that arise are charged by Unilever to the Group.
   
Ageing of trade receivables
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
Not overdue
546
355
Past due less than three months
55
30
Past due more than three months but less than six months
28
11
Past due more than six months but less than one year
2
3
Past due more than one year
5
16
Total trade receivables
636
415
Impairment provision for trade receivables
(5)
(24)
 
631
391
The total impairment provision includes €5 million (2024: €24 million) for current trade receivables
(other than receivables from Unilever). In 2025, receivables were predominantly due from Unilever
and the Group assessed Unilever’s credit risk to be very low. Hence, no impairment provision was
recognised for receivables from Unilever.
   
Impairment provision for trade and other receivables
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
1 January
27
36
Charge to income statement
-
5
Reductions / releases
(a)
(21)
(11)
Currency retranslations
(1)
(3)
31 December
5
27
(a) On Separation, trade receivables were not transferred to the Group, accordingly the associated impairment provision was released through
Invested Capital.
In 2024, the total impairment provision includes €24 million for current trade receivables and €3 million
for other receivables.
13. Trade payables and other liabilities
Trade payables
Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs.
Trade payables are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method.
Other liabilities
Other liabilities are initially recognised at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs.
Subsequent measurement depends on the type of liability:
Accruals are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method.
Social security and sundry taxes are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the
effective interest method.
Others are subsequently measured either at amortised cost, using the effective interest method
or at fair value, with changes being recognised in the income statement.
The Group does not consider the fair values of trade payables and other liabilities to be significantly
different from their carrying values.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
121
Trade payables and other liabilities
  
In millions of €
2025
2024
Current: due within one year
  
Trade payables - third party suppliers
(a)
388
1,182
Trade payables - Unilever
(b)
1,671
-
Accruals
(c)
285
471
Social security and sundry taxes
37
43
Other
91
124
Other payable balances due to Unilever
(d)
449
(2)
 
2,921
1,818
Non-current: due after more than one year
  
Accruals
3
3
Other
41
5
Other payable balances due to Unilever
(d)
80
-
 
124
8
Total trade payables and other liabilities
3,045
1,826
(a) 2025 comprise payables from suppliers that are invoiced directly to the Group’s legal entities and discounts due to the customers of €29 million
(2024: €319 million).
(b) In 2025, the Group entered into various interim operating model agreements with Unilever (see Note 21). Under these arrangements, Unilever
pays suppliers on behalf of the Group; accordingly, the related payables are due to Unilever. The balance also includes an accrual of €818 million
payable in relation to the transfer of inventory, as upon the Demerger, in many territories legal title to the inventory has not passed from Unilever
to the Group and the Group will acquire such inventory at the end of the Transitional Period.
(c) Accruals consist of liabilities for various expenditures, including insurance, and audit costs and property, plant and equipment purchases. Others
mainly consist of payables related to payroll, consultancy and legal expenditures.
(d) Includes €300 million working capital subsidy received from Unilever pre-Demerger (See Note 21) and €229 million payable to Unilever for
indirect taxes arose on transfer of net assets.
14. Capital and funding
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of
ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.
Other reserves
Other reserves include the foreign currency translation reserve and the cash flow hedge reserve.
It also includes the difference between the fair value of the shares issued in 2025 and the net book
value of the business transferred to the Group under common control business combination.
Share-based compensation
The Group operates a number of share-based compensation plans involving awards of ordinary
shares of TMICC N.V.
Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s use of, and accounting for, derivative instruments is explained in Note 15.
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, less any directly related transaction costs.
When bonds are designated as being part of a fair value hedge relationship, in those cases bonds
are carried at amortised cost, adjusted for the fair value of the risk being hedged, with changes in
value shown in the income statement. Put options are initially recognised at the present value of the
expected gross obligation, with changes in value being recognised in finance costs.
Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not yet paid at
the start of the lease term. This is discounted using an appropriate borrowing rate determined by the
Group, where none is readily available in the lease contract. The lease liability is subsequently reduced
by cash payments and increased by interest costs. The lease liability is remeasured when the Group
assesses that there will be a change in the amount expected to be paid during the lease term.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
122
14A. Share capital
   
In millions of €
2025
TMICC ordinary share of €3.50 each
2,143
The Company has an authorised share capital of €2,143 million, divided into 612,259,739 ordinary
shares with a nominal value of €3.50 per share.
For information on the rights of shareholders of TMICC, see the Management Report - Corporate
Governance section on pages 80 and 81.
14B. Equity
Share premium
On 6 and 7 December 2025, the Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. issued 612,245,455 shares with
a nominal value per share of €3.5 per share. The total shares issued had an estimated value of €7,941
million (based on first day of trading). The difference between the estimated fair value of the shares
issued and the nominal value has been recognised as share premium (€5,798 million).
Non-controlling interests
The Group has subsidiaries in which non-controlling interests exist. The share of third parties’
ownership interests in the Group consolidated balance sheet and consolidated income statement
for these subsidiaries has been recognised and separately presented. The most significant non-
controlling interests are held in Philippines (Magnum RFM Ice Cream Inc).
Other reserves
Other reserves include the following:
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
2023
Cash flow hedge reserve, net of tax
(31)
81
(7)
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension plans,
     
net of tax
(a)
-
70
32
Currency retranslation reserve
7
242
106
Merger Reserve
(b)
(7,120)
-
-
Total
(7,144)
393
131
(a) The pension reserve balance of €70 million as at 31 December 2024 is reclassified from Other Reserves to Invested Capital which was then
reclassified to Merger reserve.
(b) The Merger Reserve was created as the difference of the fair value of the business and the net invested capital position at the Demerger date.
Capital management
The Group manages its capital so as to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern and to
optimise returns to our shareholders through an appropriate balance of debt and equity. The capital
structure of the Group is based on management’s judgement of the appropriate balance of key
elements in order to meet its strategic and day-to-day needs. We consider the amount of capital in
proportion to risk and manage the capital structure in light of changes in economic conditions and
the risk characteristics of the underlying assets.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
123
14C. Financial liabilities
   
 
2025
2024
Financial liabilities
(a)
 
Non-
   
Non-
 
In millions of €
Current
current
Total
Current
current
Total
Bank loans and overdrafts
(b)
34
1
35
35
-
35
Bonds and other loans
(c)
-
3,077
3,077
-
-
-
Lease liabilities
43
100
143
41
103
144
Loan with Unilever
(d)
-
-
-
9
-
9
Derivatives
28
-
28
-
-
-
Other financial liabilities
(e)
-
133
133
-
145
145
Total
105
3,311
3,416
85
248
333
(a) Financial liabilities exclude trade payable and other liabilities which are covered in Note 13.
(b) Bank loans and overdrafts do not include any secured liabilities.
(c) Bonds and other loans under the facility agreements (refer to Note 15A).
(d) Unilever granted intercompany facility of up to €11 billion to Group on 1 July 2025, of which the Group drew down €10,615 million to facilitate the
Demerger. Of this amount, €3,162 million was repaid to Unilever in cash and the balance was capitalised before the Demerger.
(e) Other financial liabilities consist of an option to acquire non-controlling interests in Magnum RFM Ice Cream Inc from RFM Corporation, the joint
venture partner. The Group holds 50% plus one share in the joint venture. According to the shareholder agreement established in March 1999,
RFM Corporation is entitled, each year within one month following 31 December year end, to require the Group to acquire all or a portion of RFM
Corporation’s shares in the joint venture at a price determined by the agreement. RFM Corporation has executed a waiver stipulating that they
waive their right to exercise the option until April 2028.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
124
Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities:
Non-cash movement
Movements in 2025
Opening balance
Other non-cash
Foreign exchange
Closing balance
In millions of €
as at 1 January
Cash movement
Fair value changes
movements
changes
at 31 December
Bank loans and overdrafts
(a)
(35)
(6)
-
-
6
(35)
Bonds and other loans
(a) (b)
-
(3,077)
-
-
-
(3,077)
Lease liabilities
(c)
(144)
56
-
(64)
9
(143)
Loans with Unilever
(d)
(9)
-
-
9
-
-
Derivatives
-
-
(28)
-
-
(28)
Total
(e)
(188)
(3,027)
(28)
(55)
15
(3,283)
Non-cash movement
Movements in 2024
Opening balance
Other non-cash
Foreign exchange
Closing balance
In millions of €
as at 1 January
Cash movement
Fair value changes
movements
changes
at 31 December
Bank loans and overdrafts
(a)
(32)
(3)
-
-
-
(35)
Lease liabilities
(c)
(156)
39
-
(26)
(1)
(144)
Loans with Unilever
(9)
-
-
-
-
(9)
Total
(e)
(197)
36
-
(26)
(1)
(188)
(a) These cash movements include additional financial liabilities and repayment of financial liabilities. The difference of €5 million (2024: €3 million)
represents cash movements in overdrafts that are not included in financing cash flows.
(b) Bond and other loans include € 3 billion debt bond issued on 26 November 2025.
(c) Lease liabilities cash movement is included within capital element of lease payments in the consolidated cash flow statement.
(d) In 2025, Unilever provided the Group a loan to facilitate the Separation. The loan was settled as part of the Demerger through a cash repayment
of €3,162 million, with the remaining balance settled on a non-cash basis through Equity and recognised within Invested capital / Merger
Reserve.
(e) The reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities excludes the put option of €133 million in 2025 (2024: €145 million) as this arises
from an option to acquire non-controlling interests (as detailed above) which if exercised would classify as arising from investing activity.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
125
On 26 November 2025, the Group successfully issued a €3 billion debut bond by Magnum ICC
Finance B.V. across four tranches.
The debut issuance was completed under the newly established €8 billion Euro Medium Term Note
(the “Notes”) programme of Magnum ICC Finance B.V. guaranteed by The Magnum Ice Cream
Company N.V. and The Magnum Ice Cream Company HoldCo Netherlands B.V.
To facilitate the demerger, Magnum ICC Finance B.V. was granted an intercompany facility of up to
€11 billion by Unilever, upon which the Group incurred interest expense of €71 million (see Note 5).
The proceeds of the Notes were used to repay part of the facility prior to the Separation, with the
remainder being capitalised with the proceed of the Notes.
The Notes have been rated “BBB” by S&P and “Baa2” by Moody’s and were admitted to trading
on the London Stock Exchange’s International Securities Market with effect on 26 November 2025.
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
2.75% Notes 2029
750
-
3.25% Notes 2031
750
-
3.75% Notes 2034
750
-
4.00% Notes 2037
750
-
Following the issuances, net debt increased to €3 billion (2024: nil), with the average debt maturity
of 7.5 years.
15. Treasury Risk Management
Derivatives and Hedge accounting
Derivatives are measured at fair value with any related transaction costs expensed as incurred.
The treatment of changes in the value of derivatives depends on their use as explained below.
Cash flow hedges
Certain derivatives are held to hedge the uncertainty in timing or amount of future forecast cash
flows. Such derivatives are classified as being part of cash flow hedge relationships. For an effective
hedge, gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognised in equity.
Cost of hedging, where material and opted for, is recorded within equity. Any ineffective elements
of the hedge are recognised in finance costs. Ineffectiveness may occur if there are changes to the
expected timing of the hedged transaction. If the hedged cash flow relates to a non-financial asset,
the amount accumulated in equity is subsequently included within the carrying value of that asset.
For other cash flow hedges, amounts deferred in equity are taken to finance costs at the same time
as the related cash flow.
When a derivative no longer qualifies for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss remains in
equity until the related cash flow occurs. When the cash flow takes place, the cumulative gain or loss
is taken to finance costs. If the hedged cash flow is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain
or loss is taken to finance costs immediately.
Derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied
Derivatives not classified as hedges are held in order to hedge certain balance sheet items and
commodity exposures. No hedge accounting is applied to these derivatives, which are carried at fair
value with changes being recognised in finance costs.
Applying hedge accounting has not led to material ineffectiveness being recognised in the income
statement for 2025, 2024 and 2023.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
126
The Group’s Treasury department provides central funding and foreign exchange management
services for the Group. The department is governed by standards and processes which are in line
with the Treasury Policies. In addition to guidelines and exposure limits, a system of authorities and
extensive independent reporting covers all major areas of activity.
Treasury activities in relation to the Group are designed to:
protect the Group’s financial results and position from the financial risks mentioned below;
maintain market risks within acceptable parameters, while optimising returns (see Note 15B);
provide adequate and sufficient funding to the Group.
The Group’s Treasury department maintains a list of approved financial instruments. The use of any
new instrument must be approved by the Treasury Committee. The use of leveraged instruments is
not permitted.
The Group’s central Commodity Risk Management (CRM) team monitor commodity exposures for the
whole Group and provide commodity risk services for the Group’s operations. The primary objective
of the CRM policy is to delay the (gross) margin impact of commodity market volatility and allow time
to take corrective pricing action.
The Group’s capital requirements are centrally managed by the Group’s Treasury department, who
provides funding to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and to optimize
returns. The Group is not subject to financial covenants in any of its significant financing agreements.
The Group is exposed to the following financial risks that arise from its use of financial instruments,
the management of which is described in the following sections:
liquidity risk (see Note 15A);
market risk (see Note 15B);
credit risk (see Note 16B).
15A. Management of liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will face in meeting its obligations associated with its financial
liabilities. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure that it will have sufficient funds
to meet its liabilities when due without incurring unacceptable losses. In doing this, management
considers both normal and stressed conditions. A material and sustained shortfall in our cash flow
could undermine the Group’s credit rating, impair investor confidence and also restrict the Group’s
ability to raise funds.
The Group’s funding strategy was supported by cash delivery from the business, coupled with the
proceeds from the bond issuance. Surplus cash balances have been invested conservatively with
low-risk counterparties at maturities of primarily less than six months. In its liquidity assessment,
the Group does not consider any supplier financing arrangements as these arrangements are non-
recourse to Unilever and supplier payment dates and terms for Unilever and our payment terms with
Unilever do not vary based on whether the supplier chooses to use such financing arrangements.
Cash flow from operating activities provides the funds to service the financing of financial liabilities
on a day-to-day basis. The Group seeks to manage its liquidity requirements by the newly established
€8 billion Euro Medium Term Note programme. In addition, the Group has committed credit facilities
for general corporate use as described in Note 14 C.
On 28 August 2025, the Group entered into a term loan facilities agreement (the “Term Loan Facilities
Agreement”) (the facilities to be provided thereunder being the “Term Loan Facilities”).
The Term Loan Facilities comprise:
a bridge term loan facility (the “Bridge Facility”) denominated in euro, with a commitment of €3
billion available for the repayment of financial indebtedness owed by Group Companies to the
Unilever Group, and for the payment of the consideration for the transfer of Unilever’s Ice Cream
Business in Indonesia. This facility was cancelled on 26 November with a cancellation charge of €5
million as part of finance cost. No amount was drawn against the facility.
a working capital term loan facility (the “Working Capital Term Loan Facility”) denominated in Euro,
with a commitment of €700 million available for general corporate purposes and with a maturity
date of three years from the date of the Term Loan Facilities Agreement. The facility is priced at
1 month Euribor + 90 basis points and does not carry any covenants. €100 million was drawn on 29
December 2025.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
127
a term loan facility (the “India Term Loan Facility”) denominated in Euro, with a commitment of
€300 million available for the payment of the consideration for the transfer of the Unilever Group’s
shares in Kwality Wall’s India Ltd. This facility has not been drawn.
The Group has also entered into a €1 billion syndicated revolving credit facility agreement
(the “Revolving Credit Facility Agreement”, the revolving credit facility provided thereunder
being the “Revolving Credit Facility”).
A multicurrency facility denominated in euro (with optional currencies of US dollars and Pounds
Sterling) available for general corporate purposes with an initial maturity date of five years from the
date of the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, subject to two extension options of one year each
which can be requested by the Company and which each lender can at its own discretion, agree to
or not;
a €500 million Swingline Facility and a US$500 million Swingline Facility each operating as a
sublimit within the Revolving Credit Facility with the purpose of refinancing euro or US dollar
commercial paper programs, respectively, that the Group plans to establish.
The revolving facilities have not been drawn.
The financial liabilities of the Group at the balance sheet date are mainly bonds, lease liabilities and
other financial liabilities (Note 14), and trade payables (Note 13) which are mostly short term in nature.
The financial assets of the Group at the balance sheet date are mainly trade receivables (Note 12) from
Unilever and reputable customers which are short term in nature.
The following table shows contractually based undiscounted cash flows, including expected interest
payments, which are payable under financial liabilities at the balance sheet date:
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
128
   
2025
             
Net carrying
Undiscounted cash flows
 
Due between
Due between
Due between
Due between
   
amount as shown
In millions of €
Due within 1 year
1 and 2 years
2 and 3 years
3 and 4 years
4 and 5 years
Due after 5 years
Total
in balance sheet
Non-derivative Financial liabilities
               
Bank loans and overdrafts
(34)
(1)
-
-
-
-
(35)
(35)
Bonds and other loans
   
(100)
(745)
-
(2,232)
(3,077)
(3,077)
Related party loans with Unilever
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Lease liabilities
(49)
(30)
(21)
(16)
(12)
(36)
(164)
(143)
Other financial liabilities
-
-
(133)
-
-
-
(133)
(133)
Trade payables excluding social security
(2,884)
(124)
-
-
-
-
(3,008)
(3,008)
 
(2,967)
(155)
(254)
(761)
(12)
(2,268)
(6,417)
(6,396)
Derivative Financial liabilities
               
Derivative contracts - receipts
1
1
-
-
-
-
2
2
Total
(2,966)
(154)
(254)
(761)
(12)
(2,268)
(6,415)
(6,394)
   
2024
             
Net carrying
Undiscounted cash flows
 
Due between
Due between
Due between
Due between
   
amount as shown
In millions of €
Due within 1 year
1 and 2 years
2 and 3 years
3 and 4 years
4 and 5 years
Due after 5 years
Total
in balance sheet
Non-derivative Financial liabilities
               
Bank loans and overdrafts
(35)
-
-
-
-
-
(35)
(35)
Related party loans with Unilever
(9)
-
-
-
-
-
(9)
(9)
Lease liabilities
(57)
(35)
(26)
(18)
(34)
(32)
(202)
(144)
Other financial liabilities
-
(145)
-
-
-
-
(145)
(145)
Trade payables excluding social security and
               
sundry taxes
(1,775)
(8)
-
-
-
-
(1,783)
(1,783)
 
(1,876)
(188)
(26)
(18)
(34)
(32)
(2,174)
(2,116)
Derivative Financial liabilities
               
Derivative contracts - receipts
105
-
-
-
-
-
105
105
Total
(1,771)
(188)
(26)
(18)
(34)
(32)
(2,069)
(2,011)
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
129
15B. Management of market risk
The Group’s size and operations result in it being exposed to the following market risks that arise from
its use of financial instruments:
Currency risk
(see table below)
The Group is exposed to movements in the underlying currency of the Group’s sales and purchases
as well as transacted commodity prices that are mainly denominated in USD and GBP.
Commodity price risk
(see table below)
The key commodities used by the Group are cocoa, dairy and sugar. Management aims to minimise
the impact of commodity market volatility on (gross) margin and allow time to take corrective
pricing action (‘pricing horizons’). Commodity hedging is undertaken based on 100% of the volume
exposure around the pricing horizon, although hedging can be undertaken up to 52 weeks with
approval and within limits.
Interest rate risk
(see table below)
The above risks may affect the Group’s income and expenses, or the value of its financial
instruments. The Group’s objective in managing market risk is to maintain it within acceptable
parameters, while optimising returns.
The Group’s exposure to, and management of, these risks is explained on the next page.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
130
Management of market risk
   
Potential impact of risk
Management policy and hedging strategy
Sensitivity to the risk
1. Commodity price risk
The Group uses commodity forwards, futures, swaps and option contracts to hedge
A 10% increase in commodity prices as at 31 December 2025 would have
The Group is exposed to the risk of changes in commodity prices in relation to its
against this risk. All commodities forward contracts hedge future purchases of raw
led to a €24 million gains on the commodity derivatives in Equity (2024: €42
purchase of certain raw materials.
materials and the contracts are settled either in cash or by physical delivery.
million). A decrease of 10% in commodity prices on a full-year basis would
   
have the equal but opposite effect.
At 31 December 2025, the Group had hedged its exposure to future commodity
The Group also hedges risk components of commodities where it is not possible to hedge
 
purchases with commodity derivatives valued at €262 million
the commodity in full. This is done with reference to the contract to purchase the hedged
 
(2024: €296 million).
commodity.
 
 
Commodity derivatives are generally designated as hedging instruments in cash flow
 
 
hedge accounting relations. All commodity derivative contracts were done in line with
 
 
approvals from the Commodity Risk Committee.
 
2. Currency risk
The Group’s treasury department manages currency exposures in the Group within
The foreign exchange risk impact on the Income Statement and Equity with
Because of the Group’s global reach, it is subject to the risk that changes in
prescribed limits, mainly through the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts.
respect to financial instruments is not significant.
foreign currency rate impact the Group’s sales and purchases. The Group is also
   
exposed to movements in the underlying currency of transacted commodity
Operating companies manage foreign exchange exposures within prescribed limits.
 
prices that are mainly denominated in USD and GBP.
   
 
The aim of the approach to management of currency risk is to leave the Group with
 
The exposure to the Group from companies holding financial assets and
no material residual risk. This aim has been achieved in all years presented.
 
liabilities other than their functional currency is not significant.
   
 
Forward contracts are used and executed by the Group’s treasury department, however
 
 
foreign currency exposures that are under the TSA with Unilever do not have significant
 
 
foreign exchange impact.
 
3. Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate management approach aims for an optimal balance between
The interest rate risk impact on the income statement is not significant.
The Group is exposed to market interest rate fluctuations on its debt. Increases
fixed and floating-rate interest rate exposures on expected net debt. The objective of this
 
in benchmark interest rates could increase the interest cost of the floating-rate
approach is to minimise annual interest costs after tax. No derivatives were used to hedge
 
debt and increase the cost of future borrowings. At 31 December 2025, interest
the interest rate on the debt of the Group.
 
rates were fixed on 96% of the expected financial liabilities (excluding lease
   
liabilities), 73% at December 2024.
   
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
131
15C. Derivatives and hedging
The Group does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. The uses of
derivatives and the related values of derivatives are summarised in the following table.
Derivatives used to hedge:
   
   
Trade
 
 
Trade
payables
 
 
and other
and other
 
In millions of €
receivables
liabilities
Total
31 December 2025
     
Commodity contracts
     
Cash flow hedges
(a)
2
-
2
Total assets
2
-
2
31 December 2024
     
Commodity contracts
     
Cash flow hedges
105
-
105
Total liabilities
105
-
105
(a) The Group makes use of cocoa futures and options to hedge their forward physical purchases of cocoa and other chocolate products. At 31
December 2025, the Group had hedged its exposure to future cocoa purchases with notional amount at 43,093 metric tons and average con-
tracts price at €5,557per metric ton. Cash flow hedge accounting is applied to these derivatives with the fair value gain/loss being recognised
in the hedge reserve and then being released in line with the underlying physical purchases. At 31 December 2024, the Group had a €115 million
gain in cash flow hedge reserve, including a €10 million gain on settlement associated with the underlying physical purchases within 12 months.
16. Investment and return
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheet include deposits and short-term
deposits. To be classified as cash and cash equivalents, an asset must:
be readily convertible into cash;
have an insignificant risk of changes in value; and
have a maturity period of three months or less at acquisition.
Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement also include bank overdrafts and are recorded
at amortised cost.
16A. Financial assets
The Group aims to protect the value of financial investments while maximising returns. The fair value
of financial assets is the same as the carrying amount for 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024.
The Group’s cash resources are shown below.
   
Financial assets
(a)
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
Cash and cash equivalents
   
Cash at bank and in hand
402
53
Short-term deposits with maturity of less than three months
39
17
 
441
70
(a) Financial assets exclude trade and other current receivables which are covered in Note 12.
   
Cash and cash equivalents reconciliation to the cash flow statement
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet
441
70
Less: bank overdrafts
(5)
(3)
Cash and cash equivalents per cash flow statement
436
67
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
132
16B. Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty fails to meet its
contractual obligations. The Group’s trade receivables are short term in nature and largely comprise
amounts receivable from Unilever and reputable customers. Additional information in relation to credit
risk on trade receivables is given in Note 12. Credit risk related to the use of treasury instruments is
managed on a total Group basis. This risk arises from transactions with financial institutions involving
cash and cash equivalents and deposits. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date
is the carrying value of each class of financial assets. To reduce this risk, the Group has concentrated
its main activities with a limited number of counterparties which have secure credit ratings. Individual
risk limits are set for each counterparty based on financial position, credit rating and past experience.
Credit limits and concentration of exposures are actively monitored by the Group’s Treasury
department.
Further details in relation to the Group’s exposure to credit risk are shown in Notes 12 and 16A.
17. Financial instruments fair value risk
Assets and liabilities carried at fair value
Derivatives and other cash equivalents are valued using valuation techniques with market observable
inputs (level 2). There are no derivatives and other cash equivalents valued at quoted prices for
identical instruments (level 1) or not based on observable market data (level 3). Bonds issued by the
Group are measured at amortised cost. The fair value of these bonds using quoted prices in active
markets (Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy) is €2,998 million. The models incorporate various inputs
including the credit quality of counterparties, foreign exchange spot and forward rates, interest rate
curves and forward rate curves of the underlying commodities.
The put option to acquire non-controlling interests in Magnum RFM Ice Cream Inc from RFM
Corporation has been valued at the redemption value with subsequent changes in finance costs (Level
3). The redemption value is derived from a formula defined in the shareholder agreement which uses
historical financial information, multipliers, and CPI adjustments. The impact in 2025 income statement
due to the put option is a gain of €12 million (2024: gain of €6 million, 2023: nil).
Other financial assets and liabilities
Cash and short-term deposits, trade and other current receivables, overdrafts, trade payables and
other current liabilities have fair values that approximate to their carrying amounts due to their short-
term nature.
Related party loans with Unilever, lease liabilities and non-current receivables and payables have a fair
value considered to be materially equal to the carrying value based on the net present value of the
anticipated future cash flows associated with these instruments using rates currently available for debt
on similar terms, credit risk and remaining maturities.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
133
18. Provisions
Provisions are recognised where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the balance sheet date,
as a result of a past event, where the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated and where the
outflow of economic benefit is probable.
   
Provisions
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
Due within one year
39
102
Due after one year
31
39
Total provisions
70
141
   
     
Brazil
   
Movements 2025
   
indirect
   
In millions of €
Restructuring
Legal
taxes
Other
Total
1 January 2025
85
26
6
24
141
Income Statement:
         
Charges
55
4
1
20
80
Releases
(45)
(5)
-
(2)
(52)
Utilisation
(68)
(4)
-
(5)
(77)
Provision retained by Unilever
(9)
(1)
-
(9)
(19)
Currency retranslation
(1)
(1)
-
(1)
(3)
31st December 2025
17
19
7
27
70
Restructuring provisions primarily include people costs such as redundancy costs and the cost of
compensation where manufacturing, distribution, service or selling agreements are to be terminated.
The Group expects these provisions to be substantially utilised within the next few years.
The Group is involved from time to time in legal and arbitration proceedings arising in the ordinary
course of business. These proceedings and investigations are at various stages and concern a variety
of product markets. Where specific issues arise, provisions are made to the extent appropriate.
Due to the nature of the legal cases, the timing of utilisation of these provisions is uncertain.
Provisions for Brazil indirect taxes are separate from the matters listed as contingent liabilities in
Note 19. The Group does not have provisions and contingent liabilities for the same matters.
Due to the nature of disputed indirect taxes, the timing of utilisation of these provisions is uncertain.
Other includes provisions for decommissioning costs as well as for indirect tax provisions for indirect
taxes in countries other than Brazil, interest on tax provisions and provisions for various other matters.
The timing of utilisation of these provisions is uncertain.
   
     
Brazil
   
Movements during 2024
   
indirect
   
In millions of €
Restructuring
Legal
taxes
Other
Total
1 January 2024
18
30
30
25
103
Income Statement
         
- Charges
75
7
2
10
94
- Releases
(1)
(4)
-
(4)
(9)
Utilisation
(9)
(6)
(22)
(7)
(44)
Currency retranslation
2
(1)
(4)
-
(3)
31 December 2024
85
26
6
24
141
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
134
19. Commitments and contingent liabilities
Commitments
Lease commitments are the future cash out flows from the lease contracts which are not recorded in
the measurement of lease liabilities. These include potential future payments related to leases of low
value assets, leases which are less than twelve months, variable leases, extension and termination
options and leases not yet commenced but which the Group has committed to.
Other commitments principally comprise commitments under contracts to purchase materials and
services. They do not include commitments to purchase property, plant and equipment, which are
reported in Note 9.
Lease Commitments and other Commitments fall due as follows:
   
 
2025
2024
   
Other
 
Other
In millions of €
Leases
commitments
Leases
commitments
Within 1 year
8
31
7
13
Later than 1 year but not later than 5 years
21
66
15
5
Later than 5 years
4
6
1
2
Total
33
103
23
20
Lease commitments increased due to new lease contracts entered during 2025. Other commitments
mainly comprise contractual obligations for materials and services, including €62 million for
technology implementation.
Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities are either possible obligations that will probably not require a transfer of
economic benefits, or present obligations that may, but probably will not, require a transfer of
economic benefits. It is not appropriate to make provisions for contingent liabilities, but there is a
chance that they will result in an obligation in the future. Assessing the amount of liabilities that are
not probable is highly judgemental, so contingent liabilities are disclosed on the basis of the known
maximum exposure.
Contingent liabilities arise in respect of litigations against group companies, investigations by
competition, regulatory and fiscal authorities and obligations arising under environmental legislation.
In many markets, there is a high degree of complexity involved in the local tax regimes.
   
Summary of contingent liabilities
   
In millions of €
2025
2024
Brazil tax assessments
98
98
Other contingent liabilities
6
5
Total
104
103
The majority of contingent liabilities are in respect of fiscal matters in Brazil, with no other contingent
liability being individually material.
The Company is involved in processes for which management, based on the evaluation of its legal
advisors, both internal and external, judged the risk of loss as possible. The obligations arising from
these processes are considered contingent liabilities, as it is not more likely than not an outflow of
resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
135
Brazil Tax
The contingent liabilities reported for indirect taxes relating to disputes with the Brazilian authorities
are separate from the provisions listed in Note 18. The Group does not hold provisions and contingent
liabilities for the same matters.
The Group believes that the likelihood of the Brazilian tax authorities ultimately prevailing is low;
however there can be no guarantee of success in court. In each case we believe our position is strong,
so they have not been provided for and are considered to be contingent liabilities. Due to the fiscal
environment in Brazil, there remains the possibility of material tax assessments related to the same
matters for periods not yet assessed. We expect that tax litigation cases related to this matter may
move from the Administrative to the Judicial Courts, although the exact timing is uncertain. In such
case, we will be required to make a judicial deposit or provide a guarantee in respect of the disputed
tax, interest and penalties. The judicial process in Brazil is likely to take a number of years to conclude.
20. Acquisitions and disposals
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition accounting method as at the
acquisition date, which is the date at which control is transferred to the Group.
Goodwill is measured at the acquisition date as the fair value of consideration transferred, plus non-
controlling interests and the fair value of any previously held equity interests less the net recognised
amount (which is generally fair value) of the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is
subject to an annual review for impairment (or more frequently if necessary) in accordance with the
accounting policies of the Group. Any impairment is charged to the income statement as it arises.
Detailed information relating to goodwill is provided in Note 8.
Transaction costs are expensed as incurred.
Acquisitions
There were no acquisitions completed in 2025 or in 2024, but two agreements were entered into
during the year ended 31 December 2025 for future purchases.
Acquisition of Unilever PLC’s Indian Ice Cream Business
On 25 June 2025, the Group signed an agreement to buy Unilever PLC’s Ice Cream Business in India,
Kwality Wall’s India Ltd, on or after 1 April 2026. This acquisition will be for a price equal to Unilever
PLC’s shareholding in that entity at the time of the sale (expected to be 61.9%) multiplied by the agreed
fair market value of that entity of €450 million. The sale will be funded by a term loan facility and is
subject to Hindustan Unilever Limited (HUL) completing the demerger of Kwality Wall’s India Limited,
the subsequent listing of Kwality Wall’s India Limited in India, the initiation of a mandatory tender offer
to the minority shareholders of Kwality Wall’s India Limited of up to 26% of its shares and the funding of
the associated escrow account by the Company.
On 1 December 2025, Kwality Wall’s India Limited successfully demerged from HUL, and subsequently
its listing took place on 16 February 2026. On 16 February, we announced an offer to acquire up to
26.0% of the Kwality Wall’s India Limited shares from public shareholders at INR 21.33 per share, in
accordance with SEBI takeover regulations. India Ice Cream Business reported revenue of
€180 million and operating loss of €19 million for the 12-month period ended 31 December 2025.
Until the sale completes, its full results will continue to be reported within the Unilever Group.
Portugal
On 18 October 2025, the Group signed an agreement to acquire the Portugal ice cream business
from Unilever Fima Lda, structured as two separate transactions covering the marketing and sales
operations and the ice cream sourcing unit. The transactions are based on an aggregate enterprise
value of approximately €165 million, subject to customary completion adjustments.
On 2 March 2026, the marketing and sales entity was successfully demerged from Unilever.
Completion of its acquisition is expected on 1 April 2026. The sourcing unit acquisition will complete
separately, following receipt of additional regulatory and operational approvals.
Portugal ice cream business generated revenues of approximately €100 million and operating profit of
approximately €12 million for the 12-month period ended 31 December 2025.
Disposals
Venezuelan Ice Cream Business
The Group sold the Venezuelan Ice Cream Business on 3 July 2025, resulting in a recorded net loss
of €4 million.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
136
21. Demerger
The Group results from the demerger of the Ice Cream Business previously owned by Unilever PLC
(Unilever Group) and is publicly listed with its shares admitted to trading on Euronext Amsterdam, the
London Stock Exchange, and the New York Stock Exchange on 8 December 2025 (the Admission).
Separation
In preparation for the planned demerger, the Ice Cream business was separated within Unilever into a
distinct legal structure.
This legal separation has been achieved through: (i) the incorporation and reorganisation of the Group
Companies to form a stand-alone group of companies within the wider Unilever Group; and (ii) the
transfer by the Unilever Group of those legal entities, assets (including intellectual property rights)
and liabilities that comprise the Ice Cream Business to the Group (as further described below). The
Separation was substantially completed on 1 July 2025 and members of the Unilever Group and the
Group entered into a number of transitional arrangements pursuant to which both corporate groups
will provide certain services to the other, including Local Operating Models Agreements (OMAs)
and the Global Transitional Services Agreement (GTSA).
In certain territories it was necessary for the relevant local separation to be deferred until after
1 July 2025.
The Separation was implemented through asset transfers in territories where Unilever entities also
operated non-Ice Cream businesses, and through share transfers in territories where the Ice Cream
Business was operated by dedicated or near-dedicated entities.
No Ice Cream Business in Russia was transferred to the Group pursuant to the Separation, Unilever
having disposed of its businesses in Russia in 2024.
The consideration payable by the relevant Group Companies to the relevant Unilever Group
Companies arising from the Separation transfers described above was generally calculated on
the basis of a third-party valuation exercise. Unilever granted intercompany facility of up to €11 billion
to Group on 1 July 2025, of which the Group drew down €10,615 million to settle the consideration.
Of this amount, €3,162 million was repaid to Unilever in cash and the balance was capitalised before
the Demerger.
TSAs and interim operating models
The Group and the Unilever Group have entered into certain transitional arrangements (including the
GTSA and OMAs). These arrangements have been entered into in order to ensure that the Group can
continue to operate its business while it develops the capacity to operate independently of the Unilever
Group.
Under the GTSA, Unilever provides certain services on a transitional basis, including, among others,
certain IT infrastructure and support services, financial services and support, operations management
services, distribution services, the use of offices and facilities, logistics and supply-chain management.
The Local OMAs include the following model and arrangements:
Undisclosed agency model:
Unilever sells ice cream products in its own name but under the
instruction of the Group, temporarily holds legal title to goods, collects revenue on the Group’s
behalf, and returns the proceeds after deducting commissions.
Strategic management model:
The Group provides strategic oversight while Unilever executes
sales and operational activities; the Group recognises all revenue, and Unilever pays management
fees while receiving compensation for ancillary commercial tasks.
Strategic consultancy agreements:
The Group oversees procurement operations, although
Unilever remains the contracting party with third party manufacturers.
Manufacturing agreements:
Manufacturing continues through toll manufacturing agreements or
co-packing agreements in most countries, with Unilever producing on behalf of the Group.
Under the Transitional Services Agreements, Unilever transacts with customers on the Group’s behalf,
however, the Group sets prices, is responsible to fulfil customer orders, and bears inventory risk.
Accordingly, the Group is the principal and recognises revenue gross, with Unilever acting as agent.
The Transition period is the period during which the Group will be under the GTSA and the OMAs. The
Group gradually exits these arrangements with full exit expected by end of 2027.
Subsidies
The Group paid an inventory subsidy of €905 million to Unilever to compensate Unilever for its
investment in inventory that it retains legal title for until the end of the GTSA period. Unilever is obligated
to repay the inventory subsidy at the end of the GTSA period when the inventory will be legally
transferred to the Group.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
137
The Group also received a €300 million Non-Inventory Working Capital Subsidy from Unilever. The Non-
Inventory Working Capital Subsidy is a cash flow mechanism designed to maintain the Group cash
flow profile following the Separation for certain markets, as certain outstanding payables were retained
by Unilever. The Non-Inventory Working Capital Subsidy is repayable at the respective TSA exit.
No interest is being charged or paid for both Subsidies. Subsequent cash flows are presented in cash
from operating activities.
Intellectual property arrangements
Prior to the Separation, the intellectual property (“IP”) rights used in the Ice Cream Business were
owned by entities within the Unilever Group. As part of the Separation, IP rights were assigned to the
Group. As part of the Separation, the Unilever Group has granted the Group a number of licences to
use certain retained Unilever IP rights in relation to the Ice Cream Business, and the Group will grant
the Unilever Group a number of licences to use certain transferred IP rights in relation to Unilever’s
retained businesses.
The Demerger
The Demerger was effected by the Group and the Unilever Group through several steps in accordance
with the terms of the Demerger Agreement.
The Demerger was executed via an interim in specie dividend declared by the Unilever board of
directors (the “Demerger Dividend”). The Demerger Dividend was satisfied by the transfer of the Group
by Unilever to the Company shortly prior to Admission. In consideration for this transfer, the Company
allotted and issued the relevant Shares to each Unilever Shareholder recorded on the Unilever share
register and each Unilever ADS Holder holding a Unilever ADS at the Record Time in the ratio of one
Share for every five Unilever Shares or Unilever ADSs then held. Upon these steps having taken place,
the Company became the parent company of the Group.
Shortly after completion of the Demerger, a series of corporate reorganisation steps (including the
allotment and issuance of Shares by the Company) were undertaken which resulted in 121,877,281
Shares being held by, or on behalf of, Unilever Group Companies. The number of Shares held by, or
on behalf of, Unilever Group Companies at Admission is 19.9 % of the total issued share capital of the
Company (the “Unilever Retained Stake”). In accordance with applicable US federal tax laws and
regulations, Unilever has indicated to the Company that it will exercise any votes attaching to the
Unilever Retained Stake in proportion to the votes cast by the Company’s other Shareholders.
22. Related party transactions
A related party is a person or entity that is related to the Group. These include both people and
entities that have, or are subject to, the influence or control of the Group.
Related Party transactions with Unilever:
Up to the Demerger, transactions and balances between the Group and Unilever represent related
party transactions. This included transactions with Unilever’s Ice Cream business in Russia, India as
well as with its investments in associates and joint ventures that include Ice Cream activity (Unilever
FIMA LDA, Al Gurg Unilever (LLC), Thani Murshid Unilever LLC and Unilever Bahrain W.L.L.).
All significant transactions with Unilever are presented throughout the consolidated financial
statements in the relevant Notes, except for the transactions presented below.
   
Transactions with Unilever (pre-Demerger)
     
In millions of €
2025
2024
2023
TSA fees charged by Unilever
(a)
106
-
-
Ice Cream sales to Unilever’s Joint Ventures
56
42
56
Ice Cream purchases from Unilever’s Joint Ventures
28
27
24
Indirect and general corporate expense allocations from
     
Unilever
(a)
96
191
177
Allocated depreciation and amortisation
33
63
59
Royalty and service fees from Unilever
14
27
27
(a) There were number of indirect central costs that have been allocated to periods prior to Demerger to reflect the fact that the Ice Cream Busi-
ness operated as part of the wider Unilever Group. These costs related to general marketing and corporate expenses including finance, legal,
information technology, human resources, communications, and audit. These expenses were allocated to the Ice Cream Business on the basis
of direct usage where identifiable, or by using allocation drivers based on the nature of the expense and are recorded in Cost of Sales and Sel-
ling & administrative expenses. Following the separation on 1 July 2025, these were replaced by a combination of TSA charges or recruitment of
new staff, with certain TSA costs being subject to a 5% margin.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
138
Following the Demerger, the Group assessed that Unilever no longer meets the definition of a related
party. Although Unilever retains a minority shareholding of approximately 19.9% in the Group and certain
transitional arrangements remain in place, Unilever does not have control, joint control or significant
influence over the Group’s financial and operating policies. Accordingly, the transactions presented
below relate to periods prior to the Demerger, when Unilever was a related party of the Group.
The following related party balances existed between the Ice Cream Business and Unilever Group in
prior period:
   
Period end balances with Unilever
 
In millions of €
2024
Loan balances payable to Unilever
9
Trading and other receivables balances due from Unilever’s Joint Ventures
12
Trading and other payables balances due to Unilever’s Joint Ventures
7
Loan balances payable to Unilever as at 31 December 2024 consisted of loans between Ice Cream
legal entities and Unilever. These loans were unsecured, repayable within 2 years and were interest
bearing with rates as set out below.
       
Maturity
31 December 2024
Borrowing entity
Currency
date
Interest rate %
In millions of €
Unilever Ice Cream
EURIBOR 6M + 4.188%,
Bulgaria EOOD
BGN
09/05/25
floored at 0%
9
 
Other Related Party of the group:
In 2025, Magnum RFM Ice-cream Inc, a subsidiary of the Group, paid €9 million of dividend to RFM
Corporation Inc, a non-controlling interest of the Group. RFM Corporation Inc. is a related party as it
has significant influence over the subsidiary.
Compensation for Key Management is disclosed in Note 4A.
23. Legal entities
Interest in subsidiaries
The Group has a programme of action to rename and harmonise all legal entity names to reflect The
Magnum Group. The former name of the legal entity is included in brackets. The list of name changes
has been updated to include all changes effected up to 12 February 2026. TMICC N.V. provided a
guarantee under section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code to the twelve legal entities in The Netherlands.
The Group comprises the following entities 100 % owned by the Group and are consolidated:
   
Country
Legal Entity Name
Australia
Ben & Jerry’s Franchising Australia Limited
(#)
 
Magnum ICC Australia Pty Ltd
Austria
Delico Handels GmbH
(#)
 
Magnum ICC Austria GmbH
Belgium
Magnum ICC Belgium NV
Brazil
Magnum ICC Brasil Supply Ltda (formerly Unilever Brasil Gelados Ltda)
(#)
 
Magnum ICC Brasil Ltda
Bulgaria
Unilever Ice Cream Bulgaria EOOD
(#)
Canada
Magnum ICC CA Limited
China
Wall’s (China) Co., Ltd.
(#)
 
Magnum Investment (Shanghai) Co., Ltd
Czech Republic
Magnum ICC ČR, spol. s r.o.
Denmark
Magnum ICC Denmark A/S
Ecuador
Magnum-ICC Ecuador S.A.S.
Finland
Magnum ICC Finland Oy
France
Cogesal-Miko SAS
(#)
 
Magnum ICC Retail Operations France SAS
(#)
 
(formerly Unilever Retail Operations France SAS (UROF))
 
Magnum ICC France SAS
Germany
Magnum ICC Germany GmbH (formerly BlitZ 24-179 GmbH)
 
Magnum ICC Germany Supply GmbH (formerly Blitz 24-180 GmbH)
Greece
ALGIDA ICC Single Member S.A.
Hungary
Magnum ICC Hungary Kft (formerly Magnum ICC Hungary Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság)
 
Magnum ICC Hungary Supply Kft
 
(formerly Magnum ICC Hungary supply Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság)
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
139
   
Country
Legal Entity Name
India
Magnum ICC India Services Private Limited
Indonesia
PT The Magnum Ice Cream Indonesia
Ireland
Magnum ICC Ireland Limited
Israel
Glidat Strauss Limited
(#)
Italy
Gromart S.R.L
(#)
 
Magnum ICC Italy S.r.l.
 
Magnum ICC Italy Supply S.r.l.
Kazakhstan
Magnum ICC Kazakhstan Limited
Lithuania
UAB Magnum Lietuva gamyba (formerly UAB Unilever Lietuva ledu gamyba)
(#)
Malaysia
Magnum ICC MY SDN. BHD
Mexico
Magnum ICC México, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
Netherlands
Ben en Jerry's Hellendoorn B.V.
(#)
 
The Magnum Ice Cream Company HoldCo Netherlands B.V.
 
The Magnum Ice Cream Company HoldCo 1 Netherlands B.V
 
The Magnum Ice Cream Company HoldCo 2 Netherlands B.V.
 
The Magnum Ice Cream Company HoldCo 3 Netherlands B.V.
 
The Magnum Ice Cream Company HoldCo 4 Netherlands B.V.
 
The Magnum Ice Cream Company NewCo Netherlands B.V.
 
Magnum ICC Europe B.V.
 
Magnum ICC Finance B.V.
 
Magnum IP Holdings B.V.
 
Magnum ICC Global Services B.V.
 
Magnum ICC Netherlands B.V.
New Zealand
Ben & Jerry's Franchising New Zealand Limited
(#)
 
Magnum ICC NZ Limited
Poland
Magnum ICC Poland sp.z o.o. (formerly Nonia sp. Z o.o.)
 
Magnum ICC Poland Supply sp.z o.o. (formerly Nogaro sp. z o.o.)
Romania
Betty Ice SRL
(#)
 
Betty Ice Distributie SRL
(#)
 
Magnum ICC RO S.R.L.
Singapore
Magnum ICC SG Pte Ltd
Slovakia
Magnum ICC Slovakia s. r. o.
South Africa
Magnum ICC SA Propietary Limited (formerly Magnum Ice Cream Company South Africa)
Spain
Magnum ICC Spain S.L.
Sweden
Magnum ICC Sweden Supply AB (formerly Unilever Produktion AB)
(#)
 
Magnum ICC Sweden AB (formerly The Magnum Ice Cream Company Sweden AB)
Switzerland
The Magnum Ice Cream Company Switzerland AG
Thailand
Magnum ICC (Thailand) Co. Ltd
 
(formerly The Magnum Ice Cream (Thailand) Company Limited)
Türkiye
Magnum Dondurma Anonim Şirketi
UAE
Magnum ICC General Trading L.L.C.
   
Country
Legal Entity Name
UK
Magnum ICC UK Limited (formerly The Magnum Ice Cream Company UK Trading Limited)
 
Magnum ICC UK Supply Limited
 
(formerly The Magnum Ice Cream Company Manufacturing UK Limited )
 
Magnum ICC UK R&D Limited
 
(formerly The Magnum Ice Cream Company R&D United Kingdom Limited)
United States of America
Ben & Jerry’s Homemade Inc
(#)
 
Ben & Jerry’s Franchising Inc
(#)
 
Ben & Jerry’s Gift Card LLC
(#)
 
Yasso Holdings Inc
(#)
 
Yasso Inc
(#)
 
Magnum ICC US SpinCo, LLC
 
Magnum ICC US Holdco, LLC
 
Magnum ICC US, LLC
 
Ben & Jerry's Holdco, LLC
And the following entities which are not 100% owned and are consolidated:
   
Country
Legal Entity Name
% Group Shareholding
Pakistan
The Magnum Ice Cream Company Pakistan Limited
99.35%
Philippines
Magnum RFM Ice Cream Inc
50%+1 share
(formerly Unilever RFM Ice Cream, Inc)
(#) (a)
(a) The Group controls Magnum RFM Ice Cream Inc as it has the majority of seats at the Board and voting rights.
Interest in joint ventures and associates
   
Country
Legal Entity Name
% Group Shareholding
Philippines
Selecta Wall’s Land Corporation
(#)
50%
(b)
 
WS Holding, Inc.
(#)
40%
(b) Direct 40% and indirect 10% through WS holding Inc.
The Group has significant influence over the joint ventures and associates, however due to materiality
has accounted for those under non-current investment.
(#) Ice cream dedicated legal entities that existed prior to the Separation.
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Management Report
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
140
24. Auditor fees
The following fees were charged by KPMG Accountants N.V. to the Company, its subsidiaries and
other consolidated companies, as referred to in Section 2:382a (1) and (2) of the Dutch Civil Code.
   
 
KPMG
Other
 
2025
Accountants
KPMG
Total
In millions of €
N.V.
network
KPMG
Audit of the financial statements
6
4
10
Other audit engagements
0
-
0
Assurance engagements related to sustainability reporting
1
-
1
Tax-related advisory services
-
-
-
Other non-audit services
-
-
-
Total
7
4
11
Fees for audit of the financial statements services include the audit of the financial statements of the
Company and its subsidiaries. Fees for assurance engagements related to sustainability reporting and
other audit services relate to sustainability audits and other assurance services in relation to required
certifications. Fees for audit services are included within Operating Costs (Note 3). These fees are
recognised when the service is provided.
25. Events after the balance sheet date
Where events occurring after the balance sheet date provide evidence of conditions that existed
at the end of the reporting period, the impact of these events is adjusted within the consolidated
financial statements. Otherwise, events after the balance sheet date of a material size or nature are
disclosed below.
There are no events after the balance sheet date other than those disclosed in Note 20.
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
141
Company
financial statements
of The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. for the year ended December 2025
Company
income statement
for the period from 15 April to 31 December 2025
In millions of €
Notes
2025
Net turnover
-
Gross turnover results
-
Operating expenses
2
(1)
Result/(loss) before taxation
(1)
Taxation
0
Net result of group companies
(186)
Result/(loss) after taxation
(187)
Company
balance sheet
for the period ended 31 December 2025 before the appropriation of results
In millions of €
Notes
2025
Assets
Non-current assets
Financial fixed assets
4
625
Current assets
-
Total assets
625
In millions of €
Notes
2025
Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
5
2,143
Share premium
5
5,798
Legal reserves:
- Hedging reserves
5
(31)
- Translation reserves
5
7
- Other legal reserves
5
29
Other reserves
(7,149)
Retained earnings
15
Unappropriated results
(187)
Total Shareholders’ equity
625
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
-
Current liabilities
-
Total liabilities and Shareholders’ equity
625
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
142
Company
statement of changes in equity
for the period from 15 April 2025 to 31 December 2025
Legal reserves
(a)
In millions of €
Share
capital
Share
premium
Hedging
reserves
Retranslation
reserves
Other legal
reserves
Other
reserves
(a)
Retained
earnings
Unappropriated
results
Shareholders’
equity
Establishment of the Company on 15 April 2025
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Share issuance and formation of TMICC N.V.
2,143
5,798
(47)
(1)
-
(7,120)
-
-
773
Results/(loss) after taxation
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(187)
(187)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
-
-
16
8
-
-
8
-
32
Total comprehensive loss
2,143
5,798
(31)
7
-
(7,120)
8
(187)
618
Other reserve movement
-
-
-
-
29
(29)
7
-
7
Balance as of 31 December 2025
2,143
5,798
(31)
7
29
(7,149)
15
(187)
625
(a)
At the date of the demerger, the company recognised a nominal share capital of €2,143 million and a share premium of €5,798 million
which in aggregate reflects the fair value of the Ice cream business based on the market price on the first day of trading (8 December 2025).
Upon completion of the Separation, the ‘legal reserves’ together with the ‘other reserves’ was created as the difference between
the Shares Capital €2,143 million and Share Premium of €5,798 million and the Invested Capital upon Demerger. Refer to Note 5.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
143
Notes
to the Company financial statements
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Company financial statements.
1. General information
General
The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. is a company headquartered in Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
The address of its registered office is Reguliersdwarsstraat 63, 1017 BK, Amsterdam. The Chamber
of Commerce number is 97035467.
These Company financial statements and the consolidated financial statements together constitute
the statutory financial statements of The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. (hereafter: ‘the Company’).
The financial information of the Company is included in the consolidated financial statements,
as presented on pages 84 to 140. A description of the activities of the Company, its subsidiaries
and company structure are included in Note 1 General information and Note 21 Demerger of the
consolidated financial statements. For an appropriate interpretation of these Company financial
statements, these statements should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated financial
statements.
Basis of preparation
The Company, incorporated as a limited liability company under the laws of The Netherlands on
15 April 2025, was converted into a public company with limited liability under the laws of The
Netherlands on 1 December 2025. Between the date of incorporation and the date of the Demerger
(which has been described in Note 21 on Demerger of the consolidated financial statements) the
Company has not engaged in any business activities. The Company income statement includes the
Ice Cream business results from 8 December 2025. Therefore, the net loss in the Company financial
statements differs from the net income presented in the consolidated financial statements which are
based on a full calendar year.
Accounting principles applied
These Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Title 9, Book 2 of
the Dutch Civil Code. For setting the principles for the recognition and measurement of assets and
liabilities and determination of results for its separate financial statements, the Company makes use
of the option provided in section 2:362(8) of the Dutch Civil Code. This means that the principles
for the recognition and measurement of assets and liabilities and determination of the result in the
Company financial statements are the same as those applied for the consolidated financial statements
based on EU-IFRS.
These principles also include the classification and presentation of financial instruments, being equity
instruments or financial liabilities. In case no other principles are mentioned, refer to the accounting
principles as described in the consolidated financial statements.
Information on the use of financial instruments and on related risks for the group is provided in the
Notes to the consolidated financial statements of the group.
All amounts in the company financial statements are presented in € million, unless stated otherwise.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
144
Participating interests in group companies
Group companies are all entities in which the Company has directly or indirectly control. The Company
controls an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the
group company and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the group company.
Group companies are recognised from the date on which control is obtained by the Company
and derecognised from the date that control by the Company over the group company ceases.
Participating interests in group companies are accounted for according to the equity method with
the principles for the recognition and measurement of assets and liabilities and determination of
results as set out in the Notes to the consolidated financial statements. Intragroup expected credit
losses are eliminated against the equity value of the participating interests, which could lead to
negative equity values.
Share of result of participating interests
The share in the result of participating interests consists of the share of the Company in the result
of these participating interests. Results on transactions involving the transfer of assets and liabilities
between the Company and its participating interests and mutually between participating interests
themselves, are eliminated to the extent that they can be considered as not realised.
Corporate income tax
In February 2026, the company submitted an application to form a fiscal unity for corporate tax
purposes with certain of its subsidiaries. The tax effects of the fiscal unity will be recognised once the
approval from the Dutch tax authorities has been received. No effects of the planned fiscal unity have
been recognised in these financial statements.
From the date of the completion of the demerger, the Company is the ultimate parent company of a
group that is subject to the global minimum top-up tax (‘Pillar II’) legislation - see also Note 6 Taxation
of the consolidated financial statements. In 2025, the Company therefore recognises and pays the
top-up tax for the Group’s activities. No Pillar II top-up tax has been accrued because the amount is not
material.
Treasury risk management
Information on the use of financial instruments and on related risks for the group is provided in Note 15
Treasury Risk Management of the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
The Company is exposed to currency risks related to net investments in Group companies
denominated in currencies other than the group reporting currency. The Company does not hedge
this exposure. Net investments are translated from their functional currency into the Group reporting
currency, where the difference is directly recognised in equity under legal translation reserves.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
145
2. Operating expenses
Operating expenses relate to listing fees from 8 December 2025 and services costs of the members
of the Board of Directors for the period.
3. Remuneration
Nine persons have a service contract with the Company as of 31 December 2025.
Details regarding the remuneration of the Executive Directors (CEO and CFO) and Non-Executive
Directors can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration section of the Management Report from
page 60 and Note 4A of the consolidated financial statements which includes the details on the key
management compensation.
4. Financial fixed assets
Financial fixed assets represent participating interests in group companies.
Company structure as of 6 December 2025
As of 6 December 2025, the Company directly owns 100% of the shares of The Magnum Ice Cream
Company Holdco Netherlands B.V. (TMICC Holdco) and 19.85% of the shares of The Magnum Ice
Cream Company Newco Netherlands B.V. (TMICC Newco), with the remaining 80.15% being held by
TMICC Holdco. Through this structure, the Company directly and indirectly owns all Ice Cream group
companies.
The Company structure was established in the Demerger steps described in Note 21 on Demerger of
the consolidated financial statements which is included in the line ‘Additions’ in the table below.
Financial fixed assets
In millions of €
Participating interests
in Group companies
Balance as of 15 April 2025
-
Changes:
- Additions
773
- Net results from group companies
(186)
- Translation differences
8
- Other
30
Balance as of 31 December 2025
625
The Company’s share in the negative equity value of participating interest in aggregate amounts
to € 9,087 million as of 31 December 2025. This amount reflects the difference between the
Separation transfers (described in Note 21 on Demerger of the consolidated financial statements,
paragraph ‘Separation ’) and the net assets acquired by group companies. The Separation transfers
were calculated on the basis of a third-party valuation and were higher than book values of the net
assets acquired which were based on the predecessor book values. Group companies are financed
through intercompany financing. The group company that provides that intercompany financing has
a constructive obligation to provide liquidity support to entities with a negative equity position.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
146
5. Shareholders’ equity
For details on Shareholders’ equity refer to the consolidated financial statements Note 14A on Share
capital and Note 14B Equity, which is deemed incorporated and repeated herein by reference.
Legal reserves
Legal reserves constitute revaluation reserves and other legal reserves and are recognised based
on the Dutch Civil Code.
At the date of formation, the Company recognised legal reserves for the same amounts as reported in
the accounts of Unilever PLC.
As of 31 December 2025, revaluation reserves relate to unrealised losses on cash flow hedges of €31
million and unrealised translation gains on the translation of interests in group companies denominated
in other currencies than group reporting currency of €7 million.
Other legal reserves relate to ‘affiliated companies’ is €29 million and relates to the ‘wettelijke reserve
deelnemingen’, which is required by Dutch law. This reserve relates to any legal or economic restriction
on the ability of affiliated companies to transfer funds to the parent company in the form of dividends.
6. Off-balance sheet assets and liabilities
General Guarantees
General guarantees as referred to in Section 403, Book 2, of the Dutch Civil Code, have been given
by the Company on behalf of several group companies in the Netherlands (see Note 23 Legal entities,
which includes an overview of the Dutch legal entities). The liabilities of these companies to third
parties was €4,437 million as of 31 December 2025.
The Company together with The Magnum Ice Cream Company HoldCo Netherlands B.V. also provide
guarantee for the debut issuance
(See Note 14C of the consolidated financial statements).
Recharge of Pillar II Income Taxes
In the context of the Pillar II legislation, each of the group companies is legally responsible for the
minimum top-up taxes payable in each jurisdiction in which the group operates. The Company is liable
for the minimum top-up taxes under the ‘Income Inclusion Rule’ and charges this back to the respective
subsidiaries to the extent top up taxes arise.
7. Audit fees
For an overview of audit fees charged to the Company, its subsidiaries and other consolidated
companies, as referred to in Section 2:382a (1) and (2) of the Dutch Civil Code, refer to the Group
financial statements Note 24 on auditor remuneration for Audit fees, which is deemed incorporated
and repeated herein by reference.
8. Related party transactions
A related party is a person or entity that is related to the Company. These include both people and
entities that have, or are subject to, the influence or control of the Company.
Transactions and balances between the Company and Unilever are treated as third-party
transactions. Prior to the demerger, these were considered related party transactions from the
Company’s standpoint. Post-demerger, the Company has evaluated the governance structure and
concluded that the presence of a Non-Executive Director representing Unilever’s shareholding on the
Board and the existence of Transitional Service Agreements (TSAs), in isolation, do not establish a
related party relationship.
9. Subsequent events
There are no events after the balance sheet date that requires disclosure in this company accounts.
For more information refer to Note 25 Subsequent events of the consolidated financial statements.
The Board of Directors
(a)
Amsterdam, 18 March 2026
(b)
(a) Josh Frank was not a Director as at 31 December 2025. He was appointed to the Board on 16 March 2026 and will assume responsibility for the 2026 Annual Report.
(b) The Company financial statements will be subject to adoption in the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 7 May 2026.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Sustainability
Statements
General disclosures
Environmental disclosures
Social disclosures
Governance disclosures
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
148
(a)
For the year ending 31 December 2025, 0 TMICC European subsidiaries are required to prepare separate ESRS Statements.
General
disclosures
Basis for Preparation
The Sustainability Statements for The Magnum Ice Cream Company (TMICC) and its subsidiary
undertakings were prepared in accordance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards
(the ESRS) as issued by Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772 on 31 July 2023
(a)
.
On 11 July 2025, the European Commission adopted the Quick Fix Delegated Act following the
Omnibus initiative. This Act permits Wave 1 reporters to extend the phase-in allowances for 2025.
TMICC has applied this extension as disclosed in the
Appendix
of these Sustainability Statements.
Scope
We define TMICC and its subsidiary undertakings as our own operations for the purpose of these
disclosures which is consistent with the scope of our Financial Statements. The reporting period for
this statement is consistent with the reporting period of the Financial Statements which is 12 months
from 1 January to 31 December 2025.
We have not excluded any information corresponding to intellectual property, know-how or results of
innovation on the basis of commercial sensitivity.
Separation from Unilever PLC
TMICC separated from Unilever on 6 December 2025. Consequently, TMICC operated under Unilever
for eleven months of the year 2025. All information disclosed in the Sustainability Statements reflects
the TMICC business as if it has been a standalone business throughout 2025 and should be read as
being applicable to TMICC standalone. It therefore does not include any information of Unilever unless
it is part of the value chain.
More information on the separation is disclosed in the
Financial Statements in Note 21 ‘Demerger’
.
Refer to the section below regarding the Actions, Targets, Metrics and Policies disclosed in these
Sustainability Statements and how they should be read in light of the separation from Unilever PLC.
Targets and actions
As TMICC was part of Unilever for the first eleven months of 2025, its actions during that period
contributed to Unilever’s 2025 targets and effectiveness of these actions and achieving the policy
objectives have been tracked by Unilever as they contributed to their targets.
As TMICC was part of Unilever for the first eleven months of the year, it did not set its own targets
for 2025. As a result, the effectiveness of actions taken to meet policy objectives has not yet been
measured within TMICC for this year. These targets will be developed in 2026, based on the input of
the double materiality assessment (DMA) performed in 2025. All future actions will be aligned with the
targets established in 2026. Based on this the need for entity-specific metrics will be assessed.
Nevertheless, TMICC has the ambition to achieve Net Zero emissions by 2050 on scope 1, 2 and 3.
All key actions disclosed in these Sustainability Statements are contributing to the material impacts,
risks and opportunities (IROs) of TMICC and should be interpreted as actions undertaken by TMICC
as a standalone company. All actions disclosed occurred during 2025, unless stated differently and
are disclosed in the individual sections.
No significant resources or capital expenditures have been identified that are allocated to the actions
disclosed.
Metrics
TMICC remained part of Unilever until 6 December 2025. Consequently, most data required for
calculating TMICC metrics resides within Unilever until December 2025. To determine the 2025
TMICC metrics, an allocation methodology was applied for most metrics to appropriately reflect
the metric outcomes attributable to TMICC.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
149
For a full dataset of the 2025 metrics, the following allocation methodology has been applied for the
environmental and health & safety metrics, unless otherwise stated in the respective metrics sections:
Unilever had five Business Groups in 2025, of which TMICC was one Business Group. Allocation to
TMICC is primarily based on clear business group assignments, such as site designation, product
category or contract. Data has been sourced from internal systems and methodologies tailored to
each metric. When direct attribution is not possible, estimation methods, such as apportionment
by production volumes, revenue, spend, suppliers or organisational structure, are used to allocate
relevant activities, resources or impacts to TMICC.
The following methodology has been applied to the remaining social and governance metrics:
No allocation has been applied to these datapoints since all data sits within TMICC’s own systems
and a clear cut is available between TMICC and Unilever data and therefore no estimates are used
to calculate these metrics.
The metrics disclosed in the Sustainability Statements are not validated by an external body.
Sources of estimations and outcome uncertainty
Metrics are prepared in accordance with the definitions as set out in the ESRS.
Where we have not been able to directly measure metrics, we have estimated them using internal and
external data from a variety of sources. This includes, but is not limited to, indirect sources such as
supplier invoices, publicly available benchmarks or scientific research. For any metric that is subject
to a high level of measurement uncertainty, we have disclosed the source of uncertainty, and the key
assumptions, approximations and judgements made to arrive at that estimate.
The usage of the allocation methodology to report the metrics adds to the level of uncertainty in the
data, as described above.
Measurement of the 2025 metrics has not been validated by an external body.
Comparative information
This is our first year of reporting, so under the ESRS requirements, we are not required to include
comparative information. Accordingly, no comparators have been provided. Furthermore, as this is
our initial reporting year, there are no restatements.
Baseline values and base years
Since TMICC became a separate organisation on 6 December 2025, we do not have any targets or
baseline values to report against. These will be developed in 2026.
Policies
Until the Demerger on 6 December 2025, TMICC operated under Unilever’s policies. Following
the Demerger, TMICC started to implement its own policies, which are substantively aligned with
Unilever’s policies.
During the transition period, TMICC continues to rely on certain Unilever policies under the Transitional
Services Agreement (TSA), where no new policy has been implemented yet. The full transition will be
completed by 2027 in parallel to exiting the TSA, at which point TMICC will operate solely under its
own policies. Stakeholder inputs will be considered during the implementation of these new policies.
The following overview summarises which policies are applicable to TMICC as a standalone company
under the TSA period and how they address our material IROs. These policies apply across the
entire time horizon. This is not an exhaustive list of policies, it focuses only on policies relevant to the
Sustainability Statements.
Code of Business Integrity and related Code Policies (Our Code)
Our Code outlines the ethical expectations for all TMICC colleagues, including integrity, compliance
and respect for human rights.
This policy has been newly developed for TMICC.
The policy is made available to all our stakeholders via TMICC’s website.
Responsible for policy: CEO.
Scope: Own operations.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
150
Key summary of how this policy addresses our material impacts, risks and opportunities
TMICC’s Code of Business Integrity and Code Policies (Our Code) set out the principles that govern
our conduct - both for the individual and collectively. The Code articulates six core values - Respect,
Fairness, Honesty, Care, Innovation, and Collaboration - which guide decision-making and daily
operations across the organisation. It addresses key sustainability topics, including human rights of
our colleagues and consumers (via our product safety and quality policy in the Code), anti-bribery and
corruption, fair competition, environmental stewardship, responsible sourcing, product safety, and
data privacy. The Code is designed to foster a culture of integrity, transparency, and accountability,
supporting TMICC’s long-term value creation and stakeholder trust.
Our Code defines the ethical behaviours that everyone must demonstrate when working for TMICC.
They help us to address key potential external and internal risks to the business such as fraudulent
behaviour or a failure to respect, uphold and advance human rights, as well as playing a key role in
ensuring compliance with laws and regulations and non-violation of bribery and corruption. As a result,
they help us to protect our brands and reputation, and to prevent harm to people or the environment.
Our Code sets out our principles on Health and safety, Discrimination (this includes discrimination
based on race, age, role, gender, gender identity, colour, religion, country of origin, sexual orientation,
marital status, dependants, disability, social class, political views or any other class protected by law)
and Harassment. Our Code emphasises that we have zero tolerance when it comes to forced labour,
including compulsory, trafficked or child labour and reinforces our commitment to creating a safe,
supportive and respectful workplace that protects the occupational health, safety, security and dignity
of our colleagues. Furthermore it covers accident prevention and management guidance. Our Code
also outlines that our product innovations comply with global sustainability standards and that our
packaging materials are compliant wherever they are used in the world.
As part of the Code, the Product Safety & Product Quality Code Policy covers our commitment to
producing safe, high-quality products and services that meet all applicable standards and regulations;
this is supported by detailed standards in the Quality Management System to ensure robust control
of product safety at each stage of our value chain. We design, make and sell products based on sound
science, technology and responsible innovation, applying rigorous safety and quality standards,
aligned with Global Food Safety Initiative (GFSI) standards, Hazard analysis and Critical Control Points
(HACCP) and science-led systems.
Our responsible marketing practices are covered under the Business Integrity principle of Innovation
in our Code. We ensure our products are accurately and transparently labelled, advertised, and
communicated. All marketing activities and research are conducted thoughtfully and respectfully, in
line with societal expectations and applicable laws.
The Code explicitly states alignment with and mirrors the requirements of the UN Guiding Principles,
International Labour Organization (ILO) Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work,
and OECD Guidelines. We continuously monitor our compliance to these international instruments by
assessing if there are any updates to these frameworks that should be reflected in our Code.
As mandated by the Code, our colleagues are also required to report any actual or potential breach of
the Code and Code Policies. TMICC maintains mechanisms for onboarding, monitoring and auditing,
as well as confidential “Speak Up” channels to support transparency and we also highlight these during
Business Integrity trainings and in our communications. This includes our non-retaliation policies and
guidelines, which apply to all colleagues who raise issues.
The Responsible Partner Policy (RPP)
The RPP sets standards for responsible business practices and supplier conduct across
human rights, ethics and sustainability.
For existing business partners, suppliers, distributors and contractors, TMICC adopted the RPP
of Unilever.
For new business partners, suppliers, distributors and contractors of TMICC, the TMICC RPP
applies. This RPP is substantively aligned with Unilever’s RPP.
The RPP of Unilever and the RPP of TMICC are made available to all our stakeholders via their
corresponding external websites.
Responsible for policy: Chief Procurement Officer.
Scope: business partners, suppliers, distributors and contractors.
Key summary of how this policy addresses our material impacts, risks and opportunities
This policy sets out the mandatory requirements suppliers must meet and the mandatory
management systems they should have in place to identify and manage issues that present significant
environmental risks to their operations.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
151
Climate change: Reduce greenhouse gas emissions in line with the goals of the Paris Agreement and
to implement systems for managing and reducing GHG emissions. It also encourages suppliers to set
public targets, share emissions data, and collaborate across the value chain to drive climate action.
It not only enforces compliance but also encourages ongoing improvement that goes beyond basic
legal obligations, ensuring alignment with the OECD Guidelines. It also requires partners to take a
risk based approach to determine which environmental issues present the greatest potential for an
adverse impact to their business.
Water consumption and management: Reduce water usage, especially in high-water stress areas.
This includes complying with water-related laws and permits and advocates our value chain actors to
identify and mitigate issues related to water management.
Nature protection: Conduct business in a way that protects, preserves and regenerates nature
(including biodiversity), and ensures no deforestation or land-use change occurs. This includes
ensuring suppliers provide deforestation- and conversion-free materials. Further, the policy mandates
due diligence frameworks and processes are established and implemented to meet all relevant
national and international sourcing requirements, in compliance with applicable legal and contractual
agreements.
Plastic use: Reduce plastic use to help create a circular economy for plastics. This includes complying
with legal requirements with respect to plastic feedstock sourcing, plastics production, storage,
transport and end-of-life management.
Human rights: Explicitly prohibits human trafficking, forced labour, compulsory labour, and child labour.
It requires free employment relationships, bans retention of identity documents, and sets minimum
age requirements aligned with local law and International Labour Organisation (ILO) standards. All
workers operate in a safe and healthy work environment that identifies and reduces risks to prevent
accidents, injuries. The RPP aligns with internationally recognised instruments, including the UN
Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises,
the International Bill of Human Rights, and core ILO Conventions on labour rights.
Animal welfare: Business partners must ensure humane treatment, proper housing, and sound health
practices for farm animals throughout their operations.
Business integrity: Extending TMICC’s business principles to our suppliers and distributors is essential
if TMICC is to do business with integrity, demonstrate high standards, and fight corruption in all forms.
We require all business partners to comply with applicable laws and maintain robust procedures to
prevent bribery, corruption, and conflicts of interest. Any improper advantage, gifts, or attempts to
influence decisions are strictly prohibited, with mandatory disclosure and reporting through our Speak
Up channels.
Sustainable Agricultural Principles (SAP)
The SAP defines principles for sustainable agriculture, focusing on fair treatment, environmental
care and continuous improvement.
TMICC adopted Unilever’s SAP under the TSA.
The policy is made available to our shareholders via Unilever’s external website.
Responsible for policy: Chief Procurement Officer.
Scope: business partners, suppliers, distributors and contractors.
Key summary of how this policy addresses our material impacts, risks and opportunities
The SAP is a principle-based framework that cascades sustainability requirements through our
supply chain. It drives climate action, biodiversity protection, and water stewardship through supplier
obligations and alignment with credible third-party standards.
The policy addresses climate by requiring suppliers to adopt agricultural practices that minimise
greenhouse gas emissions, improve energy efficiency, and accelerate decarbonisation across
the supply chain. It also promotes climate resilience and adaptation through renewable energy
deployment, climate-smart farming, resource management, and continuous improvement in response
to changing conditions. The transition risks addressed in this policy apply across the entire time
horizon.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
152
The policy sets expected and leading requirements for suppliers and farmers to uphold sustainable
agricultural practices, human rights, and social impact across the supply chain. Furthermore it
promotes continuous improvement beyond compliance. It explicitly requires respect for human rights
and improved livelihoods for agricultural workers and smallholders. It mandates fair wages, safe and
stable employment, and reasonable working. The policy requires workers to operate in a safe and
healthy working environment that identifies and prevents and mitigates risks of accidents, injuries and
illnesses to workers, visitors and local communities. SAP also requires grievance mechanisms aligned
with UN Guiding Principles and prohibits forced labour, child labour, and discrimination. The SAP aligns
with internationally recognised instruments, including the UN Guiding Principles on Business and
Human Rights, ILO Conventions, and OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises.
The policy includes a dedicated section on water stewardship, requiring suppliers to manage water
abstraction, usage, and wastewater responsibly. Additionally, it emphasises conservation of habitats
and ecosystem services in farming landscapes, sets principles such as zero deforestation and zero
conversion of natural ecosystems, and supports traceability and due diligence for biodiversity-
sensitive materials. The policy also encourages the use of digital tools to validate sustainability data,
manage reporting, and aid climate risk management.
Principle 5 of the Sustainable Agricultural Principles is our animal welfare policy and requires suppliers
to safeguard animal welfare by upholding the Five Freedoms, which ensure animals are free from
hunger and thirst through access to fresh water and a nutritious diet; free from discomfort by providing
appropriate shelter and resting areas; free from pain, injury, or disease through prevention and prompt
treatment; free to express normal behaviour by allowing sufficient space, proper facilities, and social
interaction; and free from fear and distress by maintaining conditions that avoid mental suffering. In
addition, suppliers must work to end the use of close confinement for livestock, ensure animal diets are
free from growth hormones, and implement antibiotic stewardship schemes where use is restricted to
curative purposes prescribed by a veterinary surgeon.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
153
The Environmental Policy
The Environmental Policy guides TMICC’s approach to environmental protection, legal compliance
and responsible sourcing.
This policy has been newly developed for TMICC.
The policy is made available to our stakeholders via TMICC’s external website.
Responsible for policy: CEO.
Scope: Own operations and we encourage our partners to apply the same requirements.
Key summary of how this policy addresses our material impacts, risks and opportunities
This policy supports TMICC’s ambition to achieve Net Zero emissions throughout the value chain and
operations, responsibly source key commodities such as cocoa, vanilla, and dairy, foster regenerative
ecosystems, support the water stewardship programme to reduce water consumption, and reduce
plastic pollution, while ensuring compliance with relevant environmental legislation, by setting
oversight that these ambitions will be achieved. Our Environmental Policy integrates environmental
risks into group-wide risk management, mandates compliance with relevant legislations, and
encourages ongoing improvements in environmental performance.
Company Purchasing Policy (CPP)
The CPP commits to responsible sourcing by requiring procurement decisions to integrate
environmental, social and governance (ESG) objectives.
This policy has been newly developed for TMICC.
The policy is made available to our stakeholders via TMICC’s external website.
Responsible for policy: Chief Procurement Officer.
Scope: Own operations, particularly our procurement department.
Key summary of how this policy addresses our material impacts, risks and opportunities
The policy outlines clear guiding principles on responsible sourcing, integrating environmental,
social, and governance criteria into procurement decisions and requiring suppliers to meet TMICC’s
sustainability standards and the Responsible Partner Policy. The policy applies to all external spend
except travel and expenses, which are covered separately.
A core feature of the policy is the integration of sustainability and ethical objectives into procurement
decisions and supplier partnerships. TMICC actively considers how suppliers contribute to reducing
greenhouse gas emissions, supporting the development of a circular economy, and advancing human
rights throughout the supply chain. Additionally, the policy emphasises the importance of sourcing
transparency and traceability, ensuring that the origins of materials and services are clear and that
suppliers can demonstrate responsible practices.
Compliance and continuous improvement are central to the policy. All purchasing activities are subject
to review, audit, and monitoring to ensure adherence to policy standards, ethical practices, and
regulatory requirements. Local exceptions are permitted only when required by legislation or specific
operational circumstances and must be more stringent than the global policy. The policy is supported
by detailed procedures, appendices, and related policies, and is reviewed regularly to reflect changes
in business strategy, regulations, and emerging risks in the global supply chain.
Upstream and downstream value chain
The scope of the Sustainability Statements is extended to include our upstream and downstream
value chain, to the extent that they are connected to TMICC’s material IROs.
Generally referred to as our business partners, TMICC defines its upstream and downstream value
chain as:
Upstream value chain
- We procure a large number of raw materials for the manufacture and sale
of our products, including many different crops and packaging materials. Suppliers are defined
as those who send invoices for goods and services. Under the TSA, Unilever will act as an agent,
supporting TMICC in managing its suppliers, with most of the suppliers invoicing directly to Unilever.
We also consider suppliers that perform work subcontracted by our suppliers in our upstream
value chain. In addition, we partner with third parties when we outsource the manufacturing and
packaging of certain products, referred to as ‘collaborative manufacturing’.
Downstream value chain
- To ensure our products are accessible to our consumers, we partner
with distributors, and large and small retailers across different trading environments and channels.
Under the TSA, Unilever will act as an agent, supporting TMICC in managing its customers, with
Unilever directly invoicing most of the customers. We also consider companies that distribute or sell
on behalf of TMICC as part of our downstream value chain, including agents and distributors.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Commodities
Suppliers
Freight &
warehousing
Consumers
We source our commodities like
cocoa, vanilla, dairy, sugar and
other agricultural products from
more than 35 countries.
We work with many suppliers.
They are important to sustaining our
business, and play an important role in
supporting our sustainability journey.
We have 30 sites around the world that create our ice creams.
Our offices are essential in supporting key functions such as
procurement, manufacturing, sales, and marketing for our ice
creams.
We work with third-party logistics partners
to reliably distribute our ice creams
worldwide, using specialised cold chain
solutions to maintain quality.
Our mission is to make lives taste better
with ice cream, delighting our consumers
all over the world with every scoop,
delivering high-quality products, creating
lasting value and offering indulgence
across a spectrum of occasions through
carefully curated flavours, formats and
price points*.
Upstream
Customers
Our customers are key in selling our
ice creams to our consumers and
vary from large retailers to small
family-run shops.
Downstream
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
Own
operations
* Our customers always remain free to set their own selling prices.
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
154
Value chain
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Sustainability
Working Group
Non-Financial Reporting
Working Group
Board
Audit and
Risk Committee
Nomination and
Governance Committee
Remuneration
Committee
Executive Leadership Team (ELT)
Disclosure
Committee
Periodically
Monthly
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
155
The Board delegates sustainability matters to the following Board Committees:
The
Audit and Risk Committee
is responsible for reviewing the effectiveness of our risk
management processes in relation to ESG, including the DMA as part of our ESRS reporting
obligations. In addition, the Committee oversees non-financial reporting in our Annual Report,
including ESG disclosures, which encompasses ESRS reporting. Additionally, the Committee
reviews any internal and external assurance activities obtained over the disclosures. The
Committee will oversee future target setting and monitors progress.
Governance
Oversight of sustainability matters
The accountability for managing TMICC’s material sustainability IROs aligns to TMICC’s overarching
governance structure. While the Board takes overall accountability for the management of all material
IROs, the CEO supported by his Executive Leadership Team, is ultimately responsible for oversight of
any material sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities.
The composition of the Board and its expertise is disclosed as part of the Management Report in
the Corporate Governance Section under the headers
Corporate Governance Structure, Board
composition standards, Board of Directors, Skills and experience matrix
and
Board sustainability
process and skills.
Through its policy on effective stakeholder dialogue the Board has committed to being open
to feedback on key topics that matter to the company’s stakeholders, including its employees.
Engagement with employees may take place directly or through employee participation bodies in
various ways such as town hall meetings and engagement surveys.
Role of supervisory bodies
The reporting lines between the Board, Board Committees and the Executive Leadership Team
are detailed in the chart. The terms of reference of the Board and each Committee is available
on our website.
The Board
The Board is responsible for approving the sustainability strategy, key performance indicators (KPIs),
targets and policies and considers the sustainability impacts when deciding on major transactions
when they occur. They oversee integration of sustainability into long-term corporate strategy and
ensure alignment with investor and stakeholder requirements; the Board will also review progress
against key targets.
Governance model
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
156
The
Remuneration Committee
is responsible for reviewing the alignment between the
sustainability strategy and TMICC’s short and long-term incentive plans, as appropriate.
The
Nomination and Governance Committee
is responsible for ensuring that the composition of
the Board includes sufficient skills and experience in sustainability matters to effectively deliver on
the sustainability agenda.
As TMICC was established as a standalone company at 6 December, the Board officially met once
in December 2025. Going forward the Board will be informed periodically on matters such as the
sustainability strategy, target setting, due diligence and interest and views of stakeholders related
to our IROs.
Role of management bodies
The
Executive Leadership Team (ELT)
under the stewardship of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief
Corporate Affairs & Sustainability Officer is responsible for sustainability and makes recommendations
to the Board and its Committees to approve the sustainability KPIs, targets and policies. The ELT
oversees strategic priorities, KPIs, targets and sustainability integration across business units and
brands, and resolves matters escalated by the Sustainability Working Group and Non-Financial
Reporting Working Group.
The
Disclosure Committee
oversees the release of market-sensitive information, complying with
regulatory requirements linked to its listings on Euronext Amsterdam, London Stock Exchange and
New York Stock Exchange. This includes adherence to the EU and UK Market Abuse Regulations,
the UK Listing Rules, disclosure guidance and transparency rules. The Chief Corporate Affairs &
Sustainability Officer is part of this Committee and oversees the sustainability disclosures.
The
Sustainability Working Group
is chaired by the Chief Corporate Affairs & Sustainability Officer
and aligns and proposes strategic priorities, KPIs and targets. It aligns cross-functional initiatives to
integrate the sustainability initiatives into the business. It has operational oversight of the delivery of the
Sustainability programmes. It monitors performance against annual targets and policy objectives and
reports updates, strategy, and due-diligence outcomes to the ELT, Board Committees and the Board.
The
Non-Financial Reporting Working Group
is chaired by the Chief Corporate Affairs &
Sustainability Officer and sponsored by the Chief Financial Officer. It ensures compliant reporting
with external frameworks, for example CSRD and TCFD; prepares disclosures for the Sustainability
Statements; and collects, verifies and consolidates sustainability data for external reporting. This
Working Group informs ELT, Board Committees and the Board on its compliance to the frameworks
and outcome of the Double Materiality Assessment.
Sustainability performance and incentives
Refer to the Remuneration Report, section
ESG
for the Board’s position regarding the link between
ESG and remuneration.
Sustainability due diligence
TMICC is building responsible practices, building on Unilever’s legacy. We actively identify and manage
environmental and human rights impacts across our value chain and our own operations. This includes
regularly assessing how our activities affect people and the planet, integrating those insights into our
decisions, tracking progress, and communicating transparently about how we address these impacts.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
157
The table below provides a mapping of the core elements of our due diligence approach.
Core elements of TMICC due diligence approach
Core elements
Paragraphs in the Sustainability Statements
Embedding due diligence in our governance,
strategy and business model
In General Disclosures section
Governance , Double
Materiality Assessment
and
Strategy and Business Model .
Climate disclosures section
Interaction of material
impacts and risks with strategy and business model and
its resilience
, Biodiversity and Ecosystem disclosures
section
Resilience of our strategy and business model
to biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation
, Own
Workforce section
Impacts, risks and opportunities
and
Workers in the value chain section
Impacts, risks and
opportunities
and section
Due diligence, auditing and
incident management
.
Engaging with affected stakeholders
General disclosures sections
Policies , Interests and views
of stakeholders
and
Double Materiality Assessment .
Own workforce section
Engaging with own workforce
and workforce representatives
. Workers in value chain
section
Engaging with value chain workers
and Consumer
and End-users section
Engaging with consumers and
end-users
Identifying and assessing adverse impacts
In General disclosures section
Double Materiality
Assessment
.
And Impact, risks and opportunity sections of each chapter.
Taking actions to address those
adverse impacts
Actions sections from each chapter.
Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts
and communicating the results
In General Disclosure section
Targets and actions
and
Action sections in each chapter.
Sustainability reporting controls
In terms of controls, the Audit and Risk Committee provides oversight of ESRS reporting and
reviews the processes and controls supporting its preparation. It is supported by the Disclosure
Committee, which ensures the accuracy, materiality, and timeliness of the Sustainability Statements.
The Disclosure Committee also evaluates the adequacy of TMICC’s disclosure processes and
controls in relation to ESRS information.
For each ESRS topic reported, a designated member of the ELT is assigned as the accountable
owner. This ELT member appoints a senior person (topic owner) to oversee both the narrative and
quantitative components of the disclosures. The narratives and metrics are prepared by multiple
contributors across the business and subsequently reviewed by the topic owner to ensure accuracy
and completeness. For each metric, a Basis of Preparation (BoP) is prepared, which provides the
definitions, scope, collection and calculation process. In case of assumptions used to calculate the
metrics this is also stipulated in the BoP.
Each topic owner formally signs off on their respective narratives and metrics within the Sustainability
Statements prior to submission to the Audit and Risk Committee for approval.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
158
Strategy and business model
Our company produces and distributes ice cream products globally. We operate with 30 production
sites and have 16,571 employees across the ice cream value chain. Our revenue per region is disclosed
in our Financial Statements, see disclosure note
Segment information
. Our business model is built
on a diverse portfolio of global and local brands for all occasions. Our focused sustainability strategy
enables growth, strengthens resilience, and delivers meaningful business impact and value.
As we establish ourselves as an independent, publicly listed company we will align our strategy to
external commitments and the main challenge ahead will be to set our targets and have them approved
by recognised industry bodies. These will then be further integrated into our strategic decision-making
mechanisms.
Key 2025 achievements and activities include:
Most new and replacement cabinets, entering the European markets in 2026, are upgraded to
Energy Efficiency Class C.
Continued focus on sustainable sourcing of our key commodities: cocoa, vanilla, dairy, and palm oil.
Continued progress on our value chain community programmes, including our Vanilla for Change
programme in Madagascar, the Child Labour Monitoring and remediation system (CLMRS) and the
advancement of women’s empowerment initiatives in the Ivory Coast.
For more information on our strategy, refer to section
Our Strategy
in the Management Report.
Interest and views of stakeholders
TMICC acknowledges the importance of stakeholder engagement in shaping a responsible and
resilient business model. While we have not yet published external sustainability targets, we actively
engage with key stakeholders to inform them of the development of our sustainability strategy and
future disclosures.
We have identified our colleagues, shareholders, creditors, consumers, customers and suppliers, as
critical stakeholders for the future success of our business. Refer to the section
Engagement with
stakeholders
in the Corporate Governance chapter of the Management Report, on how the Board
interacts with these stakeholders including on sustainability topics. In the section below we highlight
how we engage with our stakeholders from a sustainability perspective.
We maintain open and constructive dialogue with all stakeholders throughout the value chain, while
focusing on the sustainability aspects of our strategy and welcoming feedback on key topics. Our
approach emphasises transparency and builds trust while integrating stakeholder interests into
our strategic decision-making, sustainability priorities and risk management. Stakeholder views are
integrated by means of the DMA, our governance oversight and product development. This approach
also ensures clear communication and accountability. Engagement methods include town halls,
surveys and continuous improvement of processes. Everything is aimed at fostering respectful and
inclusive relationships without disclosing material non-public information.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
159
Shareholders
We will inform our shareholders and seek their views on our sustainability disclosures. We will align
with the regular reporting cadence that applies to TMICC.
Our colleagues
We regularly engage with all our colleagues through multiple channels to inform them of the evolution
of our strategy as a separate company. This can be through informal internal communications as
well as global and regional meetings. Interactive learnings are offered to our colleagues for example
on Responsible Sourcing. Sustainability has also been embedded into the research, development
and innovation (R&D) induction course for all our colleagues new to TMICC and for the non-R&D
community.
As we look to set targets in the future, we have also created a series of cross-functional workstreams
on a series of topics. This process ensures we are internally aligning and engaging with the relevant
functions. For climate we have installed workstreams for our Own Operations, Cabinets and
Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emission Management. For commodities we have workstreams for Cocoa,
Vanilla and Dairy and a separate one for EU Deforestation Regulation (EUDR) readiness. We have a
regional approach for packaging, driven by regulation compliance in North America and Europe and
upcoming regulation across the other regions.
Suppliers
We work closely with our suppliers to build responsible and transparent partnerships. Through a
structured supplier selection process, we seek to engage suppliers that meet our ethical, social, and
environmental expectations. After the selection, we interact with our suppliers to monitor compliance
to ensure accountability and continued improvement across our value chain.
Our engagement and collaboration with our suppliers will increase upon confirmation and validation of
our external commitments.
Customers
We engage constructively with our customers, as we develop our sustainability strategy, taking their
targets into consideration.
Consumers
We engage with consumers about our products, supporting informed decision-making. Our
communications focus on providing transparent information and explaining how our products
contribute to responsible choices, helping consumers understand the basis on which they may
differentiate between products.
We align our strategy to our consumers’ needs by innovating product appealing to our consumer
preferences.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
160
Double Materiality Assessment
Overview
ESRS requires that we report on sustainability matters in which we have or could have a material
impact on people or the environment, both positive and negative in nature, as well as where they
present risks and opportunities to our business success. Those material IROs can arise from our own
operations or through actors in our value chain. Impacts are not limited by proximity or contractual
relationship but may occur at any stage of our upstream or downstream value chain, as a result of our
operations, or as a result of the use or disposal of our products.
Our DMA, which has been conducted by TMICC on a standalone basis, has been designed to help us
identify our material IROs and therefore which sustainability matters we should report on and feed into
our sustainability and business strategy. The material IROs are reviewed on an ongoing basis, and were
signed off by the Audit and Risk Committee in December 2025. The sign off of the DMA occurs at least
once a year.
Double Materiality Assessment process
Step 1: Identification of potentially relevant IROs
The starting point for TMICC to identify which IROs could potentially be relevant for 2025, was the
long list of potential IROs identified by Unilever in 2024. This long list was created based on existing
engagement channels with stakeholders, previous risk assessments and engagements with affected
communities, along with targeted interviews and questionnaires with key internal sustainability experts
and reviewing the ESRS 1 AR 16 list. Note that this assessment of Unilever was applicable to all five of
Unilever’s Business Groups in 2024.
Step 2: TMICC specific review of the IROs
TMICC performed a review to amend this long list, by amending which IROs were not applicable to
TMICC due to its business model and which IROs were missing to reflect TMICC’s business model.
To assess this, interviews with stakeholders such as subject matter experts and the ELT were conducted.
Documents, like TMICC’s prospectus, were reviewed to validate which IROs are material from an impact
or financial perspective to TMICC. Furthermore, we assessed the impact on our operations and the
assets and activities within them, taking into consideration the environment, including biodiversity, water
and pollution. Emphasis was placed on how the TMICC business model has an impact or dependency
across the value chain. For water and biodiversity interviews with subject matter experts were conducted
to identify our material IROs. No additional engagement with key external stakeholders (including affected
communities) was carried out, as Unilever had performed this in 2024, and no follow-up was deemed
necessary. To assess the human rights issues specific to TMICC’s value chain, we conducted a human
rights saliency assessment covering our own workforce, workers in our value chain, affected
communities and consumers, with the help of a third party to inform our IROs within the social standards.
All IROs are assessed on a gross basis.
Step 3: Peer reviews
We used an external company to perform an independent peer review for us on the common IROs
addressed in industry to validate our assessment as performed at step 2.
Step 4: Determining final list of IROs
Based on step 1 to 3 we identified all IROs that were clearly material from a financial materiality
perspective and no further assessment was needed. A few impact materiality IROs needed additional
assessment to determine if their impact was considered material. This was done as follows:
For the IROs with respect to water, waste and human rights, the following scoring was applied to
determining if the IRO assessed was deemed material from an impact materiality. An impact refers
to the positive or negative effect TMICC has or could have on people or the environment through
its operations or value chain. For these IROs we assessed the potential impact materiality, scoring
severity (based on scale, scope, and irremediability) and likelihood on a 1 to 5 scale. In case the IRO
scored a 4 or 5 on likelihood and severity these were considered to be material. The IROs assessed
with respect to human rights were originally scored against a 4-point scale, but this was mapped to
match with the 5-point scale of the double materiality analysis to make sure a consistent methodology
was applied.
Step 5: Approve final list of IROs
The final list of IROs was determined based on steps 1 to 4.
This output was confirmed by TMICC’s ELT. The assessment was reviewed at year-end and approved
by the Audit and Risk Committee to confirm its continued relevance.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
161
Based on the assessment performed above we identified 24 IROs that are material to TMICC.
These IROs feed into our overall Enterprise Risk Model.
Step 6: Disclosure requirement mapping
These 24 material IROs were mapped against the disclosure requirements of ESRS in the topical
standards to conclude on the total list of disclosure requirements for TMICC reporting over 2025.
A summary of our material IROs is included below; further detailed descriptions are included at the
start of each topical section.
The time horizons as disclosed in the table are as follows:
Short term: 1 year
Medium term: 2-5 years
Long term: more than 5 years
These IROs do not lead to any current financial effects.
Resilience of supply
Aligned retailers
Responsible innovation
Engaged employees
Positive societal impact
Regulatory compliance
and more
....
Environmental
2050 Net Zero ambition
, focus on
cabinets
and
ingredients
• Market-specific
packaging strategies
to manage EPR1 and taxes
Responsible
and EUDR2 compliant
sourcing
of key commodities
Responsible
product
innovation and marketing
• Product
quality & safety
Social
Governance
• Protecting
people
in our
cocoa, dairy and vanilla supply chain
• Employee
health
,
safety
and
wellbeing strategy
Focused
sustainability strategy...
...
translates into business
value
(1)
Extended Producer Responsibility
(2)
European Union Deforestation Regulation
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Upstream
Own operation
Downstream
Negative impact
Positive impact
Risk
Opportunity
Short
Medium
Long
Double Materiality Assessment
Environment
Topic
IRO Title
Value
chain
IRO
Time
horizon
Climate change
GHG Emissions in our own operations
and value chain
Carbon taxes
Land use pressures and regulatory reform
Sourcing transparency and labelling
compliance
Changing climate and extreme weather
events
Water
Water shortage in high-water stress areas
Biodiversity and
ecosystems
Ecosystem degradation and ecosystem
failures
Legal or non-compliance costs resulting
from biodiversity degradation and loss
Reduction in crop yields
Resource use and
circular economy
Plastics packaging pollution
Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR)
& Other plastic related taxes
Social
Topic
IRO Title
Value
chain
IRO
Time
horizon
O
wn workforce &
Workers in value
chain
Health, Safety & Wellbeing
Forced labour
Workers in the
value chain
Child labour
Working hours
Income & wages
Livelihoods programme
Customers and
end users
Responsible marketing
Health related regulatory restriction
Health-conscious consumer trends
Safe products
Governance
Topic
IRO Title
Value
chain
IRO
Time
horizon
Business conduct
Animal health & welfare
Ethical conduct
Anti-bribery & corruption
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
162
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
163
Interaction with strategy and business model
The outcome of our DMA is the input into our sustainability strategy and target setting of 2026, which is
aimed at having a resilient business model.
Sustainability is embedded within this strategy to enable growth, strengthen resilience, and deliver
long-term stakeholder value. TMICC has the ambition of achieving Net Zero emissions by 2050, with a
particular focus on reducing the climate impact of cabinets and ingredients. Packaging strategies are
tailored to meet market-specific requirements for extended producer responsibility and related taxes,
while sourcing practices comply with the EU Deforestation Regulation (EUDR) to ensure responsible
procurement of key commodities. Social commitments include safeguarding human rights and
livelihoods across cocoa, dairy, and vanilla supply chains, alongside implementing a comprehensive
health, safety, and wellbeing strategy for our colleagues. Governance priorities emphasise responsible
product innovation and marketing, supported by rigorous standards for product quality and safety.
These actions collectively enhance supply chain resilience, foster alignment with retail partners,
embed responsible innovation in product development, engage our colleagues, generate positive
societal impact, and ensure compliance with evolving regulatory frameworks. This integrated
approach reflects TMICC’s commitment to addressing material sustainability-related impacts, risks,
and opportunities while creating shared value for consumers, partners and society.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Upstream
Own operation
Downstream
Negative impact
Positive impact
Risk
Opportunity
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
164
Environmental
disclosures
Climate
Impacts, risks and opportunities
Our actual and potential material IROs resulting from the DMA and the process by which these were
identified are disclosed in
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment
section.
See below the details of the IROs applicable to this section.
ESRS topical standard
Sub-topic
IRO title
IRO
Value chain
Description
Climate
Climate change
mitigation
GHG emissions
GHG emissions from our operations (including electricity, heat, and refrigerants), as well as from our
value chain (such as dairy farming, cocoa sourcing, and cabinet operation in distribution networks), have
the potential to contribute to climate change.
Climate change
adaptation
Changing climate & extreme
weather events (Physical risks)
Extreme weather and sustained increase in temperatures could lead to water shortages, electricity
outages, floods, droughts and could reduce crop and dairy yields. Extreme weather events may disrupt
our manufacturing capability and our commodity supply chain causing delays, shortages and/or
increased prices of raw materials and may disrupt our cold chain distribution.
Climate change
mitigation
Carbon taxes (Transition risk)
The introduction or increase of carbon taxes may raise the cost of energy and emissions-intensive inputs
across our operations and supply chain, resulting in higher production costs and reduced profitability.
Additionally, indirect effects may arise from inflationary pressure on consumer goods, potentially
dampening consumer demand in price-sensitive markets.
Climate change
mitigation
Land use pressures &
regulation (Transition risk)
Evolving land use regulations and competing demands (for example for biofuels or conservation) may
limit agricultural land availability, leading to reduced yields for key ingredients such as dairy and crops.
Regulatory shifts toward regenerative agriculture may also increase input costs or require supply chain
adaptation.
Climate change
mitigation
Sourcing transparency and
product labelling / claims
regulations (Transition risk)
New regulations may restrict how we source agricultural commodities leading to higher costs. Increased
global regulation may also mean more scrutiny of sustainability claims, potentially harming revenue due
to reputational damage.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
165
Policies
The table below demonstrates which of our policies address the IROs that are relevant to climate.
The details of our policies are disclosed in the General Disclosures.
2025
GHG
emissions
Changing
climate &
extreme
weather
events
Carbon
taxes
Land use
pressures &
regulation
Sourcing
transparency
and product
labelling
/ claims
regulations
Environmental
policy
RPP
SAP
CPP
Strategy
Climate Transition Action Plan
TMICC is a newly established company and does not yet have a Climate Transition Action Plan.
We are currently engaging stakeholders to shape our strategy and are attesting the suitability of
having a transition plan in the future.
Interaction of material impacts and risks with strategy and business model
and its resilience
As a company dependent on agricultural commodities, such as cocoa and dairy products, we
recognise that climate change is likely to impact our business over the short, medium, and long term,
with potential effects on consumers, customers, suppliers, workers in the value chain, and other key
stakeholders.
In 2025, TMICC performed a Climate Scenario Analysis (CSA) in parallel with the DMA, which
complemented each other. Based on these assessments we identified climate-related physical and
transition risks. As TMICC is developing its sustainability strategy, as disclosed in section
Strategy
and business model
in the General Disclosures, the results of the climate risk analysis will help shape
that strategy by highlighting the most pertinent risks and guiding us towards the appropriate actions
to address them.
The risks identified in our DMA are broken down into sub-risks and are assessed based on a high-
level analysis for potential financial impact. We use the phase-in provision in ESRS to not report upon
these impacts quantitatively but will address them qualitatively in this section. Please refer to the table
below which provides an insight into how these assessed risks link to the IROs identified during the
DMA process.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
166
ESRS topical standard
Sub-topic
IRO title
Physical /Transition risk
Assessed risk in Climate Scenario Analysis
Climate
Climate change
adaptation
Changing climate & extreme
weather events
Physical risk
• Increased drought and water scarcity impacting crop growth
• Extreme temperatures including coldwaves/heatwaves impacting agricultural productivity and
harvesting
• Temperature Heat Index (THI) impacts on livestock and milk production
• Increased frequency of extreme weather events causing infrastructure damage and disruptions
Climate change
mitigation
Carbon taxes
Transition risk
• Increase in indirect carbon pricing on suppliers and passthrough costs
• Increase in direct carbon pricing on high emission products, operations and manufacturing
Climate change
mitigation
Land use pressures & regulation
Transition risk
• Land use pressures and regulations leading to reduced agricultural land availability, increasing
prices of crops and dairy
Climate change
mitigation
Sourcing transparency
and product labelling / claims
regulations
Transition risk
• Regulations (for example EUDR) restricting the sourcing of agricultural commodities, leading to
increased costs
We undertook climate scenario analysis of our material climate risks and drivers to understand our
exposure and the financial implications for our business.
As an input to the physical risks, we identified which climate-related hazards impose a risk to our
business in the short, medium and long term.
For the transition risks, we identified which of the transition events impose a risk to our business in
the short, medium and long term.
Our assessment considered climate-related risks across our own operations, upstream and
downstream value chain and used credible and available pathways and data sources to quantify such
risks where feasible. Based on the locations of our sites, countries of our warehouses and location of
our commodities, the geospatial coordinates were determined. Interviews with subject matter experts
were also held to assess the right context of the risk assessed and internal data (for example revenues
were used as input for the analysis). Where data was unavailable, we used reasonable proxies. In 2024,
Unilever performed an assessment if it’s assets, including TMICC assets, included any significant
locked-in GHG emissions and concluded this was not the case. TMICC has not performed this
assessment yet.
In line with leading practice, we have conducted scenario analyses to assess and understand the
resilience of our strategy and business model under a range of possible climate futures. Climate
scenarios were selected based on their relevance, usefulness and data availability, and included a
1.5°C-aligned pathway (SSP1-2.6), and >4°C-aligned pathway (SSP5-8.5).
For our transition risks, our models reference external scenario datasets with the most stringent
emissions pathways aligned with a 1.5°C scenario, such as NGFS’ ‘Net Zero’ and IEA’s ‘Net Zero’ by
2050 scenarios. For our modelled physical risks, there is less data availability for SSP1-1.9 so we have
used SSP1-2.6. We will revisit this decision in the future once there is sufficient data availability for SSP1-
1.9 to allow for detailed financial risk modelling.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
167
The table below outlines a brief description of each scenario.
Scenario
Description
Climate
1.5°C
(SSP1-2.6)
This scenario includes global temperatures increasing until approximately 2070
before decreasing to remain below 2°C by 2100, in line with the Paris Agreement
of limiting warming to below 2°C. This is achieved through globally coordinated
climate policies and technological innovation. Net Zero CO
2
e achieved by Europe
by approximately 2070.
>4°C
(SSP5-8.5)
This scenario includes global temperatures continuing to increase and exceed
4°C by 2100. There is no globally coordinated climate policy and irreversible
tipping points are at increasing risk of being crossed. CO
2
e levels continue to rise
throughout the 21st century. This is considered to be a high emissions climate
scenario.
The scenario analysis considered how climate-related risks would impact our business over the
following time horizons:
Short to Near term: 2026 to 2030.
This reflects the period in which most of the risks start to have an impact.
Medium term: 2031 to 2039.
This reflects the period when transition risks, such as carbon pricing, changing consumer behaviour
and supply chain decarbonisation, are likely to intensify.
Long term: 2040 to 2050.
This aligns with long-term systemic shifts in the economic landscape, worsening physical climate
risks, and deep decarbonisation trajectories that may fundamentally transform our business
environment.
The table on the next page summarises qualitatively the anticipated financial effects assigned to each
modelled climate-related risk in each climate scenario, using the phase-in provision in ESRS to not
report upon this quantitatively.
As we continue to develop TMICC’s strategy and targets this will support in making future outcomes
more precise as our targets and actions based on our strategy are inputs to our model to show the
resilience of our business.
These potential financial impacts disclosed are based on high-level quantitative assessments,
assumptions and estimates and do not include any assumptions on the impact of actions that we
would undertake to mitigate against these climate-related risks. Therefore, this climate scenario
analysis disclosure does not represent any type of financial forecast and thus are not directly
incorporated into any projections of short, medium and long-term cash flows, expected lifetime of its
assets, strategic planning horizons and capital allocation plans but are considered in the preparation
of the Financial Statements and incorporated in the valuation of our Property, Plant and Equipment
(PP&E), Goodwill, Liabilities and Contingent Liabilities. The valuation of our assets and liabilities
as at 31 December 2025, have not been significantly impacted due to these risks. The underlying
assumption in the models is that costs will be partially passed through to the consumer.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
168
IRO title
Physical or
Transition risk
Assumptions and key constraints
Outcome scenario
analysis 1.5°C
Outcome scenario
analysis >4
°
C
Changing climate
& extreme
weather events
Physical risk
Crops: Crops assessed are the material crops applicable to
us. Crop production is projected up to 2070. If rainfed crop
data is not available, irrigated data is used. For each crop a
sensitivity factor between production and climate change is
assigned.
Livestock and milk production: Academic research used to
establish relationship between heat stress data and impacts
to dairy cattle and milk yields., estimated based on national-
level data.
Infrastructure damage and disruptions: Flood risks (100-year
events) are modelled at factory coordinates, including costs
from downtime and asset damage.
With increasing mean global temperatures to 2050, more
frequent and severe climate and weather impacts are
experienced. Drought has an adverse impact on crops,
such as cocoa, as do extreme temperature impacts on
dairy production, though these impacts are reduced
when compared to the >4C scenarios. The risk of these
extreme weather events can lead to increased prices of our
commodities, even though still limited compared to the >4°C
scenario.
A limited number of factory assets are exposed to fluvial and
pluvial flooding.
With rapidly increasing mean global temperatures to 2050,
more frequent and severe climate and weather impacts
are experienced. Drought has an adverse impact on crops,
such as cocoa, as do extreme temperature impacts on dairy
production. The risk of these extreme weather events can
lead to increased prices of our commodities. This financial
impact of these extreme weather events will be higher in this
scenario.
A limited number of factory assets are exposed to fluvial and
pluvial flooding. Flood depths and areal extents are greatest
in this scenario.
Carbon taxes
Transition risk
Emissions are assumed to decrease in line with our ambition
to achieve Net Zero by 2050; coverage assumptions are
based on relevant carbon pricing mechanisms, based on
EU ETS1, ETS2 and data from Carbon Pricing Dashboard
from World Bank; given complex supply chains. For Scope
3 emissions, the model calculates a global average carbon
price by combining prices from different schemes weighted
by the share of global emissions each scheme covers.
Carbon pricing mechanisms implemented by governments
increase in coverage and price per tonne of emissions and
reduce free allowances, leading to increased costs.
Decarbonisation by entities is effectively incentivised to
minimise exposure to emissions-related costs.
Carbon pricing mechanisms implemented by governments
may not substantially increase in coverage or in price per
tonne of emissions, limiting cost exposure from emissions.
Land use
pressures &
regulation
Transition risk
Vanilla was excluded from the assessment due to the
availability of substitutes. Change in available cropland was
forecasted using secondary data, which considers land use
regulations and global demand for crops. Crops and dairy
have been assigned specific elasticity factors based on
USDA data.
Evolving land use regulations and competing demands, for
example for biofuels or conservation, may limit agricultural
land availability, leading to reduced yields and increased
prices for key ingredients, such as dairy.
This pressure is increased in the 1.5°C scenario compared to
the >4°C scenarios.
Sugar experiences the highest percentage change in prices
to 2050 but dairy has the highest financial impact due to the
spend.
Reduced levels of land use regulations and reduced need
to use cropland for competing demands, for example for
biofuels or conservation, has less impact on agricultural
land availability than in the 1.5°C scenarios. This leads to
reduced impacts on crop yields and hence on prices for key
ingredients.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
169
IRO title
Physical or
Transition risk
Assumptions and key constraints
Outcome scenario
analysis 1.5°C
Outcome scenario
analysis >4
°
C
Sourcing
transparency and
product labelling/
claims regulations
Transition risk
TMICC cocoa sourcing regions are based on cocoa spend
and cocoa supply restricted under EUDR is applied to
TMICC cocoa spend; price increases from EUDR supply
restrictions are applied to TMICC’s forecasted spend on
cocoa; the share of global cocoa supply restricted under
EUDR is indexed to changes in global forest cover (from
IPCC) under each climate scenario to act as a proxy for the
stringency of global deforestation regulation.
Regulations, such as EUDR, restricting the sourcing of
commodities and associated cost of compliance results
in increasing costs. The cost of regulation impacting
commodity sourcing is a more significant driver of financial
risk than cost of compliance.
Expected to be fewer restrictions on sourcing of
commodities, limiting financial impacts from both regulation
and compliance costs.
Constraints
Climate scenario analysis is constrained by uncertainties related to future developments, data
availability, and assumptions. We assumed continued normal business growth without disruptive
technologies affecting TMICC’s production processes.
Resilience of our strategy and business model to climate change
The outcomes of our climate scenario analysis provide critical insights into potential business and
financial risks, serving as input into our strategic planning processes over the medium- to long-term
horizons. Building on these insights, the following actions collectively demonstrate the resilience of our
business model against climate-related physical and transition risks and feed into the development of
our sustainability strategy.
1. Sustainable Sourcing and Certifications
We source most cocoa and vanilla certified by Fairtrade and the Rainforest Alliance. While there
is no certification body for responsibly sourced dairy, TMICC participates in the Sustainable Dairy
Partnership (SDP) and is working towards sourcing all dairy in line with SDP and palm oil that is RSPO-
certified. These certifications ensure our supply chain supports ethical practices, environmental
protection, and sustainable agriculture.
2. Farm-Level Impact Programmes
We run targeted programmes in Côte d’Ivoire and Madagascar to improve farm resilience and
strengthen the livelihoods of smallholder farmers.
3. Sustainable Dairy Initiatives
Our sustainable dairy programmes form a key part of our climate mitigation efforts, promoting
practices that aim to reduce emissions and enhance resilience.
4. Supply Diversification and Alternative Sourcing
To mitigate risks in the short, medium, and long term, we are developing alternative sourcing strategies
and exploring supply diversification to reduce dependency on climate-sensitive regions.
5. Innovation for Ingredient Resilience
Our innovations include materials to broaden our portfolio and reduce reliance on pressurised
ingredients through strategies such as dairy-free and plant-based alternatives.
6. Adaptation Actions for Factory Sites
Our adaptation actions for factory assets focus on reducing vulnerability to climate-related physical
risks through proactive site-level measures.
7. Sourcing Transparency
For key ingredients, such as cocoa, which are subject to deforestation regulations, such as EUDR,
we are building supply chain infrastructure to meet deforestation-free requirements.
8. Carbon Taxes
We are formulating comprehensive plans to reduce our most material greenhouse gas emissions,
with a particular focus on freezer cabinets, which represent a significant emissions source. Alongside
this, we will implement measures to mitigate the financial impact of carbon pricing through efficiency
improvements and the deployment of low-carbon technologies.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
170
Actions
TMICC has implemented the following actions to address the material climate-related IROs
associated with our own operations.
Our operations (Scope 1 and 2)
To reduce our emissions, we implemented several actions targeting Scope 1 and 2 emissions. The
most significant driver was curbing thermal energy demand across our ice cream factories. This was
achieved through the deployment of targeted energy-efficiency initiatives in 2025, which collectively
aim to reduce the energy required to produce our ice creams. TMICC is advancing a comprehensive
decarbonisation roadmap for implementation in the near and medium term, prioritising low-carbon
technologies and the transition to sustainable energy sources.
Our value chain (Scope 3)
TMICC has taken the following actions to address the material climate-related IROs related to our
upstream value chain.
EUDR Forest-risk commodities
The GHG emissions from the production of our key forest-risk commodities (i.e. cocoa, palm oil, paper
and board, and soy) arise from land use change (for example deforestation), agricultural practices and
downstream processing.
Cocoa is the one of the most material forest-risk commodity in our supply chain, particularly in Côte
d’Ivoire, where aging trees and depleted soils often lead farmers to clear new forest land to avoid
yield loss. TMICC mainly sources from suppliers who are EUDR complaint, sources most of its
cocoa derivatives under Rainforest Alliance and Fairtrade certifications and goes beyond regulation
through impact programmes to generate systemic changes, with local resource management and
implementation of these programmes with other local partners in Côte d’Ivoire.
Cash transfer programmes - direct payments to individuals or households to improve income security
and resilience - are a proven tool to reduce poverty and enable long-term behavioural change.
We currently run two unconditional cash transfer programmes with key suppliers, building on previous
achievements and impacts to support women in cocoa farming communities for which we make
funds available. These programmes have already started in previous years and will continue in the
future. Cash transfer programmes strengthen income security and resilience for cocoa-farming
households, reducing their dependence on environmentally harmful practices. By improving financial
stability, farmers are less likely to resort to deforestation as a means of expanding farmland to increase
yields. Instead, they can invest in sustainable farming methods and diversify income sources.
Low Carbon Dairy
Ben & Jerry’s Low Carbon Dairy Project launched in 2022, aimed to cut GHG emissions from
dairy farming. Piloted on 17 farms (10 in The Netherlands and 7 in the US) up to 2025, it compensates
farmers for using a whole-farm approach including regenerative agriculture, improved feed, renewable
energy, and advanced manure management. The results of this pilot are taken into account for future
farming practices.
Packaging
We are continuously striving to incorporate circularity principles in our packaging material choices
to help reduce the environmental impact of our packaging. As at 31 December 2025, 79% of our
packaging is designed to be recyclable. The actual percentage that can be recycled in practice is
lower due local waste management infrastructure that is not fully developed in all countries. We have
also contributed to the collection and processing of plastic packaging waste, helping to close the loop,
reduce environmental leakage, and thereby aiming to lower GHG emissions .
Logistics
In 2025, we had the following targeted actions to reduce our carbon emissions across our global
logistics network. For example in Finland, we run a programme to cut the number of trips and increased
intermodal transport. In Thailand, a portion of the trucks used for primary transport are now electric,
and distributor order sizes increased, improving load-fill efficiency. Vietnam transitioned to a distributor
model, reducing both primary and secondary transportation volumes.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
171
Ice cream cabinets
TMICC has a global fleet of around 3 million ice cream freezers. We continue to invest in energy-
efficient innovation, to stay ahead of evolving regulations and support our customers on energy cost.
We are introducing technologies - for example, energy efficient components and insulation materials
- which will deliver improvements in cabinet energy efficiency for new purchases in 2026.
Metrics
Gross Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions
Total GHG emissions are calculated using the GHG Protocol. Total GHG emissions are the sum
of Scope 1 and 2 activities within our operations and Scope 3 activities, covering upstream and
downstream value chain.
Total GHG emissions include all seven greenhouse gases as required by the GHG Protocol,
combined into a single CO
2
-equivalent (CO
2
e) unit using Global Warming Potential (GWP) values
from the IPCC 6th Assessment Report for Scope 1 and 3, and market-based factors from the
International Energy Agency (IEA) for Scope 2. Data collection is from both internal and external
sources, based on industry-accepted standards where available.
Scope 1 and 2 emissions
Scope 1 and 2 emissions are calculated as the sum of GHG emissions from energy used, energy sold
and refrigerant use, reported in tonnes for all manufacturing sites and the majority of logistics and
office sites. For the remaining logistics and office sites not reporting in TMICC systems, Scope 1 and 2
emissions are estimated based on measured sites and site headcount or pallet position.
Energy used and energy sold: Data is collected from meter readings and invoices for each site in
gigajoules (GJ) and includes combustion of fossil fuels (Scope 1), as well as purchased, generated
and sold electricity, heat and steam (Scope 2). Carbon emission factors are used to convert energy
(GJ) into greenhouse gases (GHG). Scope 1 factors are provided by the Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change (IPCC) and Scope 2 factors are based on Renewable Energy Attribute Certificates
or supplier data, following the GHG Protocol’s Scope 2 Market-Based method. When Energy
Attribute Certificates (EACs) are applied, electricity consumption is reported as renewable with
an emission factor of zero. To calculate Scope 2 location-based emissions, average grid emission
factors are taken from the IEA, for the countries from which electricity and steam is bought by
TMICC.
Refrigerant use: Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC) consumption data is taken from site maintenance
records for each site, including Global Warming Potential (GWP) factors for each refrigerant
type, which are converted from refrigerant losses (kg) to GHG emissions. GWP factors for HFC
refrigerants are provided by the IPCC.
Sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) emissions from high voltage equipment: The amount of SF6 leaked from
electrical insulators is calculated using an estimate of the amount of SF6 across our sites and an
average SF6 equipment leakage rate based on IPCC Guidelines multiplied by the GWP factors.
Exclusions: CO
2
emissions from the combustion of biomass; the capturing of CO
2
by the vegetation
during growth is considered to offset emissions from combustion.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
172
Scope 3 emissions
The three significant categories of emissions are Category 1 - Purchased goods and services,
Category 9 - Downstream Transport and Distribution, and Category 13 - Downstream leased assets,
which were estimated as follows.
Category 1 - Purchased goods and services
Ingredient and packaging emissions are calculated by multiplying the volumes of ingredients and
packaging purchased by TMICC and collaborative manufacturers production volumes by emission
factors.
Ingredients and packaging purchased by TMICC include emissions generated from production
and transportation from ’cradle-to-gate’ (farming/mining of raw materials to delivery at TMICC).
We categorise transportation emissions from suppliers to TMICC under Category 1, instead of
Category 4 as recommended by the GHG Protocol, as we cannot separate these from other
transportation emissions. Emissions not directly related to raw material production, such as head
office and marketing, are excluded.
Emission factors for ingredients and packaging purchased by TMICC are obtained from two external
sources:
1.
Supplier product carbon footprint data: received annually directly from select suppliers and
internally validated.
2.
’Cradle-to-gate’ emissions factors in kgCO
2
e per kg of material: calculated using Life Cycle
Analysis (LCA) software, Life Cycle Inventory (LCI) databases such as Ecoinvent and the World
Food Life Cycle database, supplemented with other models and supplier-specific data where
available. Where no emission factors are available for specific ingredients or packaging materials,
an average of known emission factors is used. Where emission factors do not include transport
from the supplier to TMICC, these are separately estimated and added to total emissions.
Emission factors for ingredients and packaging purchased from collaborative manufacturers are
calculated from the average emissions of the relevant product category, based on annual product
footprint assessments.
Annual water consumption (m
3
): Data is extracted from internal systems or estimated based on
floor area (m
2
) for logistics sites or head count for office sites and is multiplied by emission factors
in kgCO
2
e per m
3
of water consumed, obtained from the UK Government’s Department for
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA).
Indirect procurement: Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions from purchased goods and services not for
resale, such as media placement and IT services. We exclude emissions relating to trade spend,
rent, employee salaries, memberships, tax, interest and depreciation. Annual spend by category
is mapped to spend categories in the Extended Environmental Input Output (EEIO) model and
multiplied by the relevant emission factor in kg
CO
2
e
per £1,000 spend by category in the EEIO model
to calculate total emissions. The EEIO tool estimates carbon emissions based on spend using
country- and sector-specific carbon conversion factors that combine economic trade data and
national industry-level carbon emission data.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
173
Category 9 - Downstream transport and distribution
Emissions from third-party transport include deliveries from customer warehouses to retail stores
and consumer travel to purchase products. These calculations follow the GHG Protocol and cover
‘well-to-tank’ activities, excluding vehicle construction.
The largest contributor in this category is emissions from freezer cabinets not owned by the
company, used to store ice cream products in retail outlets for in-home consumption. For key
markets, emissions are calculated annually for a representative sample of products by:
Estimating annual energy consumption of an average retail freezer and the share occupied by
in-home products.
Calculating consumer usage based on sales volumes.
Deriving energy consumption per use and applying country-specific electricity emission factors
based on IEA data.
Total emissions from these cabinets are then scaled to reflect global sales volumes for out-of-home
consumption.
This category includes emissions from freezers owned by retailers and excludes emissions from
TMICC-owned ice cream freezers leased to customers for storing ice cream products, as those are
accounted for under Category 13.
Category 13 - Downstream leased assets
Emissions from TMICC-owned ice cream cabinets used for out-of-home products are calculated
based on annual energy consumption per cabinet, consumer usage, and country-specific electricity
emission factors. Data sources include procurement catalogues, sales volumes, and technical
specifications.
Other key assumptions
For subsidiaries that do not report in TMICC systems, we calculate total emissions (tonnes of CO
2
equivalent- tCO
2
e ) for purchased goods and services divided by total TMICC turnover (excluding
these entities), multiplied by turnover for these entities.
Exclusions: Scope 3 activities are estimated for 11 emission categories. Emission category 8
(upstream leased assets), emission category 10 (Processing of sold products), emission category 14
(Franchises), and emission category 15 (Investments) are not reported as they are not applicable.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
174
Emissions (thousands tonnes CO
2
e)
2025
Total Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (market-based)
88
Gross Scope 1 GHG
(a)
74
% of Scope 1 GHG emissions from regulated emission trading schemes
4%
Gross market-based Scope 2 GHG emissions
14
Gross location-based Scope 2 GHG emissions
314
Scope 3 emissions
8,493
Purchased goods and services
5,640
Raw materials and ingredients
4,178
Packaging materials
467
Indirect procurement
995
Downstream transportation and distribution (logistics)
580
Downstream leased assets (ice cream cabinets)
1,857
Others
(b)
416
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions (market-based)
8,581
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions (location-based)
8,881
Percentage of Scope 3 emissions calculated from primary data obtained from
suppliers or other value chain partners
3%
(a)
Biogenic emissions of CO
2
from the combustion or bio-degradation of biomass in our own operations are not reported as part of Scope 1 and 2
or Scope 3 emissions in line with GHG protocol. In 2025, Scope 1 and 2 biogenic emissions amounted to 3 kilo tonnes CO
2
. Biogenic emissions
are excluded from Scope 3 disclosures due to the complexity of identifying and modelling these emissions.
(b)
Other categories include capital goods, fuel and energy-related activities, Upstream transportation and distribution, waste generated in
operations, business travel, employee commuting, use of sold products and end of life treatment of sold products.
GHG intensity per net revenue
Total GHG emissions calculated on a location-based and market-based methodology are divided by
total turnover for TMICC as disclosed in the Financial Statements in section
Consolidated Income
Statement.
Total turnover equates to net revenue.
GHG intensity per net revenue (tonnes CO2e/€ million)
2025
Total GHG emissions (market-based) per net revenue
1,085
Total GHG emissions (location-based) per net revenue
1,123
The variability in geographical regions and brands in our business limits the relevance of using a single
global measure such as GHG intensity per net revenue (turnover) as required by the ESRS.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
175
Energy consumption and mix
Energy sourced from within the organisational boundary is not counted under ’purchased or
acquired’ energy. We consider 100% of our energy to be related to high climate impact sectors
(manufacturing, transportation and storage), as listed in Sections A to H and Section L of Annex
I to Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council, as defined in
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2022/1288.
For sites reporting energy consumption in TMICC systems, consumption is calculated by
consolidating data from fossil, nuclear and renewable sources based on meter readings and invoices,
converted to common units of energy.
TMICC purchased Energy Attribute Certificates (EACs) are matched against electricity
consumption and reported as renewable, following RE100 Reporting Guidance 2021. EACs are
market-based instruments that authenticate the proportion of energy generated from renewable
sources procured by consumers, including Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs), International
Renewable Energy Certificates (IRECs), and European Guarantees of Origin (GOs).
For logistic and office sites not reporting energy consumption in TMICC systems, consumption is
assumed to be non-renewable and is estimated for each utility type and regional cluster based on
energy consumption per pallet position (storage capacity) and per headcount using consumption
data from similar sites that do report in TMICC systems. For sites where pallet positions (storage
capacity) and headcount data is not available, the average energy consumption reported in TMICC
systems for logistics and office sites is used as a proxy for each site.
A small number of manufacturing sites generate electricity, heat and steam, which is classified as
renewable energy if it is from a renewable source. This is classified as consumption of self-generated
non-fuel renewable energy. Renewable energy generated which is sold to and used by a third party is
not subtracted from energy generated or offset against energy consumption.
Exclusions: Our own operations does not include sites that are under commissioning and sites where
decommissioning has started. Excludes energy consumption from collaborative manufacturers.
Energy consumption and mix (thousands MWh)
2025
Fuel consumption from coal and coal products
0
Fuel consumption from crude oil and petroleum products
101
Fuel consumption from natural gas
242
Fuel consumption from other fossil sources
0
Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam and cooling
from fossil sources
95
Total fossil energy consumption
438
Share of fossil sources in total energy consumption (%)
36%
Consumption from nuclear sources
0
Share of consumption from nuclear sources in total energy consumption (%)
0%
Fuel consumption from renewable sources including biomass (also comprising industrial and
municipal waste of biological origin), biofuels, biogas and hydrogen from renewable sources
10
Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam and cooling from renewable
sources
756
Consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy
9
Total renewable energy consumption
775
Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption (%)
64%
Total energy consumption
1,213
Energy intensity
Energy intensity is calculated as total energy consumption in megawatt-hours (MWh) for the
reporting period divided by total turnover for TMICC as disclosed in the Financial Statements in
section
Consolidated Income Statement
. Total turnover equates to net revenue.
Energy intensity per net revenue (MWh/€ million)
2025
Total energy consumption from activities in high climate impact sectors per net revenue
from activities in high climate impact sectors
153
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Upstream
Own operation
Downstream
Negative impact
Positive impact
Risk
Opportunity
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
176
Water
Impacts, risks and opportunities
Our actual and potential material IROs resulting from the DMA and the process by which these were
identified are disclosed in section
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment
.
See below the details of the IROs applicable to this section.
ESRS topical standard
Sub-topic
IRO title
IRO
Value Chain
Description
Water & Marine
resources
Water withdrawals
Water withdrawal from our own
operations and upstream value
chain contributing to water
shortages.
Water withdrawal from our own operations and upstream value chain may contribute to water shortages
specifically in areas of high-water stress.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
177
Policies
The table below demonstrates which of our policies address the IROs that are relevant to water.
The details of our policies are disclosed in the General Disclosures.
2025
Water withdrawal from our own operations and upstream
value chain contributing to water shortages
Environmental policy
RPP
SAP
Actions
Water consumption in own operations
In 2026, TMICC will start developing its water stewardship approach across all sites, including those
in high water stress areas. In preparation, we identified a portfolio of potential water management
projects in 2025, ranging from digitalising water systems to automating cleaning processes. Sites
can opt into these initiatives, and we are currently assessing feasibility, expected impact, and return
on investment to determine where implementation is most appropriate. Throughout 2026, we will
continue evaluating the full project portfolio to determine which initiatives should be prioritised for
deployment in 2026 and 2027. As part of this evaluation, we have identified high water-stress sites
that will begin implementing selected projects in 2026.
Water consumption in value chain
In our Ben & Jerry’s value chain, we mainly source our dairy from regions that are not at high drought
risk. Recognising that dairy cows often consume soy-based feed which is water intensive to grow, we
are working with farmers through Ben & Jerry’s Caring Dairy and Low Carbon Dairy programmes for
many years to transition towards more grass-heavy, homegrown, and circular feed systems, reducing
soy dependency and supporting regenerative agriculture practices that enhance soil health and water
resilience and will continue to do so in the future.
Metrics
Water consumption in our own operations change
Water consumption is calculated as the difference between water withdrawal and water discharge.
This is measured using invoices and/or meter readings. For sites where this information is not
collected, consumption is estimated based on site headcount, pallet positions and proxy data.
TMICC sites in areas at water risk, including areas of high water stress, are identified using the World
Resources Institute (WRI) Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas tool. These include sites where the weighted
aggregate total water risk is classified as ’high’ or ’extremely high’, as well as sites with high or
extremely high baseline water stress.
Water intensity is calculated as total water consumption in thousands of metres cubed (m
3
) divided
by turnover in millions of Euros (€ million). Total turnover equates to net revenue.
Water recycled and reused is measured via meter readings or through a water mass balance at
all manufacturing sites and the majority of logistics and other sites. Where data is unavailable, the
amount of water recycled and reused is assumed to be zero given the non-manufacturing nature of
operations at these sites.
For all manufacturing sites and the majority of logistics sites with water storage capacity, the stored
water is recorded as the maximum capacity of the storage facilities. Where data is unavailable, water
stored is assumed to be zero given the non-manufacturing nature of operations at such sites.
Water consumed, recycled, reused and stored (thousand m
3
)
2025
Total water consumption
3,036
Total water consumption in areas at water risk, including areas of high-water stress
1,819
Total water recycled and reused
16
Total water stored
38
Water intensity ratio: water consumption per turnover (m
3
/€ million)
384
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Upstream
Own operation
Downstream
Negative impact
Positive impact
Risk
Opportunity
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
178
Biodiversity and Ecosystems
Impacts, risks and opportunities
Our actual and potential material environmental IROs resulting from the DMA and the process
by which these were identified are disclosed in section
General Disclosures - Double Materiality
Assessment.
No biodiversity and ecosystem-related opportunities nor systemic risks were identified
during the DMA process. We identified the following IROs on biodiversity and ecosystems considering
our key commodity (such as cocoa, dairy, palm, vanilla) supply chains. We considered both our
dependencies and impacts on ecosystems and species, as well as the potential financial implications
arising from biodiversity loss and related regulations from our sourcing activities.
ESRS topical standard
Sub-topic
IRO title
IRO
Value Chain
Description
Biodiversity
Impacts on the extent and
condition of ecosystems
Ecosystem degradation and
ecosystem service failures
Intensive agricultural practices for dairy, cocoa, vanilla and soy may have a negative impact on
biodiversity and ecosystems. In particular, manure and fertilizers used in dairy farming may lead to
nutrient runoff into local waterways, and could cause water pollution and eutrophication. Agricultural
expansion could lead to deforestation which may also contribute to biodiversity loss. These impacts
could lead to wider scale ecosystem collapse over time.
Direct impact drivers of
biodiversity loss
Reduction in crop yields
(Physical risk)
Agricultural practices (use of fertilizers, freshwater, agricultural chemicals and monocultures) and rising
temperatures lead to biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation, which in turn reduce crop yields in
key sourcing locations, thereby leading to increased costs of commodities.
Direct impact drivers of
biodiversity loss
Legal or non-compliance costs
resulting from biodiversity
degradation and loss
(Transition risk)
Our actions, or those of our value chain actors that can cause harm to biodiversity and ecosystems,
could lead to legal claims or non-compliance incidents resulting in fines and penalties and potential loss
of market share impacting long-term profitability.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
179
Policies
The table below demonstrates which of our policies address the IROs that are relevant to biodiversity
and ecosystems. The details of our policies are disclosed in the General Disclosures.
2025
Ecosystem
degradation and
ecosystem service
failures
Reduction in
crop yields -
(Physical Risk)
Legal or non-compliance
costs resulting from
biodiversity degradation
and loss (Transition Risk)
Environmental policy
RPP
SAP
CPP
We do not maintain a standalone biodiversity policy for operational sites in or near biodiversity-
sensitive areas.
Marine biodiversity is non-material for our business, as we source only very low volumes of marine
commodities. Consequently, we do not have specific oceans/seas practices or a dedicated marine
policy.
Strategy
Transition plan
At present, TMICC does not have a formal biodiversity transition plan in place, nor have we yet
conducted a full resilience analysis of our strategy and business model in relation to biodiversity and
ecosystems. However, we recognise the critical importance of biodiversity and ecosystem services
to the long-term viability of our operations and value chain.
Impacts and risks in our own operations
Prior to the separation of TMICC from Unilever, a biodiversity impact assessment was conducted
across Unilever’s global operations. This analysis aimed to identify locations operating within or near
biodiversity-sensitive areas. Following separation from Unilever, 5 sites in TMICC operations are
identified as in or near biodiversity sensitive areas, based on their proximity and potential interaction
with local ecosystems. The assessment was made using two indicators:
The Biodiversity Intactness Index (BII); and
Water stress assessment according to WRI Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas tool.
These indicators were selected due to their global scope, their relevance to TMICC’s operations and
recognition by frameworks such as the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD).
The sites were then engaged to understand the local environment, our activities, and current land and
environmental classifications.
Material impacts from desertification and soil sealing were not identified in our operations, neither did
we identify that our operations affect threatened species. However, limitations in global datasets and
the presence of multiple industrial actors in some zones mean that direct attribution of biodiversity
impacts to TMICC operations remains challenging. In the future, we will explore ways to improve site-
specific assessments by using new data, indicators, and guidance to better understand impacts, risks,
and dependencies, and to plan the right mitigation measures if required.
Impacts and risks in our value chain
Our DMA outcome revealed potential biodiversity risks, particularly due to intensive agricultural
practices in TMICC’s value chain - including dairy, cocoa and soy - which contribute to nutrient runoff,
deforestation and land conversion.
Our sourcing practices, particularly for dairy, cocoa, soy and vanilla, are closely linked to ecosystems
that are increasingly vulnerable to degradation and biodiversity loss. We have identified several issues
across our value chain that relate to biodiversity:
Intensive agricultural practices - such as the use of fertilizers, monocultures and freshwater
inputs - can degrade ecosystems and reduce crop yields in key sourcing regions, increasing
commodity costs.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
180
Deforestation and land conversion linked to sourcing cocoa and sugar contribute to biodiversity
loss and may lead to long-term ecosystem collapse.
Regulatory developments around biodiversity may expose our operations to legal and compliance
risks, particularly where ecosystem degradation is linked to sourcing practices.
Material impacts from desertification and soil sealing were not identified in our value chain.
Resilience of our strategy and business model to biodiversity loss and
ecosystem degradation
We will explore the possibility of conducting a scenario analysis on our material biodiversity and
ecosystems risks in the future. These will help us assess the resilience of our business model to
biodiversity-related physical, transition, and systemic risks across our own operations and value
chain. We acknowledge the importance of clearly defining the scope, assumptions, time horizons
and stakeholder involvement - including indigenous and local knowledge holders - in future analyses.
These elements will be incorporated as we develop our biodiversity strategy and transition plan.
We are monitoring regulatory developments, including the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 and
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD) guidance, and we will assess the suitability
to develop a biodiversity transition plan in alignment with these frameworks. In the interim, we disclose
the absence of a transition plan transparently and refer to our strategy as disclosed in our general
disclosure for strategic context.
Actions
Although TMICC has not yet formalised a biodiversity strategy or transition plan, we have a legacy
of programmes and actions that contribute to biodiversity protection and ecosystem resilience
across our value chain. These actions reflect our continued commitment to responsible sourcing
and compliance with emerging regulatory frameworks. We do not use biodiversity offsets within any
of our actions.
We have implemented targeted programmes across our high-impact commodities:
Cocoa:
We mainly source Rainforest Alliance and Fairtrade certified cocoa, which supports
biodiversity through sustainable farming practices, agroforestry, and conservation of natural
habitats. These certifications help address key biodiversity-related issues in our supply chain,
including deforestation, soil degradation and ecosystem disruption. We work closely with our
suppliers to ensure compliance with the European Deforestation Regulation (EUDR), implementing
due diligence systems that include geolocation data, deforestation risk monitoring, and supplier
verification to ensure deforestation-free sourcing. All our Rainforest Alliance (RA) certified
cooperatives will start implementing the new RA Regenerative Agriculture Standards on top of the
Sustainable Agriculture Standard requirements. The Regenerative Agriculture Standards include
topics with measurable results across key areas such as crop resilience, soil health, biodiversity and
water management.
Vanilla
: We mainly source Rainforest Alliance and Fairtrade certified vanilla. Through the ‘Vanilla
for Change’ impact programme in partnership with Symrise and Save the Children, we support
livelihoods, biodiversity and regenerative agriculture in the vanilla-producing Sava region of
Madagascar. Our Vanilla for Change programme helps protect biodiversity by transitioning 80% of
farmers in the programme to regenerative agriculture by 2028, reducing pressure on forests and
improving soil health. Achieving 100% traceability and deforestation-free vanilla safeguards natural
habitats and species. Tree planting is a key element: our goal of 1 million trees by 2028 (up from
585,000 today) focuses on trees taking root and thriving, with survival rates targeted to rise from
40% to 65%, ensuring real ecosystem restoration and stronger farm resilience.
Palm:
We source 100% RSPO-certified palm oil, which means the palm oil we buy is produced
according to strict environmental and social standards. RSPO certification ensures that no primary
forests or high conservation value areas are cleared, greenhouse gas emissions are minimised, and
biodiversity is protected. It also guarantees fair labour practices and respect for local communities.
By committing to RSPO, we help reduce deforestation, protect wildlife habitats, and support
sustainable livelihoods in palm-growing regions.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
181
Dairy (soy):
While there is no certification body for responsibly sourced dairy, TMICC participates
in the Sustainable Dairy Partnership (SDP) and is working towards sourcing all dairy in line with SDP.
The target will be developed in 2026 and will be in line with other external commitments. Part of
the dairy for our Ben & Jerry’s brand is sourced via the Caring Dairy programme, which aims for a
positive biodiversity impact by 2030. A key focus is reducing reliance on soy-based feed by shifting
to grass and by-product-only feed systems, thereby lowering pressure on land conversion and
deforestation risks associated with soy cultivation. This upstream approach supports regenerative
practices that enhance soil health and protect local ecosystems. In 2025, the programme includes
around 200 farms across the US and The Netherlands.
Metrics
Impact metrics related to biodiversity and ecosystems change
The Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool (IBAT) contains global biodiversity datasets and
derived data, including the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List of
Threatened Species™, the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA) and the World Database
of Key Biodiversity Areas (WDKBA).
Biodiversity-sensitive areas (BSAs) are defined as the Natura 2000 network of protected areas,
UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas (KBAs), as well as other protected areas,
as referred to in Appendix D of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2139.
A Key Biodiversity Area is a site that contributes significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity
in terrestrial, freshwater and marine ecosystems. Sites qualify as global KBAs by meeting one or
more of 11 criteria in five categories: threatened biodiversity; geographically restricted biodiversity;
ecological integrity; biological processes; and irreplaceability.
A Protected Area (PA) is a clearly defined geographical space, recognised, dedicated and managed
through legal or other effective means to achieve the long-term conservation of nature, along with
associated ecosystem services and cultural values. These areas are obtained from the WDPA.
TMICC site geo-coordinates are assessed using the IBAT to identify those within 1km of a BSA.
For each site that is identified as in or within 1km of a BSA, TMICC assesses two indictors: where
there is a negative change in the Biodiversity Intactness Index (BII) and if this is greater than zero
between 2017 and 2020; and a water-stressed area according to the WRI Aqueduct Water Risk
Atlas tool. For sites where there is both water stress and a negative change in BII, TMICC includes
this site in the metric and obtains the site size (in square metres) from TMICC’s site surface land
area reports. Site areas reported in square metres are converted to hectares and summed to give
a total area in hectares.
Sites that were initially identified as being in biodiversity-sensitive areas but are located within highly
urbanised regions were excluded from the final list, as their proximity to biodiversity-rich locations
is limited.
Exclusions: Smaller offices and logistics sites that do not report in TMICC systems.
Impact metrics related to biodiversity and ecosystems change
2025
Number of TMICC sites in or near (i.e. within 1km) of biodiversity-sensitive areas, that are
negatively affecting biodiversity
4
Area of TMICC sites in or near (i.e. within 1km) of biodiversity-sensitive areas, that are
negatively affecting biodiversity (hectares)
33
While the indicators used may identify potential negative impacts, they risk over- and under-reporting
due to outdated and inaccurate global biodiversity data sets. Consequently, we are unable to directly
attribute TMICC’s operations to negative impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems and identify
mitigating measures that might be necessary.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Upstream
Own operation
Downstream
Negative impact
Positive impact
Risk
Opportunity
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
182
Resource Use and Circular Economy
Impacts, risks and opportunities
Our actual and potential material IROs, resulting from the DMA and the process by which these were
identified, are disclosed in section
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment.
See below
the details of the IROs applicable to this section.
ESRS topical standard
Sub-topic
IRO title
IRO
Value Chain
Description
Circular Economy
Resource outflows related to
products and services
Plastics packaging pollution
The use of plastic in our packaging, could cause harm to the environment, public health, biodiversity
and natural ecosystems. This includes plastic pollution from improper disposal downstream of our
operations, such as single-use wrappers ending up in oceans.
Resource outflows related to
products and services
Extended Producer
Responsibility (EPR) for
packaging & other plastic
related taxes
Compliance with EPR schemes and other plastic taxes, could result in increased costs for waste
management, packaging redesign, and recycling infrastructure. Bans and/or taxes on certain plastics
may also reduce market access, or affect raw materials costs and margins.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
183
Policies
The table below demonstrates which of our policies address the IROs that are relevant to resource use
and circular economy. The details of our policies are disclosed in the General Disclosures.
2025
Plastics packaging
pollution
Extended Producer
Responsibility (EPR) for
packaging & other
plastic related taxes
Code
Environmental policy
RPP
Actions
TMICC is working to improve circularity of all our packaging materials, in order to address issues
of plastic pollution, EPR schemes for packaging, and other plastic-related taxes. We aim to reduce
packaging waste by designing lighter packaging, and developing alternative packaging materials,
formats and models. Over the years, we have also introduced new packaging solutions as alternatives
to plastic tubs, such as paper tubs to reduce or remove plastic.
In preparation for compliance with future legislation such as the EU Packaging and Packaging Waste
Regulation (PPWR), we have begun our impact analysis in 2025 on our packaging portfolio and are
developing plans and road maps to achieve compliance in full.
To help keep plastic packaging in circulation and out of the environment, we are developing next-
generation packaging materials that are recyclable or compostable. We split rigid plastic packaging
from hard-to-recycle flexible packaging in recognition of the unique challenges linked to each format
and the different solutions required.
We continue to explore alternatives to plastic, such as recyclable and compostable paper-based
materials for our Ben & Jerry’s ice cream tubs.
Metrics
Resource inflows
Description of resource inflows
The resource inflow metrics relate to the IROs addressed in chapter
Biodiversity and Ecosystems
.
The material resource inflows used in our own operations and upstream value chain are raw materials
and packaging materials:
Raw materials used to produce our products include materials originating from agriculture and
forestry.
Packaging materials include plastic, paper and board, glass and aluminium, and both virgin and
secondary materials (materials that are derived from the recycling of primary materials which are
reprocessed and then reused).
Inflows of property, plant and equipment are not considered to be material.
Products and technical and biological materials used, including secondary materials
The volume of material resources is measured on the basis of tonnes of raw and packaging materials
purchased for TMICC operations and collaborative manufacturing, and water consumed in TMICC
operations.
Raw and packaging materials purchased by TMICC, and packaging materials purchased by
collaborative manufacturers supplying TMICC, are recorded based on supplier invoices and
product specification information. Where supplier invoices or product specification information
are not available for packaging materials purchased by third parties, volumes are estimated using
extrapolation of existing data.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
184
Biological materials that are sustainably sourced
The measurement of materials is based on tonnes of biological raw and packaging materials
purchased by TMICC. Biological material volumes are calculated based on supplier invoices, and
then mapped to tonnes of feedstock material. Water consumed in TMICC operations is not included
in the measurement.
Sustainable sources are defined as either raw materials which are produced according to third-party
certification and aligned to TMICC’s Sustainable Agricultural Principles (50%); or purchased from
non-sustainable sources but matched to credits which represent verified sustainably sourced raw
materials (7%) for example, cane sugar (Bonsucro credits) and RSPO credits for palm oil.
Resource inflows metrics
2025
Total weight of products and technical and biological materials used (thousand tonnes)
1,377
Biological materials used that are sustainably sourced as a percentage of biological
materials used (%)
57%
Total weight of secondary materials used (thousand tonnes)
62
Secondary material used as a percentage of total weight of products and technical and
biological materials used (%)
5%
Resource outflows: Products and materials
Description of resource outflows
Resource outflows include the packaging materials used to contain ice cream and waste materials.
Exclusions: Our products are designed to be consumed. As such, repairability and durability are not
relevant concepts.
Product and material metrics
These are measured based on tonnes of packaging materials purchased for TMICC operations and
collaborative manufacturing.
Packaging materials purchased by TMICC and collaborative manufacturers supplying TMICC are
recorded based on supplier invoices and product specification information. Where supplier invoices
or product specification information are not available for packaging materials purchased by third
parties, volumes are estimated using extrapolation of existing data packaging materials purchased
by TMICC and third parties.
Recyclability is assessed using data from various sources, such as governmental organisations (for
recycling and recovery rates), industry consortiums and packaging recycling organisations. This
reflects the technical potential to recycle a packaging material.
Exclusions: Product recyclability is not a materially relevant concept for our products and is therefore
excluded from the metric.
The percentage of our packaging that is recyclable using existing technology is set out below. Not all
packaging that is technically recyclable will actually be recycled, due to a lack of infrastructure.
Resource outflows metrics
2025
Rate of recyclable content in packaging materials used by TMICC (%)
79%
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
185
EU Taxonomy
Overview
2025 is TMICC’s first year of reporting in accordance with the EU Taxonomy Regulation (EU)
2020/852. The EU Taxonomy Regulation sets out the reporting obligations to be included in the
Sustainability Statements, requiring businesses to assess eligible and aligned activities across all six
environmental objectives. These objectives are: climate change mitigation, climate change adaptation,
sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources, transition to a circular economy,
pollution prevention and control and protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems.
As per the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73 of 4 July 2025, the European
Commission has introduced simplifications, including a materiality threshold allowing companies
to exclude activities that cumulatively account for less than 10% of turnover, CapEx, or OpEx, as
well as simplified reporting templates. TMICC has adopted this updated regulation for its 2025
reporting period.
Using the current list of eligible activities and the alignment criteria, we have reviewed TMICC’s
turnover, capital expenditure and operating expenditure (as defined by the EU Taxonomy) to identify
the extent of any eligible and aligned activities within our business. The EU Taxonomy remains a work
in progress, and the European Commission has not yet fully considered the FMCG sector in which the
Group operates, focusing instead on more carbon intensive industries where it believes the greatest
near term potential for climate mitigation or adaptation exists.
Turnover KPI
For the year ended 31 December 2025, none of our turnover related to eligible activities, as detailed
in our
consolidated income statement
as part of the
Financial Statements
. Consequently, none of our
turnover can be classified as aligned.
Capital expenditure KPI
For the year ended 31 December 2025, we assessed our eligible capital expenditure (Capex), taking
into account the 10% materiality threshold as set out in the updated Disclosure Delegated Act EU
Taxonomy regulation of 4 July 2025.
To assess the eligibility of our Capex, we included all additions to intangible assets, excluding goodwill,
as detailed in note
Goodwill and intangible assets
of the Financial Statements and all additions to
tangible assets (both leased and owned) as detailed in note
Property, plant and equipment
of the
Financial Statements. Those additions include those resulting from business combinations and are
before depreciation, amortisation and any re-measurements.
We identified one activity above the 10% threshold, which was activity 7.7 acquisition and ownership of
buildings - this relates to our owned and leased buildings. All other activities cumulatively are below the
10% threshold and hence not assessed against the eligibility and alignment criteria. All other activities
are below the 10% threshold and hence not assessed against the eligibility and alignment criteria.
For activity 7.7 we performed an alignment assessment and concluded that this activity can not be
classified as aligned as we do not have sufficient detailed documentation to support this criteria
cumulatively.
Categories deemed immaterial relate to activities such as carbon capture and storage for industrial
installations or electricity generation using solar photovoltaic technology, therefore no assessment
was performed as these activities together represent less than 10% of the total capital expenditure, are
not part of TMICC’s core business model, and their inclusion would not materially affect the disclosure.
Double counting has been avoided due to our analysis performed on the individual capital
expenditures per type and the reconciliation of the individual activities to the Financial Statements.
Operating expenditure KPI
As per the EU Taxonomy, operating expenditure is defined as directly incurred, non-capitalised
costs relating to research and development, building renovations, short-term leases, or the repair
and maintenance of property, plant and equipment. For the year ended 31 December 2025, we did
not identify any material operating expenditure in respect to eligible activities as our operational
expenditure is not material to our business model. As a consequence, we have not assessed whether
our operating expenditures were aligned.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
186
See below the total eligibility and alignment reporting in line with the template as provided by the
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/73 on 04 July 2025.
Financial year 2025
Proportion of
Taxonomy-
eligible
activities
Taxonomy-
aligned
activities
Proportion
of Taxonmy-
aligned
activities
Breakdown by environmental objectives of Taxonomy-aligned activities
Proportion
of enabling
activities
Proportion
of trans−
itional
activities
Not
assessed
activities
considered
non-
material
Taxonomy-
aligned
activities
in previous
financial
year (N-1)
Proportion
of Taxonmy-
aligned
activities
in previous
financial
year (N-1)
KPI
Total
Climate
Change
Mitigation
Climate
Change
Adaptation
Water
Circular
Economy
Pollution
Bio-diversity
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
Text
Millions €
%
Millions €
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Millions €
%
Turnover
7,910
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
n/a
n/a
CapEx
444
24%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
9%
n/a
n/a
OpEx
210
n/a
n/a
2025
Code (2)
Taxonomy-
eligible KPI
(Proportion
of Taxonomy
eligible
CapEx) (3)
Environmental objectives of Taxonomy-aligned activities
Pollution (10)
Bio diversity
(11)
Enabling activi-
ty (12)
Taxonomy-
activity (13)
Proportion of
Taxonomy-
aligned in
Taxonomy
eligible (14)
Economic activities (1)
Taxonomy-
aligned KPI
(monetary
value of
CapEx) (4)
Taxonomy-
aligned KPI
(Proportion
of Taxonomy
aligned CapEx)
(5)
Climate Change
Mitigation (6)
Climate Change
Adaptation (7)
Water (8)
Circular
Economy (9)
Text
%
Millions €
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
(E where
applicable)
(T where
applicable)
%
Acquisition and
ownership of buildings
CCM 7.7
24%
0
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
Sum of alignment per
objective
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
Total KPI CapEx
24%
0%
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
187
Social
disclosures
Own Workforce
Type of employees
Our business is supported by 16,571 employees working in factories, offices, distribution warehouses,
R&D centres and customer-facing roles. The scope of our disclosures includes:
Own workforce
: TMICC employees, i.e. those in a direct employment relationship with TMICC
according to national law or practice; and non-employees, i.e. contractors working for TMICC,
such as self-employed individuals or those provided by employment agencies. In the Sustainability
Statements we will refer to our own workforce as ‘our colleagues’.
All people in our own workforce that could be materially impacted by TMICC are included in the scope
of this disclosure.
ESRS topical standard
Sub-topic
IRO title
IRO
Value Chain
Description
Own Workforce
Working conditions
Health, safety and wellbeing
Negative impacts on health, safety and wellbeing may occur within our own operations, and across our
value chain in which we operate, including from poor health and safety processes and unsafe working
conditions.
Other work-related rights
Forced labour
The food industry is particularly vulnerable to forced labour due to its reliance on seasonal, low-paid,
and informal labour. Workers may be subject to coercion, debt bondage, and exploitative recruitment
practices, especially in high-risk regions.
Impacts, risks and opportunities
Our actual and potential material IROs resulting from the DMA and the process by which these were
identified are disclosed in section
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment
.
See below the details of the IROs applicable to this section, arising from our business model, which
includes sites that inherently present higher likelihood of these adverse impacts occurring.
Upstream
Own operation
Downstream
Negative impact
Positive impact
Risk
Opportunity
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
188
TMICC completed a standalone human rights saliency assessment working with a human rights
consultancy firm, to assess both existing and emerging human rights issues across our entire value
chain, which fed into our DMA as described in section
General Disclosures - Double Materiality
Assessment.
The purpose of our assessment is to identify, understand and assess potential and actual impacts
to our colleagues, as well as the root causes of impacts, so that these are effectively addressed. We
also work to prevent potential impacts from becoming actual impacts, while monitoring for new and
emerging human rights issues. Together with a human rights consultancy firm we are defining action to
address the issues identified, as it provides a clear starting point for mitigation and prevention, and take
into account TMICC’s connection to the issues and available resources.
This assessment concluded that our material human rights impacts for our own workers are:
Health, safety and wellbeing:
mainly related to our workers at our sites when it comes to safety
and applicable to our colleagues when it comes to health and wellbeing;
Forced labour:
due to the fact that we are a manufacturing company and have operations in high
risk geographies, forced labour at sites has a high likelihood.
Other issues such as bullying and harassment, discrimination and freedom of association and
collective bargaining, working hours and fair wages are also important to TMICC but not deemed
material.
Our human rights saliency assessment relies on professional judgement, available information, and
iterative stakeholder input. This assessment will be periodically refreshed to account for changing
circumstances and emerging risks.
Policies
The table below demonstrates which of our policies address the IROs that are relevant to our own
workforce. The details of our policies are disclosed in the General Disclosures.
2025
Health, safety & wellbeing
Forced labour
Code
Engaging with own workforce and workforce representatives
Engaging with our own workforce and effectiveness
TMICC will continue to proactively engage with our colleagues globally. Our people are on the
frontline of our company operations and are well equipped to provide first-hand insights and feedback
about our business. As such, we view our workforce as a critical stakeholder, and engaging with them is
essential to help identify impacts on our colleagues as well as our business risks and opportunities.
Consequently, we use different methods of engagement to collect insights and feedback, as
detailed below.
The ELT will make periodic in-person contact with the workforce during their routine country
and site visits to seek feedback. Country and Functional leaders will also hold regular ‘townhall’
meetings where updates are provided on company results and strategy - and we will always include
opportunities for Q&A and feedback on relevant topics and issues.
Starting from 2025, we have instituted a global people survey covering all our colleagues. This survey
covers a broad range of topics, focusing on employee engagement, culture and other elements that
give our colleagues a voice in shaping our business strategy. We will build trends for comparison
over time, as well as benchmark against peer groups, where data is available. A global people survey
results dashboard will be available for all line managers to access - providing them with insights about
their team. We encourage line managers to use this as a basis for team discussions and potential
action planning at the team level. The results inform and feed into the strategy and action planning at
a country and team level for the following year.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
189
Our Code provides the baseline of standards expected from our own workforce. These standards
are implemented not just in the Code, but also in our company culture. The Ice Cream Way is the
codification of our cultural identity that describes the values and underlying behaviours we expect
from everyone working at TMICC. These values are embedded within our people systems and
processes - for example including in our performance management goal setting. In 2025, we also
rolled out a comprehensive workshop programme to over 2000 colleagues, to educate and inspire
people in our new culture definition, with further roll out expected in 2026.
More informal feedback channels (such as townhalls and team huddles - where colleagues are
encouraged to ask questions and contribute) are also used and we regularly review the effectiveness
of our formal engagement channels to take timely action. Across all channels, the Chief Human
Resources Officer on the ELT is ultimately responsible for the activation of these engagement
channels and to ensure the above-described action planning and implementation takes place.
Engaging with Workers’ Representatives
We engage regularly and actively with our colleagues and where appropriate with our partners, for
example trade unions. We have an active and constructive relationship with our trade unions through
joint working groups, formal consultations, and regular day-to-day dialogue between our leadership
teams and union representatives at site level. Engagement takes place through both formal and
informal channels, including with unions and works councils.
During 2025, we concluded extensive consultations related to the creation of a standalone business.
Also in 2025, we have established a TMICC European Works Council made up of 19 employee
representatives from 12 countries. Meetings are held regularly, with two of them taking place in person.
The representatives share the agenda and can table topics that are discussed with Management for
review and action.
Processes to remediate impacts and channels to raise concerns
We have processes and remediation mechanisms that provide channels for our colleagues to raise
concerns, which then follow an investigation and resolution process that may differ by country
dependent on the legal requirements related to confidentiality or disclosure of such cases. We have
a ‘Speak Up’ channel (hotline) where any employee can report a possible or actual concern online
or by phone, which is available 24/7 and in multiple languages. The Speak Up channel is clearly
visible on the internal webpage. The usage of the Speak Up channel is monitored; we use one
standard system globally which allows for centralised tracking and monitoring of cases. We track
the effectiveness of it via monitoring the trend in the number of cases and comparing them to an
industry benchmark. Our Speak Up process and our process to protect our colleagues against
retaliation is disclosed in the Governance section of the Sustainability Statements.
In addition, we have established formal processes globally to handle HR grievances relating to a variety
of workplace concerns. Issues are channelled through this process and tracked to closure. Actions
are always addressed at the level at which they are raised - for example, a grievance case on bullying,
will be investigated and mitigating actions taken with the involved persons. Any HR grievances that
are not escalated through this formal channel (i.e. not a breach of the Code and Code policies) are not
considered in scope for this disclosure. We aim to respond to any grievance, and communicate details
of the next steps, within two weeks of the concern being raised (or sooner if required by law).
Actions
Employee wellbeing
We support our colleagues’ wellbeing through a variety of programmes. Our colleagues have access
to a confidential Employee Assistance Programme. We consider flexible working requests and believe
it to be an important lever in improving the health and wellbeing of our workforce. Our approach is a
combination of global and local initiatives, supported by local flexible working policies that embed
geography-specific legislation and cultural working styles.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
190
In TMICC, we have positioned a Global Head of Medical and Occupational Health, to better support
our workforce across sites and align to our frontline organisation. We have a network of practitioners
embedded in our operations, whose role is critical in ensuring both physical and mental health support
is consistently available. They also play a vital part in maintaining safety standards across our sites,
contributing directly to the wellbeing and protection of our teams. We are currently developing and
defining KPIs to monitor the effectiveness of our actions.
Health and safety
At TMICC, safeguarding the health and safety of every employee across our global operations is our
number one priority. Health and safety are not just components of Our Code, they are foundational
to how we operate every day. This commitment is deeply embedded in our culture, governance, and
operational frameworks, with clear accountability at every level of the organisation. In all our activities,
we strive relentlessly for zero harm, ensuring that safety is not just a goal, but a non-negotiable
standard that guides every decision and action we take.
Our ‘Safety First’ mindset is deeply ingrained across the organisation through initiatives such as our
Annual Safety Day, the Safety Moments programme, and the Global Safety Awards, which recognise
exceptional safety contributions from teams worldwide.
Accidents are registered in our workplace management system. Compliance is our baseline, with
all activities aligned to applicable legislation for occupational health and safety management. In our
manufacturing sites, safety is non-negotiable. Our Ice Cream Manufacturing System integrates robust
safety guidance, enabling each site to develop tailored improvement plans based on specific risk
profiles - such as hazardous substances, electrical, and mechanical hazards.
We treat every incident, hazard, or near miss as an opportunity to learn and strengthen our systems.
Follow-up communications, shared learning, and targeted training are systematically delivered to our
colleagues and third parties on site, reinforcing our commitment to a safe and healthy workplace for all.
After an incident actions can be raised via digital tools. The effectiveness of these actions is reviewed
and can only be closed if it is concluded that the action was effective.
Forced labour
In 2025, we did not identify any cases of forced labour within TMICC. At the same time we recognise
that being in the food manufacturing sector, there can be a higher risk to forced labour as we frequently
rely on agency and contract labour to manage operational peaks and staff absences, which can
increase exposure to modern slavery risks. On-site contractors - such as cleaning, catering, or
security personnel - may be vulnerable to coercion through violence, intimidation, debt bondage, or the
withholding of identity documents. These workers have a higher likelihood of facing recruitment fees,
low wages, long hours, poor health and safety, and other labour rights violations, often via third-party
labour providers, severely affecting their quality of life.
To mitigate the risk of forced labour within TMICC we took the following actions:
The Code sets out our commitments in relation to human rights, including treating people with
respect, dignity and fairness, plus a clear commitment of zero tolerance for forced labour. Any
allegations of breaches regarding these commitments would be treated as a Code breach and
follow the investigation process described above as part of the section
Processes to remediate
impacts and channels to raise concerns
.
In 2025, all TMICC colleagues accepted the Unilever Code and TMICC Code was available as
of the day of the separation, 6 December 2025. This was communicated to TMICC colleagues
via email and on internal and external websites. A formal acceptance of the Code by all TMICC
employees will be requested at the start of 2026.
We will conduct annual and mandatory Code training for our colleagues in 2026. It will include how
to recognise bullying and harassment, discrimination, forced labour and working hours breaches.
We have further mandatory training (such as sexual harassment training) in a number of countries
in which we operate, in response to regulatory requirements. This is delivered through our global
learning platform.
Legal teams and HR colleagues handling breaches of Our Code were trained on the related
process in 2025.
A grievance mechanism is in place to report any human rights issues within our own workforce as
described in the previous section,
Process to remediate impacts and channels to raise concerns
.
We track the effectiveness of these actions by monitoring how many forced labour cases are reported
during the year.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
191
Metrics
Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees
For metrics relating to our own workforce, 98% of our employee data is captured in the global HR
system and is extracted as at 31 December 2025, 2 % is collected manually.
Employee headcount by geography, gender and type
All TMICC employees are categorised into the following types, applying the following definitions in
the absence of national law or practice:
Permanent employee: A full-time or part-time employee who works for and is paid directly by
TMICC without a set end date of employment.
Temporary employee: An employee who works for and is paid directly by TMICC for a defined
period, i.e. is on the payroll. This includes temporary and fixed-term workers, interns, apprentices,
and seasonal workers.
Non-guaranteed hours employee: Those employed without a guarantee of a minimum or fixed
number of working hours. Examples may include those with zero-hour contracts and on-call
employees.
The total number of TMICC employees is classified using the year-end headcount by:
Employee type: recorded as of the hire date or when there is a change in type.
Gender: based on official identification or self-assignment. ‘Not reported’ includes those
categorised as ’Other’, ‘Unspecified’ or ‘Prefer not to say’.
The total headcount per country is compared to the total headcount of TMICC employees to
identify any countries of significant employment (>50 employees that represent more than 10%
of headcount).
As at 31 December 2025, TMICC had 16,571 employees by headcount. The tables below show the
breakdown of TMICC’s employees by geography, gender and employee type in compliance with
the UK Listing Rules and Dutch Civil Code. TMICC has to comply with the laws of each jurisdiction in
which we operate in and shall not implement any policy in any jurisdiction to the extent the policy itself
or actions taken under it would, in good-faith judgment of TMICC, violate the laws of such jurisdiction.
Employee headcount
by geography
2025
End of year
2025
Average
Europe and ANZ
7,074
6,925
Americas
4,501
4,427
AMEA
4,996
4,475
Total Headcount
16,571
15,827
Employee headcount
by gender and type
Female
Male
Not
reported
2025
Permanent
5,714
9,669
16
15,399
Temporary
437
555
3
995
Non-guaranteed hours
129
48
-
177
Total Headcount
6,280
10,272
19
16,571
The only country with significant employment (10%) is the USA, which has a total of 2,435 employees.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
192
Total employee turnover
Employee start and exit dates are based on employment dates. Temporary employees (those
working for a defined period) are excluded as they have come to the end of their contract rather
than leaving voluntarily or due to dismissal, retirement, or death in service.
During the reporting period, TMICC was part of Unilever until 6 December 2025. For calculating
TMICC employee population as a standalone company in 2025, the population is defined as the
TMICC’s CEO and all employees reporting into TMICC’s CEO. Movements between TMICC
and Unilever employees during the reporting period are treated as transfers, not joiners or leavers
and are therefore not included in the turnover ratio.
Average headcount is calculated as the sum of weighted monthly headcount from December of the
previous reporting period to December of the current reporting period, with the following weighting:
January to November 2025: Weighting of 1
December 2024 and December 2025: Weighting of 0.5
Employee turnover rate is calculated as a percentage of the number of TMICC employees who have
left in the reporting period over the average headcount.
Employee turnover
2025
Total turnover of employees in year (headcount)
2,578
Rate of employee turnover (%)
17.7%
Health and safety metrics
Work-related injury is defined as any personal injury or disease resulting from a single instantaneous
exposure due to an unexpected or unplanned occurrence, which is found to have occurred in a work
environment and to be work-related (either caused or contributed). Based on TMICC’s definitions,
an incident resulting in injury is often referred to as an ’accident’. TMICC does not refer to incidents
resulting in ill health as an ’accident’.
Fatality is defined as death as a result of work-related injury, suffered by TMICC’s own workforce
while they are on duty, both on-site and off-site on TMICC business or other workers (also referred to
as value chain workers), while working on TMICC sites.
TMICC’s health and safety management system applies to all of our own workforce. In the first year
of reporting, TMICC is applying a partial phase-in of these metrics as allowed by the ESRS and is not
disclosing the number of cases of recordable work-related ill health and days-lost due to injuries,
accidents, fatalities and work-related ill health.
Fatalities
In 2025, there were 0 fatalities in TMICC’s own workforce as a result of work-related injuries, or of
other workers while working on TMICC sites.
Work-related accidents
Own workforce worker type
2025 Number of work-
related accidents
2025 Total Recordable
Frequency Rate (TRFR)
(a)
Employees
38
0.97
Non-employees
(b)
5
0.64
Total
43
0.91
(a) Rate of recordable work-related accidents per 1 million worked hours.
(b) Examples are contractors working for TMICC, such as self-employed individuals or those provided by employment agencies.
Our Total Recordable Frequency Rate is below our internal reference levels and achieved through
targeted actions in high-risk areas.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
193
Complaints and severe human rights impacts and incidents
Complaints
Complaints are defined as matters relating to working conditions, equal treatment and opportunities
for all; other work-related rights that are reported, investigated and closed potential breaches to the
Code of Business Integrity, breaches to the RPP, or complaints about a TMICC company raised to the
National Contact Points (NCP) for OECD Multinational Enterprises. NCP complaints are reviewed
to identify whether they pertain to work-related human rights. Substantiation is determined through
review by the relevant TMICC Business Integrity Officer and the management of the third-party
service provider, where applicable. All cases raised within Unilever specific to TMICC are included in
the number below. Exclusions: Substantiated incidents of discrimination, including harassment.
Total number of complaints closed
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2025
38
(a) The total number of complaints raised in 2025 was 37.
(b) The total number of incidents and complaints closed in 2025 belonging to 2024 was 11 and 27 related to 2025.
(c) The number of substantiated complaints in 2025 was 9.
(d) There have been 0 fines, penalties, or compensation for damages recorded as a result of the complaints disclosed above.
For substantiated Code breaches, sanctions may range from a verbal warning and additional training
or coaching up to termination.
Incidents of discrimination, including harassment
An incident is a legal action or complaint registered with TMICC or competent authorities through
a formal process, or an instance of non-compliance identified by TMICC through established
procedures. Established procedures to identify instances of non-compliance can include audits,
formal monitoring programmes, or grievance mechanisms.
Incidents of discrimination, including harassment, are defined by TMICC as matters that are either
substantiated (i.e. sufficient evidence to determine an incident has occurred) Discrimination and
Harassment Code Cases or substantiated Discrimination and Harassment RPP Cases as pertaining
to non-employees.
All cases raised within Unilever specific to TMICC are included in the number below.
Incidents of discrimination, including harassment
(a) (b)
2025
6
(a) As at 31 December 2025, 2 matters were under investigation, which may be determined as incidents of discrimination and harassment.
(b) There have been 0 fines, penalties, or compensation for damages recorded as a result of the incidents disclosed above.
All of these 6 incidents were closed and addressed prior to the Demerger from Unilever. For
substantiated incidents of discrimination including harassment, sanctions may range from a verbal
warning and additional training or coaching up to termination.
Severe human rights incidents
Severe human rights incidents include instances of lawsuits, formal complaints through the
undertaking or third-party complaint mechanisms, serious allegations in public reports or the media
in respect of forced labour, human trafficking or child labour, where these are connected to the
undertaking’s own workforce, and the fact of the incidents is not disputed by TMICC.
Given the nature of severe human rights incidents, any identified incident is considered to be a case
of non-respect of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, ILO Declaration on
Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work, or OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises
All cases raised within Unilever specific to TMICC are included in the number below.
Total number of severe human rights incidents connected to our own workforce
(a)
2025
Those incidents that are cases of non-respect of the UN Guiding Principles on Business
and Human Rights, ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work, or OECD
Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises
0
(a)
There have been 0 fines, penalties, or compensation for damages recorded as a result.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Upstream
Own operation
Downstream
Negative impact
Positive impact
Risk
Opportunity
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
194
Workers in the Value Chain
Type of Value Chain Workers
The focus of this disclosure is the workers of our business partners, i.e. individuals performing work
upstream or downstream within TMICC’s value chain, regardless of the existence or nature of any
contractual relationship with TMICC. This includes all workers within the value chain who may be
materially impacted by TMICC or its business partners, and their actions.
In 2025, the majority of TMICC’s suppliers were managed by Unilever under the TSA which is
applicable until 2027 and therefore the Responsible Partner Policy (RPP) of Unilever and the
monitoring and enforcement of it with respect to human rights, applies to these suppliers. In 2027,
TMICC will take over these responsibilities and set up their own engagement process with its
suppliers.
The workers in the value chain that we address in this chapter relate to our commodities which are part
of the TSA.
Examples of workers in TMICC’s value chain are:
Smallholder farmers who grow the ingredients we use in our products.
Employees of enterprises in our retail value chain who sell our products.
Employees of suppliers that provide services such as raw materials, logistics, marketing and
products to TMICC.
Impacts, risks and opportunities
Our actual and potential material IROs resulting from the DMA and the process by which these were
identified are disclosed in section
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment
. See below
the details of the IROs applicable to this section.
ESRS topical standard
Sub-topic
IRO title
IRO
Value Chain
Revised Short Description
Workers in the VC
Working conditions
Health, safety and wellbeing
Negative impacts on health and safety may occur within our own operations, and across our value chain
in which we operate, including from poor health and safety processes and unsafe working conditions.
Other work-related rights
Forced labour
The food industry is particularly vulnerable to forced labour due to its reliance on seasonal, low-paid,
and informal labour. Workers may be subject to coercion, debt bondage, and exploitative recruitment
practices, especially in high-risk regions.
Other work-related rights
Child labour
Child labour is a known risk in vanilla and cocoa supply chains where children may be involved in working
on smallholder farms to support production of the raw material.
Other work-related rights
Livelihoods programme
Our commitment to responsible vanilla sourcing is creating meaningful change for farming communities
in Madagascar, where the majority of the world’s vanilla is grown. We are uniquely positioned to drive
positive change for local farming communities, enhancing long-term opportunities and stability by
promoting sustainable agricultural practices and strengthening economic resilience.
Working conditions
Income & wages
Farmers and farm workers in agricultural supply chains may not have a living income or living wage and
may be unable to afford a decent standard of living for themselves and their families. This may be a driver
of other human rights risks such as child labour, forced labour and food insecurity.
Working conditions
Working hours
Excessive workloads, mainly in the transport and logistics part of our value chain, could harm work-life
balance and, if sustained, negatively affect physical and mental health as well as family life.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
195
TMICC completed a standalone human rights saliency assessment working with a human rights
consultancy firm, to assess both existing and emerging human rights risks across our entire value
chain, which fed into our DMA as described in section
General Disclosures - Double Materiality
Assessment.
This review concluded that there is a high likelihood of the following negative impacts on material
human rights for workers in the value chain:
Child labour and young workers on the farm, particularly in cocoa in Côte d’Ivoire, and vanilla in
Madagascar.
Forced labour, on the farm (particularly in dairy in the US), with our tier 1 suppliers and in freight
and warehousing.
Health and safety, including mental health, in freight and warehousing and with our tier 1 suppliers.
Excessive working hours in freight and warehousing.
Income and wages in agricultural supply chains (commodities).
Given our reliance on smallholder farmers, other risks, such as bullying, harassment, discrimination and
freedom of association and collective bargaining, are less relevant to TMICC due to our value chain
structure that differs froms other companies, while remaining important areas of focus.
Our human rights saliency assessment relies on professional judgement, available information, and
iterative stakeholder input to identify our material IROs. The human rights saliency assessment will be
periodically refreshed to account for changing circumstances and emerging risks.
We aim to identify, understand and assess potential and actual impacts to people, as well as the
root causes of impacts, so that these are effectively addressed. We also work to prevent potential
impacts from becoming actual impacts, while monitoring for new and emerging human rights risks.
Together with a human rights consultancy firm, we are defining action to address the risks identified,
as it provides a clear starting point for mitigation and prevention and takes into account TMICC’s
relationship to the risks and available resources. At the same time this is taken into account by setting
our sustainability strategy to address the most material human rights risks for TMICC.
Policies
The table below demonstrates which of our policies address the IROs that are relevant to our workers
in the value chain. The details of our policies are disclosed in the General Disclosures.
2025
Health,
safety &
wellbeing
Forced
labour
Child
labour
Livelihoods
programme
Income &
wages
Working
hours
RPP
SAP
CPP
Engaging with value chain workers
We require all business partners to confirm compliance with Unilever’s RPP during onboarding and
through annual re-registration. This is supported by self-assessments, due diligence and risk-based
verification as part of the TSA with Unilever. Due diligence refers to the ongoing processes to identify,
prevent, mitigate, and account for how actual and potential adverse impacts on human rights, business
integrity, and the environment are addressed and managed. These processes help us identify
approved partners and assess risks linked to the nature of goods or services and the geographies
in which they operate. Information from self-assessments informs which partners require additional
checks, including external audits or desktop reviews for high-risk sites.
To strengthen these efforts, we apply structured risk analysis and prioritisation to focus on areas
where workers may face elevated risks. This includes mapping supply chains to commodity and
country level and integrating external risk indicators. Based on this analysis, we implement targeted
interventions such as capacity-building programmes for example for vulnerable groups like women
workers, worker voice mechanisms, and collaborative initiatives with industry partners to address
systemic risks. Engagement with value chain workers occurs directly and, where relevant, through
legitimate representatives or credible proxies, ensuring their perspectives inform risk assessments
and remediation actions. These engagements take place during onboarding, periodic risk
assessments, and monitoring activities, with frequency proportionate to the level of risk identified in
the supply chain. Oversight of these processes rests with senior leadership, while implementation is
managed by procurement and sustainability teams, who ensure that engagement is integrated into
due diligence and verification activities.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
196
Technology plays a key role in improving visibility and enabling worker voice. Throughout 2025 and for
the duration of the TSA, TMICC relies on digital platforms and tools operated by Unilever to implement
the RPP. These platforms provide capabilities to cascade requirements across the supply chain,
collect and analyse supplier data, and deploy tailored due diligence questionnaires. They also enable
secure grievance channels for workers to raise concerns anonymously, multilingual accessibility, and
features that ensure confidentiality and protection against retaliation. In addition, the tools support
real-time monitoring of remediation actions, tracking of performance indicators, and integration of
insights into risk assessments to refine prioritisation and corrective actions. After the TSA exit, TMICC
will build on these capabilities to maintain continuity and strengthen effectiveness in due diligence and
worker engagement processes.
In order to evaluate effectiveness, we are developing outcome-based measures, including uptake of
grievance channels, resolution timelines and feedback on engagement quality. These insights inform
risk prioritisation and corrective actions. Where issues are identified, we have a local resource in Côte
d’Ivoire for our cocoa chain who works with partners to address root causes, monitor remediation and
prevent recurrence, escalating where necessary through compliance procedures.
Processes to remediate impacts and channels to raise concerns
Supplier expectations and policy alignment
Our business partners are required to comply with the RPP, which sets out standards on integrity,
ethics, human rights and environmental responsibility. The Human Rights Principles within the RPP
align with ILO Conventions and address all material human rights risks, including forced labour
and child labour. Partners must have systems and processes in place to prevent breaches and are
expected to cascade equivalent requirements throughout their own supply chains, conducting human
rights due diligence as part of their responsibilities.
Due diligence, auditing and incident management
We verify our business partner’s alignment with RPP through self-declarations during onboarding and
annual re-registration, supported by due diligence and risk-based audits conducted by independent
third parties. These audits assess adherence to our RPP Fundamental Principles and identify
any breaches of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. Our human rights due
diligence processes include identifying and assessing indicators of potential issues, such as payment
of recruitment fees or retention of workers’ documentation. We undertake investigations where
appropriate to determine whether these indicators are linked to actual impacts. The most serious
non-conformances are classified as key incidents, representing significant violations related to health
and safety, labour rights, or business integrity. This includes severe human rights risks such as forced
labour, human trafficking, and child labour. Where such incidents are identified, we require corrective
action and monitor progress to ensure effective remediation and prevent recurrence.
All key incidents must be escalated by auditors to us within 24 hours. Business partners are required
to submit a Corrective Action Plan within seven days, detailing measures to address the issues and
prevent recurrence. We closely monitor implementation and provide guidance where needed. Within
90 days the finding should be closed. Where remediation is delayed or insufficient, we escalate
the case and may apply contractual consequences. Once a follow-up audit is conducted by an
independent third party they will verify that corrective actions have been completed and are effective.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
197
Where full remediation cannot be achieved within this timeframe, for example due to required capital
investment or significant operational changes, the partner must implement an interim plan to mitigate
risks until a permanent solution is in place. We monitor progress closely and escalate cases where
corrective actions are not implemented or risks persist, ensuring accountability and continuous
improvement across our value chain.
We support business partners in addressing risks and share the RPP Implementation Guidance as
developed by Unilever, which includes resources and checklists for preventing and remedying impacts
and establishing management systems to prevent recurrence.
Under the TSA, Unilever performs the due diligence and tracks the effectiveness of the due diligence
as described above. As a new standalone company, we are developing a standalone framework to
systematically perform the due diligence and track the effectiveness of our actions, including worker
satisfaction surveys, audit closure rates, grievance resolution times, and regular reviews of programme
impact with external partners. Our intent is to scale successful interventions, close identified gaps,
and report transparently on progress and challenges. As a new standalone company, we will continue
to refresh our human rights saliency assessment periodically, engage rightsholders and local
communities, and integrate their voices into programme design and evaluation.
Grievance Mechanisms
While we maintain channels for third parties to raise concerns, we believe grievances are best resolved
close to where they occur. Our approach is to work with partners to ensure they have effective, trusted
grievance mechanisms for their workers, aligned with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and
Human Rights. We monitor the existence, accessibility and worker awareness of these mechanisms
through audits and engagement activities.
Our RPP also promotes leading practices, requiring mechanisms to be widely communicated and
accessible to workers and local communities. In addition, partners, workers, communities and
other stakeholders can report actual or suspected breaches of the RPP through our independent
reporting channels, available online or by phone without fear of retaliation. Reports can be submitted
confidentially and anonymously, where permitted by law, and are assessed promptly to determine
appropriate follow-up actions. Where reports are submitted through TMICC’s grievance mechanism,
we have processes in place to ensure rightsholders are remediated for harms that have occurred. Part
of the process of remediating, includes engaging rightsholders in developing the remediation awarded.
Our TMICC Speak-up hotline is available on our website in multiple languages and also allows workers
in the value chain to raise any concerns. There is also an option to report concerns anonymously via
the hotline. The effectiveness of this channel is tracked via monitoring the trend in the number of cases
and comparing them to an industry benchmark.
As part of the third party audits performed at business partners, it is audited if the workers in the value
chain trust the grievance mechanisms in place.
Engagement with trade unions and rightsholders
In 2025, Unilever engaged, on behalf of TMICC, with global trade unions through structured dialogue
and collaboration, ensuring that workers’ rights are respected and that concerns are addressed
promptly and transparently.
Actions
TMICC responds to identified human rights impacts by considering the severity and likelihood of the
impact. Our human rights saliency assessment found that the material impacts are concentrated
in upstream farming (especially cocoa and vanilla), tier 1 suppliers, and downstream within logistics
(freight and warehousing). TMICC’s approach demonstrates our commitment to addressing material
human rights impacts, managing risks and opportunities, and continuously improving our practices as
we establish ourselves as a responsible, independent business.
The following actions have been taken in 2025 to prevent adverse impacts on the identified IROs as
disclosed at the start of this section
Workers in the Value Chain - Impacts, risks and opportunities
.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
198
Health, safety and wellbeing, income and wages, and forced labour
To address these impacts, TMICC embeds effective management systems and responsible sourcing
standards across our operations and supply chain. Cocoa is mainly sourced via Fairtrade and
Rainforest Alliance, vanilla is sourced via Fairtrade, palm oil via RSPO, and some dairy is bought via
Caring Dairy, each setting standards for labour rights, wages, safety, and grievance mechanisms.
Cocoa and vanilla, that are Fairtrade certified, provide guaranteed minimum prices and community
premiums to strengthen farmer livelihoods and reduce exploitation risks. We complement these
standards with supplier and partner training and capability building and require alignment with our
RPP, as referenced in the policies section above. This policy sets clear expectations for suppliers to
have effective grievance mechanisms, management systems to prevent recurrence and compliance
with our principles on access to remedy and worker protection. These measures specifically target
high-risk areas identified in our due diligence, including direct suppliers and logistics partners such as
freight and warehousing. Supplier compliance is monitored through audits, engagement activities, and
escalation procedures.
For Ben & Jerry’s in the US, the Milk with Dignity programme protects migrant dairy workers by
addressing risks of forced labour through enforceable standards on fair wages, safe working
conditions, and access to grievance mechanisms.
Child labour and income and wages
We have the following programmes in place that empower women to strengthen households to reduce
the need for children to work and contribute to family earnings.
Female economic empowerment and the creation of alternative livelihoods for farmers and their
households play a crucial role in fighting child labour, which is why we invest in programmes to
achieve that goal via poverty alleviation. TMICC funds programmes and partners with NGOs for
implementation, while our local resource provides on-the-ground oversight to ensure effective
delivery. The initiative begins with training women to establish and mature Village Savings and Loan
Associations (VSLAs). Once VSLAs are operational, 100WEEKS will administer a cash transfer
programme starting in 2026, that will provide women with an amount every week for 100 weeks.
Alongside this, the participating women receive comprehensive training in household budgeting,
business operations, financial management, and social skills. By combining VSLAs, training, and
direct cash transfers, TMICC enables innovative solutions that create lasting impact.
In the cocoa industry we work with our key supplier in Côte d’Ivoire to implement a child labour
monitoring and remediation system (CLMRS) across all cooperatives we source from, covering a
significant share of our cocoa supply. This collaboration has been in place since 2017 and aims to
identify and address child labour cases, strengthen cooperative capacity, and improve access to
education in local communities. It is an ongoing initiative and is valuable input to the development of our
sustainability strategy.
Our RPP explicitly prohibits child labour and outlines how related risks must be identified; this is
reinforced through independent third-party audits as described in the section above
Due diligence,
auditing and incident management.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
199
Livelihood programme
The Vanilla for Change programme in Madagascar, provides a positive contribution to children and
youth in vanilla-growing regions. The programme aims to reduce child labour and protect children in
these regions. Working with partners Save the Children and Symrise, it focuses on child protection,
rights awareness, and improved livelihoods through training and savings groups. The programme
also promotes climate-smart agriculture to strengthen income resilience, including KPIs targeting
to increase household income for 5,000 farmers and 5,000 hectares under regenerative practices.
These efforts seek to address risks related to child labour, forced labour, and income in the value chain.
Excessive working hours
For excessive working hours in the logistics sector we monitor compliance to the RPP, however no
specific actions have been implemented by TMICC in 2025.
Industry alignment
TMICC actively participates in industry alignment bodies to strengthen our management of human
rights risks and IROs. This includes the International Cocoa Initiative, where we are part of the Forced
Labour Working Group - helping integrate best practices into our cocoa sourcing and directly
addressing IROs related to forced labour. Our engagement enables us to influence sector standards,
share learnings, and adopt measures that reduce the risk of forced labour in our supply chain. We also
participate in the Sustainable Vanilla Charter, which promotes systemic change in vanilla sourcing.
Through this collaboration, we work with peers to improve traceability, strengthen farmer livelihoods,
and implement child protection measures. These actions contribute to preventing and mitigating
material negative impacts such as child labour and forced labour by addressing root causes like
poverty and lack of education, while ensuring our approach reflects the latest industry standards
and collective action.
Metrics
Severe human rights incidents in the value chain
Severe human rights incidents include instances of lawsuits, formal complaints through the
undertaking or third-party complaint mechanisms, serious allegations in public reports or the media
in respect of forced labour, human trafficking or child labour, where these are connected to its value
chain, and the fact of the incidents is not disputed by TMICC.
Given the nature of severe human rights incidents, any identified incident is also considered to be a
case of non-respect of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, ILO Declaration
on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work or OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and
therefore part of the reported incidents below.
All cases raised within Unilever specific to TMICC’s workers in the value chain are managed by
Unilever of part of the TSA and TMICC has been made aware of these cases.
Total number of severe human rights incidents connected to our workers in the
value chain
2025
0
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
200
ESRS topical standard
Sub-topic
IRO title
IRO
Value Chain
Description
Consumers &
End-users
Social inclusion of con-
sumers and/or end-users
Responsible marketing
Inappropriate marketing of our snacking products may encourage over consumption and cause harm
to vulnerable groups including children.
Personal safety of
consumers and/or end-
users
Health related regulatory
restrictions
Regulatory restrictions may be imposed on the sale and marketing of food products which do not meet
certain nutritional requirements (sugar/ultra-processed food tax), potentially impacting our revenue.
Personal safety of
consumers and/or end-
users under the sub-sub-
topic
Health-conscious
consumer trends
Growing health-conscious consumer preferences are a strategic opportunity to attract consumers
shifting away from less healthy snacking options. Ice cream, particularly our low-calorie, energy,
hydration and high protein offerings and recent innovations, provide a more calorie-efficient alternative
to other offerings in the snacking category.
Personal safety of
consumers and/or end-
users
Safe products
Unsafe products could result in a financial loss as a result of:
• Product formulation and packaging not meeting TMICC safety standards.
• Formulation ingredients and packaging being accidentally or maliciously contaminated, resulting in
compromise in product integrity which could impact the consumer.
• Product labelling not being in line with national/regional laws and regulations, or lacks transparency,
resulting in consumers not having the relevant information to make decisions on our products or being
at risk to harm their health.
Consumers and End-Users
Type of Consumers and End-Users
TMICC’s success depends on the value and relevance of our brands and products to consumers
worldwide. We monitor trends and gather insights from consumers, customers and shoppers to
develop our brand strategies and build competitive advantage.
This disclosure includes all consumers and end-users in TMICC’s downstream value chain who are
likely to be materially impacted by our operations. These include:
consumers
who rely on the quality and safety of our products, including those who may be
particularly dependent on accurate and accessible product information, such as those with
allergies. Note that for TMICC the consumers are the end-users;
children
, who are increasingly exposed to online promotional content from a broad range of
industries and may be reached by our brand messaging;
health-conscious consumers
who wish to be well informed so they can be empowered to make
choices that align with their lifestyles, preferences, and values.
Impacts, risks and opportunities
Our actual and potential systemic material IROs resulting from the DMA and the process by which we
identified these are disclosed in section
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment.
Upstream
Own operation
Downstream
Negative impact
Positive impact
Risk
Opportunity
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
201
Policies
The table below demonstrates which of our policies address the IROs that are relevant to our
consumers. The details of our policies are disclosed in the General Disclosures.
2025
Responsible
marketing
Health related
regulatory
restrictions
Health-conscious
consumer trends
Safe products
Code
Engaging with consumers and end-users
At TMICC, we foster meaningful connections with our consumers through accessible communication
channels for all consumers, including vulnerable groups, through clear contact information on
packaging, interactive website features, and dedicated consumer carelines that are available 24/7,
enabling transparent feedback on many touchpoints from product experience to sustainability
initiatives.
Our multi-dimensional engagement ecosystem reaches almost half a million consumers annually
through dedicated carelines, consumer panels, digital platforms, and social listening channels, while
leveraging trusted research partnerships with agencies, such as Kantar, Nielsen, and Ipsos, to decode
consumer needs across our key demand moments and snacking occasions. TMICC’s engagement
strategy is designed to grow beyond its current share in the snacking market by creating more relevant
touchpoints across consumption occasions, from creating spaces to enjoy the moment to balancing
indulgence with added nutritional benefits such as extra fruit, vitamins, fibre or protein developing
formats that make ice cream appropriate for more moments. These rich insights orchestrated under
our Chief Creative Officer’s strategic vision to deliver high quality innovations, guide responsible
decision making and ensure we deliver superior, uplifting ice cream experiences across our portfolio.
To meet the evolving needs of our consumers, we work closely with retailers and other customers.
Collaboration is essential as we grow, ensuring our strategies are aligned and mutually supportive. Our
position is to align our sustainability objectives with our retailers ensuring we help each other achieve
our commitments.
Processes to remediate impacts and channels to raise concerns
The communication channels referenced above, including our consumer carelines and websites,
offer consumers multiple mechanisms through which to raise any concerns. Trained consumer
communication agents respond to questions where appropriate, and their use and effectiveness are
tracked by monitoring performance against set indicators and through consumer feedback surveys.
If a consumer has a complaint, they can contact our carelines, using the phone number or email
address listed on the ice cream packaging or on our website. Consumer complaints are then logged
via carelines, who share the data with the relevant product quality contacts, for investigation by the
relevant manufacturing site (or other function, depending on the nature of the complaint). If preliminary
investigation indicates this is not an isolated concern (for example additional complaints of the same
type received, failure identified in the manufacturing process), our global ‘marketplace incident
process’ is activated, as outlined in section
Actions
in this chapter.
We monitor if our consumers are aware and trust our careline by measuring their satisfaction of
the careline.
Product safety
Concerns raised to TMICC in relation to product safety are shared with relevant internal experts for
further investigation. By closely monitoring consumer feedback data, we can detect emerging issues
and respond quickly. In the event of a marketplace incident relating to consumer safety or product
quality, an incident management team is activated to ensure timely and effective action.
We are committed to continually improving our performance; however, sometimes we fall short of
our product safety and quality standards. A product might, for example, have a quality defect, or
there may be contamination of a raw material, or mislabelling of ingredients. If this happens, protecting
consumers’ safety is our number one priority. When necessary, we will issue a public recall of the
affected products from the marketplace, even if only small quantities of products are involved.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
202
In the event of a non-conforming product reaching the market, we have a global process for identifying
and managing marketplace incidents to ensure we act fast, investigate fully and embed learning to
prevent future recurrence. Where necessary, we will issue a public recall of the affected products from
the marketplace even if only small quantities of products are involved.
In 2025, we issued 2 public recalls. In the case of a public recall, we use multiple channels to ensure
consumers have the required information regarding the product affected (for example national press
advertising, store communications for retailers and relevant websites) and that they can get answers
to any questions or concerns via our carelines. We take action to identify the root cause and share
lessons learned with all relevant parties to prevent a recurrence.
In the event of a product recall or product safety non-compliance, remediation activities can include
product reimbursement.
Responsible marketing
Our marketing teams are responsible for ensuring compliance with our Responsible Marketing policy
as set in the Code. In 2025, we issued internal guidelines, including guidance on marketing of products
appealing to children and these are shared with our marketing teams. We trained our organisation in
2025 on these guidelines.
Where deviations are identified, our teams work to make the necessary changes, such as changes to
artwork, to ensure adherence to the principles.
Code of Business Integrity and related Code Policies
Anyone may report more serious concerns about potential breaches of TMICC’s Code through Our
Code reporting channels. Our investigation standards require us to record and assess all potential
breaches reported. Additional details, including our non-retaliation requirements, can be found in our
Business Conduct disclosures in section
Identifying and reporting breaches, including whistleblower
protection.
Actions
Product safety
TMICC has comprehensive standards and processes to ensure the safety of our products, as defined
in our Policies and Quality Management System. These include, but are not limited to, safety risk
assessments to ensure consumer, occupational and environmental safety by design, requirements for
all materials used in our product formulations to be registered in TMICC’s Safety Systems, supported
by defined tools and guidance for assessing consumer safety risks.
We have standards related to product labelling, which include instructions for use, product
composition and additional labelling, such as the presence of allergens. We have labelling approval
processes in place to ensure compliance with external regulations and TMICC’s policies.
Suppliers of the materials for our products must meet the standards set within TMICC’s Supplier
Quality Approval process. Our Quality Management System then defines the requirements to be
followed for the manufacture of safe products, covering topics such as cleaning and disinfection,
hygienic engineering and maintenance, allergen management and foreign matter prevention.
Processes and controls are verified annually and regularly monitored through performance indicators
that drive improvement activities.
We monitor the effectiveness of our product safety processes and controls in a number of ways,
including leadership scorecards and tracking key metrics such as marketplace incidents/recalls,
consumer-safety-related complaints, and the completion of audits and associated actions. We track
the completion of our corrective and preventive actions, for example, those related to marketplace
incidents/recalls and consumer-safety-related manufacturing incidents, to ensure that our processes
for learning from incidents are effective in preventing future recurrence. The quality and safety of our
products are also managed through our enterprise risk management process.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
203
The policy landscape we operate in is evolving continuously, particularly when it comes to marketing
and sales of products that do not meet certain nutritional criteria. We monitor these developments
as this informs our policies and approach and, where required, implement changes to products or
campaigns to comply with regulatory requirements.
Responding to emerging consumer demand patterns as well as to the evolving regulatory
requirements with superior products is core to our business strategies, supported by our R&D centre
with in-house health and nutrition experts, rather than only guided by policy.
One emerging area is the potential impact of weight loss medication usage on consumers’ eating
behaviour. At present this is largely a US issue but is increasing globally. Our Better-For-You offerings
such as Yasso and Breyers Carb Smart are increasing penetration with such weight loss medication
users (such as those using Ozempic and other GLP-1 medications). We will continue to adapt to users’
needs via portion control, products to address their needs such as protein and hydration and via
improved nutritional profile to grow our portfolio and align with consumer trends.
While we view the growing consumer interest in health and wellness as an opportunity to innovate and
diversify our ice cream portfolio, this trend also introduces a risk. The increasing adoption of weight-
loss medications, which often suppress appetite for indulgent foods, could lead to a decline in overall
demand for ice cream. This shift may be particularly pronounced among health-conscious consumers.
If this trend accelerates, it could impact category growth, alter consumption patterns, and require
adaptation in product development and marketing strategies. Proactively addressing this risk through
innovation, such as offering portion-controlled and lower-calorie options, will be critical to maintaining
relevance and mitigating potential volume declines.
We also work to improve consumer safety by engaging beyond our business with the scientific
community and regulators.
Our actions on product safety are supported by our global centre of excellence teams.
Products responding to a changing external environment
In line with our strategy, we are continually working to optimise our product offerings serving evolving
consumer preferences and complying with the changing regulatory landscape. As consumer demand
evolves, there is a longer-term opportunity to deliver product innovations like low-calorie, hydration,
energy and protein, that serve consumers who want superior products at great value, offering
something for everyone, from those seeking a healthy lifestyle to those looking for indulgence. To meet
the growing demand from consumers seeking healthier options, our portfolio includes calorie-efficient
ice creams that provide fewer calories within the snacking category.
As part of our approach to developing consumer insights and monitoring market trends, we engage
with consumers through the mechanisms already described.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
204
Business Conduct
Impacts, risks and opportunities
Our actual and potential material IROs resulting from the DMA and the process by which these were
identified are disclosed in section
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment
. See below
the details of the IROs applicable to this section.
ESRS topical standard
Sub-topic
IRO title
IRO
Value Chain
Description
Business Conduct
Animal welfare
Animal health & welfare
Intensive livestock farming practices often lead to overcrowding, increased stress, and inadequate care
for farm animals, posing significant threats to their health and overall wellbeing.
Corporate culture
Ethical conduct
Failure to act in an ethical manner and foster a culture where our colleagues and value chain feel
empowered to speak up, consistent with the expectations of customers, consumers and other
stakeholders, may result in reputational damage.
Corruption and bribery
Anti-bribery & corruption (ABC)
There is a risk that a breach of anti-bribery and corruption laws or failure to prevent bribery, may result in
legal and financial consequences for TMICC and individuals.
Governance
disclosures
Upstream
Own operation
Downstream
Negative impact
Positive impact
Risk
Opportunity
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
205
Governance
The role of administrative, management and supervisory bodies related to
business conduct
The ultimate responsibility for TMICC’s conduct is with the Board of TMICC, who are responsible
for both setting and monitoring the culture of the business. The Board is supported in this by the
Audit and Risk Committee to which all breaches of the Code are reported. All changes to the Code
need to be endorsed by the Nomination and Governance Committee.
The composition of the Board and its expertise is disclosed as part of the Management Report in
the Corporate Governance Section under the headers
Corporate Governance Structure, Board
composition standards, Board of Directors Skills and experience matrix
and
Board sustainability
process and skills.
The Chief Executive Officer is accountable to the Board for the implementation of TMICC’s culture
and standards of conduct, which we refer to as ‘business integrity’, and is supported in this by the Chief
Legal Officer, Chief Business Integrity Officer and Business Integrity Committee. The key elements of
TMICC’s standards of conduct are set out in Our Code of Business Integrity and related Code Policies
(Our Code) which provide a set of mandatory rules that govern how we run our business.
Responsibility for the day-to-day implementation of Our Code is delegated to the TMICC Executive
Leadership Team and all senior management. They are supported in this by the Executive and
Regional Business Integrity Committees and operational business teams.
Policies
The table below demonstrates which of our policies address the IROs that are relevant to our business
conduct. The details of our policies are disclosed in the General Disclosures.
2025
Animal health
& welfare
Ethical conduct
Anti-bribery &
corruption (ABC)
Code
RPP
SAP
CPP
Business conduct and corporate culture
We intend to formally review Our Code every five years taking into account changes in legislation,
business risks and lessons learned from concerns raised through our Speak Up channels. Any
updates made to the Code will be presented to the Nomination and Governance Committee and/or
the Board for approval. Potential changes needed to the Code and other guiding documents related
to Our Code are monitored on an ongoing basis to ensure they appropriately reflect the internal and
external context, in addition to incorporating the latest legal requirements and consultation with
various policy owners.
We also seek to work with our stakeholders who uphold these standards throughout our value chain.
Our RPP outlines our requirements for business partners.
Our Business Integrity and Culture are the foundation of our success. Our approach to business
integrity is designed to ensure that how we do business is fully aligned with Our Code and the
applicable laws and regulations in countries where we operate.
Our business integrity framework is comprised of three pillars:
Prevention
- we seek to embed a culture of integrity at all levels.
Detection
- we encourage our colleagues to speak up and identify potential issues through auditing
and monitoring processes.
Response
- we have the tools to investigate and, if necessary, sanction confirmed breaches and
use what we learn to continually improve our processes to increase the level of prevention.
This approach is underlined by the TMICC Code, with its principles setting out what our colleagues
must and must not do to ensure they are living the Code.
We also set out what TMICC requires of business partners in our RPP, so that we can do business
together responsibly.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
206
Corporate culture
Our Code sets out clear requirements for the standards of conduct we expect from our colleagues.
Everyone at TMICC is expected to be an ambassador for the high standards set out in Our Code,
with the tone set from the top. Our senior leaders communicate regularly with other senior leaders
and all colleagues on business integrity, making clear that adherence to Our Code is non-negotiable.
On an annual basis, multiple initiatives aim to embed this culture across our business, ranging from
mandatory training and a global pledge - where our colleagues actively pledge to uphold these values -
to employee townhall and leadership awareness sessions.
We aim to continuously improve and further embed a culture of business integrity. We analyse trends
in the number of incidents reported via our TMICC Speak Up Platforms and if this is in line with market
rates to assess the effectiveness of this line. Furthermore, we analyse the results of investigations,
market assessments and audit findings to identify trends and opportunities for improvement. Lessons
learned are then shared extensively across the business integrity community, TMICC’s leadership, and
with colleagues.
Business conduct training
Everyone who works at TMICC is required to know Our Code and understand how to apply it in their
work. We design and conduct annual mandatory training for all office-based colleagues and have
tailored training for those colleagues working in factories and more remote areas. Completion of
training is tracked, and we follow up with colleagues who fail to complete mandatory training and take
further action where required.
Corruption and bribery are risks that may affect any employee, and therefore our mandatory training,
deployed for all colleagues, includes a focus on anti-corruption, in particular related to learnings from
investigations, risk assessments and business partnering.
Identifying and reporting breaches, including whistleblower protection
Our Code specifically includes the requirement to immediately report actual or potential breaches
of Our Business Principles or related Code Policies. Key to identifying and reporting breaches is
training, to ensure familiarity with the Code, and the provision of appropriate infrastructure to facilitate
reporting. We make a variety of internal and external reporting platforms available to all colleagues,
former or future colleagues, and those we partner with.
To report a concern, colleagues can contact a number of internal channels. Alternatively, colleagues
and third parties can use our independently managed, confidential TMICC Speak Up Hotline and
Website (whistleblowing line) via telephone, which is available 24/7 or our online Speak Up platform,
which is available directly via a web address. These channels also allow for concerns to be raised
anonymously.
The available reporting channels are set out within Our Code and highlighted during Business Integrity
training and in our communications. The Speak Up platform is signposted on TMICC’s wesite and
our internal portals, and hotline numbers are displayed in various locations, such as factory walls.
In addition, we highlight to colleagues that if they prefer not to use the direct or anonymised channels
provided by TMICC, they can utilise other external reporting channels and report directly to the
authorities.
We are committed to a culture of transparency and prohibit retaliation in any format against those who
report or seek guidance on ethical or compliance issues or report cases under Our Code, compliant
with the EU Whistleblower Directive.
Our Code sets out that TMICC will not retaliate against colleagues who raise issues with us and that
any attempted or actual retaliatory action by colleagues is in itself considered to be a breach of Our
Code. This non retaliation is emphasised in our Speak Up channel.
After any Code concern is reported, reporters are reminded of what retaliation could look like and
asked if they think they have experienced this. All Business Integrity Committees are also accountable
for ensuring that individuals who report Code breaches or assist with investigations are properly
protected from retaliation and that confidentiality is maintained.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
207
Investigating potential breaches
Our investigation standards require us to record and assess all Code concerns reported, in whatever
form they are raised. Once a report is received, it is formally acknowledged and directed to a Business
Integrity Officer to determine whether a Business Integrity investigation is required.
Investigations are led by the responsible Business Integrity Officers, who are part of the Business
Integrity Team within the Legal department, to ensure fair, unbiased and independent investigations
are undertaken. All Business Integrity Officers and other functions who may provide support during
internal investigations are trained on TMICC’s standards and processes and are required to uphold
these at all times. Business Integrity champions are posted around the world to respond to cases, with
oversight from a central Business Integrity team.
Investigation reports link the allegation made to the specific requirements under Our Code,
summarising the evidence, findings in respect of any breach, corrective measures, and recommended
sanctions. Completed investigation findings are submitted to Business Integrity Committees regularly
for review. In cases involving public bribery or senior executives, or any other significant financial,
regulatory or reputational risks to TMICC, our Chief Legal Officer and Chief Integrity Officer oversee
investigations and an ad hoc Business Integrity Committee determines any sanctions, regardless of
where such executives are located.
We encourage engagement from the initial reporter to facilitate the investigation while maintaining
confidentiality. Where appropriate and possible, we aim to provide transparency with regard to the
investigation’s progress and anticipated completion. It is the responsibility of the Business Integrity
Committees to ensure the timely investigation of all potential Code breaches raised by an individual
employee, with a view to reaching a final determination within 60 days, depending on the nature and
complexity of the concern raised.
Breaches of the Code or Code Policies are shared with various oversight committees, including
the TMICC Business Integrity Committee, ELT, and Audit and Risk Committee. Regular updates on
the Code and approval of changes to the Code are requested to the Nomination and Governance
Committee.
Animal welfare
Farm animal welfare forms part of TMICC’s Sustainable Agriculture Principles (SAP), which is
designed to codify key aspects of sustainability in farming and apply them to our supply chain. The
Chief Procurement Officer is responsible for the implementation of the SAP, and it is applicable to all
agricultural suppliers.
Ben & Jerry’s Caring Dairy Programme
Caring Dairy sets strict animal welfare standards for all participating farms. It requires compliance
with Global Animal Partnership (GAP) standards, which are based on the Five Freedoms and verified
through third-party audits. Beyond The Five Freedoms as explained in the SAP above, Caring Dairy
goes further by mandating pasture access and free grazing, ensuring cows spend significant time
outdoors rather than in confinement. The programme also requires enriched environments that
allow for natural behaviours beyond minimum welfare requirements, and it enforces higher-tier GAP
practices that include continuous improvement on housing, bedding, and cow comfort.
Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery policies
Our Code sets out TMICC’s zero-tolerance approach towards corruption and bribery and is aligned to
the United Nations Convention against Corruption. This prohibits both public and commercial bribery,
to or from any third party, irrespective of financial values involved and explicitly prohibits facilitation
payments.
Detailed written anti-corruption guidance and standards are also in place that expand on Our Code
in relevant areas, including interactions with our suppliers, public officials, NGOs, or any other third
parties, customer incentives, gifts and hospitality, grants and donations, and conflicts of interest.
Our partners must adhere to TMICC’s anti-corruption and bribery policies, as defined in the RPP.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
208
Metrics
Incidents of corruption or bribery
There have been 0 incidents of corruption or bribery resulting in convictions or fines for TMICC Group
companies due to violation of applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in 2025. There have
been no fines were paid related to bribery and corruption cases.
In addition, there have been no deferred prosecution agreements or other significant enforcement
activity involving TMICC Group companies in 2025 that required us to take actions to address
breaches in procedures and standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery.
Preventing, detecting and addressing allegations or incidents of corruption and bribery
The core processes to prevent, detect and address allegations or incidents of corruption and bribery
are the same as the processes in place for Our Code. All potential cases of corruption and bribery
related to public officials are reported to our Chief Legal Officer and Chief Business Integrity Officer,
who oversee investigations. Guidance is in place concerning how each incident should be handled.
As previously set out above in the section
Investigating potential breaches
, breaches, lessons learned,
and remedial actions related to the Code are shared with various oversight committees.
In order to prevent incidents from taking place, we conduct periodic bespoke anti-corruption and
anti-bribery risk assessment exercises to determine the business activities and geographies that
require specific actions to enhance our controls and respond to changes in our risk exposure. A range
of tailor-made measures are continuously introduced to mitigate these risks, along with additional
bespoke training.
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery training
As part of our annual mandatory Business Integrity learning programme, anti-corruption and
anti-bribery training is deployed to all colleagues, including functions-at-risk. TMICC Board
members received the Code as part of their onboarding in 2025 and received a training on the
Code in January 2026.
The training content is based on our lessons learned from investigations, risk assessments and
business partnering.
The anti-corruption and anti-bribery training programme is sponsored by the Chief Legal Officer and
led by the Chief Business Integrity Officer. It is overseen by TMICC’s Audit and Risk Committee.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
209
Appendix
Disclosure requirements covered by our Sustainability Statements, including incorporation by reference.
ESRS References
Section
TCFD
(b)
ESRS2 General Information
Basis of Preparation
BP-1
General basis of preparation
General Disclosure - Basis of Preparation. P. 148
BP-2
Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances
General Disclosure - Scope P. 148
Governance
GOV-1
Oversight of sustainability matters
General Disclosures - Oversight of sustainability matters P. 155
(a)
GOV-2
Sustainability matters addressed by governance bodies
General Disclosures - Role of supervisory bodies P. 155
GOV-3
Sustainability performance and incentives
General Disclosures - Sustainability performance and incentives P. 156
(a)
GOV-4
Sustainability due diligence
General Disclosures - Sustainability due diligence P. 156
GOV-5
Sustainability reporting controls
General Disclosures - Sustainability reporting controls P. 157
Strategy
SBM-1
Strategy and business model
General Disclosures - Strategy and business model P. 158
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
General Disclosures - Interests and views of stakeholders P. 158
SBM-3
Interaction of material IROs with strategy and business model
General Disclosures - Interaction with strategy and business model P. 163
Impact, risk and opportunity management
IRO-1
Double materiality assessment process
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment P. 160
IRO-2
Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking’s Sustainability
Statements
Appendix P. 209
E1 Climate
Governance
ESRS2 GOV-3
Sustainability performance and incentives
General Disclosures - Sustainability performance and incentives P. 156
(a)
(a)
Incorporation by reference.
(b)
The Sustainability Statements are consistent with the Task Force on Climate-related Disclosures (TCFD) Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures.
This column outlines how the TCFD disclosures are mapped across the relevant sections of the Sustainability Statements.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
210
ESRS References
Section
TCFD
(b)
Strategy
E1-1
Transition plan for climate change mitigation
Environmental Disclosures - Climate Transition Action Plan P. 165
ESRS2 SBM-3
Interaction of material IROs with strategy and business model
Environmental Disclosures - Interaction of material impacts and risks with strategy
and business model and its resilience P. 165
Impact, risk and opportunity management
ESRS2 IRO-1
Process to identify material climate impacts, risks and opportunities
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment P. 160
Environmental disclosures - Climate - Impacts, risks and opportunities P. 165
E1-2
Policies
Environmental disclosures - Climate -Policies P. 165
E1-3
Actions
Environmental disclosures - Climate -Actions P. 170
Metrics and targets
E1-4
Targets
General disclosures - Targets and actions P. 148
E1-5
Energy consumption and mix
Environmental disclosures - Climate - Energy consumption and mix P. 175
E1-6
Gross scope 1, 2, 3 and total GHG emissions
Environmental disclosures - Gross Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions P. 174
E1-7
GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects financed through carbon credits
Not material
E1-8
Internal carbon pricing
Not material
E1-9
Anticipated financial effects
Phase in allowance applied
E2 Pollution
ESRS2 IRO-1
Process to identify material water impacts, risks and opportunities
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment P. 160
E2-1 - E2-6
Pollution
Not material
E3 Water
Impact, risk and opportunity management
ESRS2 IRO-1
Process to identify material water impacts, risks and opportunities
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment P. 160
Environmental disclosures - Water - Impacts, risks and opportunities P. 176
E3-1
Policies
Environmental disclosures - Water - Policies P. 177
E3-2
Actions
Environmental disclosures - Water - Actions P. 177
Metrics and targets
(a)
Incorporation by reference..
(b)
The Sustainability Statements are consistent with the Task Force on Climate-related Disclosures (TCFD) Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures.
This column outlines how the TCFD disclosures are mapped across the relevant sections of the Sustainability Statements.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
211
ESRS References
Section
TCFD
(b)
E3-3
Targets
General disclosures - Targets and actions P. 148
E3-4
Water consumption
Environmental disclosures - Water - Metrics P. 177
E3-5
Anticipated financial effects
Phase in allowance applied
E4 Biodiversity and Ecosystems
Strategy
E4-1
Transition plan and consideration of biodiversity and ecosystems in strategy
and business model
Environmental disclosures - Biodiversity and Ecosystems- Transition Plan P. 179
ESRS2 SBM-3
Interaction of material IROs with strategy and business model
Environmental disclosures - Biodiversity and Ecosystems - Impacts and risks in our
own operations P. 179
Impact, risk and opportunity management
ESRS2 IRO-1
Process to identify material biodiversity and ecosystem impacts, risks and
opportunities
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment P. 161
Environmental disclosures - Biodiversity and Ecosystems - Impacts, risks and
opportunities P. 178
E4-2
Policies related to biodiversity and ecosystems
Environmental disclosures - Biodiversity and Ecosystems - Policies P. 179
E4-3
Actions and resources related to biodiversity and ecosystems
Environmental disclosures - Biodiversity and Ecosystems - Actions P. 180
Metrics and targets
E4-4
Targets related to biodiversity and ecosystems
General disclosures - Targets and actions P. 148
E4-5
Impact metrics related to biodiversity and ecosystems change
Environmental disclosures - Biodiversity and Ecosystems - Metrics P. 181
E4-6
Anticipated financial effects
Phase in allowance applied
E5 Resource Use and Circular Economy
Impact, risk and opportunity management
ESRS2 IRO-1
Process to identify material resource use and circular economy impacts, risks
and opportunities
General Disclosures - Double Materiality Assessment P. 161
Environmental disclosures - Resource Use and Circular Economy - Impacts, risks
and opportunities P. 182
E5-1
Policies
Environmental disclosures - Resource Use and Circular Economy - Policies P. 183
E5-2
Actions
Environmental disclosures - Resource Use and Circular Economy - Actions P. 183
(a)
Incorporation by reference.
(b)
The Sustainability Statements are consistent with the Task Force on Climate-related Disclosures (TCFD) Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures.
This column outlines how the TCFD disclosures are mapped across the relevant sections of the Sustainability Statements.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
212
ESRS References
Section
TCFD
(b)
Metrics and targets
E5-3
Targets
General disclosures - Targets and actions P. 148
E5-4
Resource inflows
Environmental disclosures - Resource Use and Circular Economy - Metrics P. 183
E5-5
Resource outflows
Environmental disclosures - Resource Use and Circular Economy - Metrics P. 184
E5-6
Anticipated financial effects
Phase in allowance applied
S1 Own Workforce
Strategy
ESRS2 SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
General Disclosures - Interests and views of stakeholders P. 158
ESRS2 SBM-3
Interaction of material IROs with strategy and business model
Social disclosures - Own Workforce - Impacts, risks and opportunities P. 187
Impact, risk and opportunity management
S1-1
Policies
Social disclosures - Own Workforce - Policies P. 188
S1-2
Engaging with own workforce and workers’ representatives
Social disclosures - Own Workforce - Engaging with own workforce and workforce
representatives P. 188
S1-3
Processes to remediate impacts and channels to raise concerns
Social disclosures - Own Workforce - Processes to remediate impacts and channels
to raise concerns P. 189
S1-4
Managing impacts and risks related to own workforce
Social disclosures - Own Workforce - Actions P. 189
Metrics and targets
S1-5
Targets
General disclosures - Targets and actions P. 148
S1-6
Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees
Social disclosures - Own Workforce - Metrics P. 191
S1-7
Characteristics of non-employees in the undertaking’s own workforce
Phase in allowance applied
S1-8
Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue
Not material
S1-9
Diversity metrics
Not material
S1-10
Adequate wages
Not material
S1-11
Social protection
Not material
S1-12
Persons with disabilities
Not material
S1-13
Training and skills development metrics
Not material
S1-14
Health and safety metrics
Social disclosures - Own Workforce - Metrics P. 192
(a)
Incorporation by reference.
(b)
The Sustainability Statements are consistent with the Task Force on Climate-related Disclosures (TCFD) Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures.
This column outlines how the TCFD disclosures are mapped across the relevant sections of the Sustainability Statements.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
213
ESRS References
Section
TCFD
(b)
S1-15
Work-life balance metrics
Not material
S1-16
Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total remuneration)
Not material
S1-17
Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts
Social disclosures - Own Workforce - Metrics P. 193
S2 Workers in the Value Chain
Strategy
ESRS2 SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
General Disclosures - Strategy and business model P. 158
ESRS2 SBM-3
Interaction of material IROs with strategy and business model
Social disclosures - Workers in Value Chain - Impacts, risks and opportunities
P. 194
Impact, risk and opportunity management
S2-1
Policies
Social disclosures - Workers in Value Chain - Policies P. 195
S2-2
Engaging with value chain workers
Social disclosures - Workers in Value Chain - Engaging with value chain workers
P. 195
S2-3
Processes to remediate impacts and channels to raise concerns
Social disclosures - Workers in Value Chain - Processes to remediate impacts and
channels to raise concerns P. 196
S2-4
Managing impacts on value chain workers
Social disclosures - Workers in Value Chain - Actions P. 197
Metrics and targets
S2-5
Targets
General disclosures - Targets and actions P. 148
S3 Affected Communities
S3
Affected Communities
Not material
S4 Consumers and End-Users
Strategy
ESRS2 SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
General Disclosures - Interests and views of stakeholders - P. 158
ESRS2 SBM-3
Interaction of material IROs with strategy and business model
Social disclosures - Consumers and end-users - Impacts, risks and opportunities
P. 200
Impact, risk and opportunity management
S4-1
Policies
Social disclosures - Consumers and end-users - Policies P. 201
(a)
Incorporation by reference.
(b)
The Sustainability Statements are consistent with the Task Force on Climate-related Disclosures (TCFD) Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures.
This column outlines how the TCFD disclosures are mapped across the relevant sections of the Sustainability Statements.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
214
ESRS References
Section
TCFD
(b)
S4-2
Engaging with consumers and end-users
Social disclosures - Consumers and end-users - Engaging with consumers and
end-users P. 201
S4-3
Processes to remediate impacts and channels to raise concerns
Social disclosures - Consumers and end-users - Processes to remediate impacts
and channels to raise concerns P. 201
S4-4
Managing impacts, risks and opportunities related to consumers and end-
users
Social disclosures - Consumers and end-users - Actions P. 202
Metrics and targets
S4-5
Targets
General disclosures - Targets and actions P. 148
G1 Business Conduct
Governance
ESRS2 GOV-1
Oversight of sustainability matters
General Disclosures - Oversight of sustainability matters P. 155
Impact, risk and opportunity management
ESRS2 IRO-1
Process to identify material business conduct impacts, risks and opportunities
Governance disclosures - Impacts, risks and opportunities P. 204
G1-1
Business conduct policies and corporate culture
Governance disclosures - Policies P.205
Governance disclosures - Business conduct and corporate culture P. 205
G1-2
Management of relationships with suppliers
Not material
G1-3
Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
Governance disclosures - Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery P. 207
Metrics and targets
G1-4
Incidents of corruption or bribery
Governance disclosures - Incidents of corruption or bribery P. 208
G1-5
Political influence and lobbying activities
Not material
G1-6
Payment practices
Not material
(a)
Incorporation by reference.
(b)
The Sustainability Statements are consistent with the Task Force on Climate-related Disclosures (TCFD) Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures.
This column outlines how the TCFD disclosures are mapped across the relevant sections of the Sustainability Statements.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
215
EU legislation data points
Reference
Disclosure requirement
Data point
SFDR
Pillar 3
Benchmark
regulation
EU
Climate Law
Page / relevance
ESRS 2 GOV-1
21 (d)
Board's gender diversity
P. 55
ESRS 2 GOV-1
21 (e)
Percentage of Board members who are independent
P. 45
ESRS 2 GOV-4
30
Statement on sustainability due diligence
P. 157
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) i
Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities
Not material
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) ii
Involvement in activities related to chemical production
Not material
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) iii
Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons
Not material
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) iv
Involvement in activities related to cultivation and production of tobacco
Not material
ESRS E1-1
14
Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050
P. 165
ESRS E1-1
16 (g)
Undertakings excluded from Paris-aligned benchmarks
Not material
ESRS E1-4
34
GHG emission reduction targets
P. 148
ESRS E1-5
38
Energy consumption from fossil sources disaggregated by sources
P. 175
ESRS E1-5
37
Energy consumption and mix
P. 175
ESRS E1-5
40-43
Energy intensity associated with activities in high climate impact sectors
P. 174
ESRS E1-6
44
Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and total GHG emissions
P. 174
ESRS E1-6
53-55
Gross GHG emissions intensity
P. 174
ESRS E1-7
56
GHG removals and carbon credits
Not material
ESRS E1-9
66
Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate-related physical risks
Phase-in allowance applied
ESRS E1-9
66 (a)
Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and chronic physical risk
Phase-in allowance applied
ESRS E1-9
66 (c)
Location of significant assets at material physical risk
Phase-in allowance applied
ESRS E1-9
67 (c)
Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate assets by energy efficiency classes
Phase-in allowance applied
ESRS E1-9
69
Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate-related opportunities
Phase-in allowance applied
ESRS E2-4
28
Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II of the E-PRTR Regulation emitted to air, water and soil
Not relevant
ESRS E3-1
9
Water and marine resources
P. 176
ESRS E3-1
13
Dedicated policy
P. 177
ESRS E3-1
14
Sustainable oceans and seas
Not relevant
ESRS E3-4
28 (c)
Total water recycled and reused
P. 177
ESRS E3-4
29
Total water consumption in m
3
per net revenue on own operations
P. 177
ESRS 2 SBM 3 - E4
16 (a) i
Biodiversity sensitive areas
P. 181
ESRS 2 SBM 3 - E4
16 (b)
Land impacts
P. 179
ESRS 2 SBM 3 - E4
16 (c)
Threatened species
P. 179
ESRS E4-2
24 (b)
Sustainable land / agriculture practices or policies
P. 179
ESRS E4-2
24 (c)
Sustainable oceans/seas practices or policies
Not relevant
ESRS E4-2
24 (d)
Policies to address deforestation
P. 179
ESRS E5-5
37 (d)
Non-recycled waste
Not material
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
216
Reference
Disclosure requirement
Data point
SFDR
Pillar 3
Benchmark
regulation
EU
Climate Law
Page / relevance
ESRS E5-5
39
Hazardous waste and radioactive waste
Not material
ESRS 2 SBM3 - S1
14 (f)
Risk of incidents of forced labour
P. 187
ESRS 2 SBM3 - S1
14 (g)
Risk of incidents of child labour
P. 187
ESRS S1-1
20
Human rights policy commitments
P. 188
ESRS S1-1
21
Sustainability due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental
International Labour Organization Conventions 1 to 8
P. 188
ESRS S1-1
22
Processes and measures for preventing trafficking in human beings
P. 190
ESRS S1-1
23
Workplace accident prevention policy or management system
P. 190
ESRS S1-3
32 (c)
Grievance/complaints handling mechanisms
P. 189
ESRS S1-14
88 (b), (c)
Number of fatalities and number and rate of work-related accidents
P. 192
ESRS S1-14
88 (e)
Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities or illness
Phase-in allowance applied
ESRS S1-16
97 (a)
Unadjusted gender pay gap
Not material
ESRS S1-16
97 (b)
Excessive CEO pay ratio
Not material
ESRS S1-17
103 (a)
Incidents of discrimination
P. 193
ESRS S1-17
104 (a)
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD guidelines
P. 193
ESRS 2 SBM3 - S2
11 (b)
Significant risk of child labour or forced labour in the value chain
P. 194
ESRS S2-1
17
Human rights policy commitments
P. 195
ESRS S2-1
18
Policies related to value chain workers
P. 195
ESRS S2-1
19
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights principles and OECD guidelines
P. 195
ESRS S2-1
19
Sustainability due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental
International Labour Organization Conventions 1 to 8
P. 195
ESRS S2-4
36
Human rights issues and incidents connected to its upstream and downstream value chain
P. 199
ESRS S3-1
16
Human rights policy commitments
Not relevant
ESRS S3-1
17
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights, ILO principles or OECD guidelines
Not relevant
ESRS S3-4
36
Human rights issues and incidents
Not relevant
ESRS S4-1
16
Policies related to consumers and end-users
P. 201
ESRS S4-1
17
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD guidelines
P. 201
ESRS S4-4
35
Human rights issues and incidents
Not material
ESRS G1-1
10 (b)
United Nations Convention against Corruption
P. 207
ESRS G1-1
10 (d)
Protection of whistleblowers
P. 206
ESRS G1-4
24 (a)
Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws
P. 208
ESRS G1-4
24 (b)
Standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery
P. 207
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further
Information
KPMG audit and assurance report
Definition and reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures
Shareholder information
Cautionary statement
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
218
Independent auditor’s report
To: the General Meeting of Shareholders and the Board of Directors of The Magnum Ice Cream
Company N.V.
Report on the audit of the Financial Statements 2025 included in the Annual Report
Our opinion
In our opinion:
the accompanying consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial
position of The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. as at 31 December 2025 and of its result and its
cash flows for the year then ended, in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as endorsed
by the European Union (EU-IFRS) and with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
the accompanying company financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of
the Company as at 31 December 2025 and of its result for the year then ended in accordance with
Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
What we have audited
We have audited the Financial Statements 2025 of The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. (‘ the
‘Company’) based in Amsterdam. The Financial Statements include the consolidated financial
statements and the company financial statements.
The consolidated financial statements comprise:
1.
the consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2025;
2.
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2025;
3.
the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 2025;
4.
the consolidated balance sheet for the year ended at 31 December 2025;
5.
the consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2025; and
6.
the notes to the consolidated financial statements comprising material accounting policy
information and other explanatory information.
The company financial statements comprise:
1.
the company income statement for the period from 15 April 2025 to 31 December 2025;
2.
the company balance sheet for the period ended 31 December 2025;
3.
the company statement of changes in equity for the period from 15 April 2025 to 31 December
2025; and
4.
the notes to the company financial statement comprising a summary of the accounting policies and
other explanatory information.
Basis for our opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Dutch law, including the Dutch Standards on Auditing. Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the ‘Our responsibilities for the audit of
the Financial Statements’ section of our report.
We are independent of The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. in accordance with the ‘Verordening
inzake de onafhankelijkheid van accountants bij assurance-opdrachten’ (ViO, Code of Ethics
for Professional Accountants, a regulation with respect to independence) and other relevant
independence regulations in the Netherlands. Furthermore, we have complied with the ‘Verordening
gedrags- en beroepsregels accountants’ (VGBA, Dutch Code of Ethics).
We designed our audit procedures in the context of our audit of the Financial Statements as a whole
and in forming our opinion thereon. The information in respect of going concern, fraud and non-
compliance with laws and regulations, climate-related risks and the key audit matters was addressed
in this context, and we do not provide a separate opinion or conclusion on these matters.
We believe the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
opinion.
KPMG audit and assurance
report
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
219
We performed risk assessment procedures throughout our audit to determine which of the Group’s
components are likely to include risks of material misstatement to the Group Financial Statements. To
appropriately respond to those assessed risks, we planned and performed further audit procedures,
either at component level or centrally. We identified 16 components associated with a risk of material
misstatement for which we involved component auditors. We set component performance materiality
levels considering the component’s size and risk profile.
We have performed substantive procedures for 79% of Group revenue and 87% of Group total assets.
At group level, we assessed the aggregation risk in the remaining financial information and concluded
that there is less than reasonable possibility of a material misstatement.
In supervising and directing our component auditors, we:
Held risk assessment discussions with the component auditors to obtain their input to identify
matters relevant to the group audit.
Issued group audit instructions to component auditors on the scope, nature and timing of their
work, and received written communication about the results of the work they performed.
Held meetings with all our component auditors in person and/or virtually to discuss relevant
developments, understand and evaluate their work and with most components we attended
meetings with local management. We visited 6 component auditors in foreign countries.
Inspected the work performed by 8 component auditors and evaluated the appropriateness of
audit procedures performed and conclusions drawn from the audit evidence obtained, and the
relation between communicated findings and work performed. In our inspection we mainly focused
on significant risks.
We consider that the scope of our group audit forms an appropriate basis for our audit opinion.
Through performing the procedures mentioned above we obtained sufficient and appropriate audit
evidence about the Group’s financial information to provide an opinion on the Financial Statements as
a whole.
Information in support of our opinion
Materiality
Materiality of €40 million
5% of consolidated profit before tax adjusted for acquisition and
disposal-related costs and certain interest expenses.
Group audit
Performed substantive procedures for 87% of total assets
Performed substantive procedures for 79% of revenue
Risk of material misstatements
related to Fraud, NOCLAR, Going
concern and Climate-related risks
Fraud risks: Presumed risk of management override of controls and
presumed risk of revenue recognition are identified
Non-compliance with laws and regulations (NOCLAR) risks: No
reportable risk of material misstatements related to NOCLAR risks
identified
Going concern risks: No going concern risks identified
Climate-related risks: No risks specific to climate change identified
Key audit matters
Separation and establishment
Revenue Recognition - off-invoice discounts
Materiality
Based on our professional judgement we determined the materiality for the Financial Statements as
a whole at € 40 million. The materiality is determined with reference to profit before taxation which we
have adjusted for acquisition and disposal-related costs and certain interest expenses. We consider
this as the most appropriate benchmark. We have also taken into account misstatements and/or
possible misstatements that in our opinion are material for the users of the Financial Statements for
qualitative reasons.
We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that uncorrected misstatements identified during our
audit in excess of €2 million (AMPT) would be reported to them, as well as smaller misstatements that
in our view must be reported on qualitative grounds.
Scope of the group audit
The Company is the head of a group of components (hereafter “Group”). The financial information of
this group is included in the Financial Statements of The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
220
Management override of controls (a presumed risk)
Risk:
Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud because of its ability to manipulate accounting
records and prepare fraudulent financial statements by overriding controls that otherwise appear to be
operating effectively.
Response:
We evaluated the design and implementation of internal control measures that mitigate fraud risks,
such as processes related to journal entries.
As part of the fraud risk assessment, we performed data analysis of the journal entries population
to determine if high-risk criteria for testing applies, for amongst others, revenue discount. Where we
identified instances of unexpected journal entries based on risk criteria through our data analytics,
we tested transactions back to source documentation.
We identified and selected journal entries and other adjustments made at the end of the reporting
period for testing.
We evaluated certain estimates and judgements for bias by the Company’s management.
Our evaluation of procedures performed related to the management override of controls risk did not
result in an additional key audit matter.
Revenue Recognition (a presumed risk) - off-invoice discounts
Our procedures to address the fraud risk related to revenue recognition are included in the key audit
matter below.
We communicated our risk assessment, audit responses and results to management and the Audit
and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Our evaluation of procedures performed did not reveal
indications and/or reasonable suspicion of fraud and non-compliance that are considered material for
our audit.
Audit response to the risk of fraud and non-compliance with laws and regulations
In chapter Risk Management and Governance disclosures of the Management Report, the Board of
Directors describes their procedures and oversight in respect of the risk of fraud and non-compliance
with laws and regulations and the Audit and Risk Committee reflected on this in the chapter of Audit &
Risk Committee report.
As part of our audit, we have gained insights into the Company and its business environment and
the Company’s risk management in relation to fraud and non-compliance. Our procedures included,
among other things, assessing the Company’s Code of Business Integrity, incidents register and
its procedures to investigate indications of possible fraud and non-compliance. Furthermore, we
performed relevant inquiries with directors and other relevant functions, such as Internal Audit,
Business Integrity & Litigation, Group Company Secretary and Global Risk and Controls and included
correspondence with relevant regulators in our evaluation. We have also incorporated elements
of unpredictability in our audit, such as selecting revenue discount transactions for testing that are
otherwise outside customary selection parameters, and involved forensic specialists in our audit
procedures.
As a result from our risk assessment, we identified the following laws and regulations as those most
likely to have a material effect on the Financial Statements in case of non-compliance:
International anti-bribery and corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations.
Trade restrictions and sanctions laws and regulations (reflecting the Group’s dealings in various
geographies with active sanctions).
Environmental laws and regulations (reflecting nature of the Group’s production and distribution
processes).
Our procedures did not result in the identification of a reportable risk of material misstatement in
respect of non-compliance with laws and regulations.
Based on the above and on the auditing standards, we identified the following fraud risks that are
relevant to our audit, including the relevant presumed risks laid down in the auditing standards, and
responded as follows:
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
221
Based on the procedures performed we considered whether there is a risk of material misstatement
specific to climate change and we obtained the high-level assessment made by the Company of
the potential impact of climate change related risks, including the valuation of non-current assets.
Considering the risk assessment work performed, we did not identify a risk of material misstatement
specific to climate change and thus no further audit response was considered necessary.
Furthermore, we have read the ‘Other information’, as included in the Annual Report and considered
whether such information contains material inconsistencies with the Financial Statements or our
knowledge obtained through the audit, in particular as described above and our knowledge obtained
otherwise.
Our key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in
our audit of the Financial Statements. We have communicated the key audit matters to the Audit and
Risk Committee. The key audit matters are not a comprehensive reflection of all matters discussed.
Separation and establishment
Description
As discussed in note 1 of the consolidated Financial Statements and in the Company accounts, the
Company accounted for the separation as a business combination under common control using
predecessor accounting. As a result, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if it
owned the ice cream business from the earliest period presented and the company income statement
includes the ice cream (‘business’) results as from the date of the demerger.
The Company recognised the difference between the net book value of the ice cream business
transferred to the group under common control and the fair value of the shares issued directly in
equity. Additionally, as discussed in note 21, as part of the transaction, the Company and Unilever have
entered into certain Transitional Services Agreements (‘TSAs’), Unilever transacts with customers
on the Company’s behalf in accordance with the TSAs. The Company is the principal and recognises
revenue from these transactions on a gross basis. As discussed in note 2, the Company recognised
€7,910 million revenue, a portion of which relates to these transactions.
Audit response to going concern
The Board of Directors has prepared the Financial Statements based on the going concern
assumption and has not identified any going concern risks. To evaluate the use of the going concern
assumption of management, we have performed, inter alia, the following procedures:
we considered whether management’s assessment of the going concern risks includes all relevant
information of which we are aware as a result of our audit and inquired management about the
underlying key assumptions and principles;
we analysed the financial position of the company as at year-end in terms of indicators that could
identify going concern risks.
The outcome of our risk assessment procedures on the going concern assessment, including our
consideration of findings from our audit procedures on other areas did not give reason to perform
additional audit procedures on management’s going concern assessment.
Audit response to climate-related risks
The Company has set out its ambition relating to climate change in the Sustainability Statements in
which it states it has the ambition of achieving Net Zero emissions by 2050, with a particular focus on
reducing the climate impact of cabinets and ingredients. The Company further disclosed that it did not
set targets for 2025 and that these targets will be developed in 2026.
The Board of Directors prepared the Financial Statements, including considering whether the
implications from climate-related risks have been appropriately accounted for and disclosed, in
accordance with the applicable financial reporting framework. As disclosed in section ‘1. General
information’ of the consolidated financial statements, management concluded that no material impacts
have been identified on the Financial Statements as a result of climate change. As part of our audit,
amongst others we performed a risk assessment of the impact of climate change related risks on the
2025 Financial Statements and our audit approach.
The Company has disclosed that it has prepared its Sustainability Statements in accordance with the
European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). We have read, and considered as part of our risk
assessment, these Sustainability Statements, which includes information over material sustainability
matters regarding material impacts, risks and opportunities relating to climate change. As part of this,
we have read and considered the information reported over the connectivity of the Sustainability
Statements with the Financial Statements.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
222
There is a risk that revenue may be materially overstated due to fraud through manipulation of the
expected off-invoice discount recognised to achieve performance targets.
Our response
We evaluated the design and implementation and, where considered appropriate, tested the
operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the revenue process including
controls over the off-invoice discount agreements.
We performed test of details by testing a selection of off-invoice discount settlements after
31 December 2025 and assessed whether the discount is recorded in the appropriate period
by inspecting underlying source documentation.
We performed test of details by testing a selection of off-invoice discounts recognised after
31 December 2025 and assessed whether the discount is recorded in the appropriate period
by inspecting underlying source documentation.
We performed journal entry testing, specifically taking into account high risk journal criteria in
relation to discounts and top side journal entries posted to revenue. Where we identified instances
of unexpected journal entries based on risk criteria through our data analytics, we tested
transactions back to underlying source documentation.
Our observation
Based on our procedures performed, we did not identify any reportable findings related to off-invoice
discounts in revenue recognition.
Report on the other information included in the Annual Report
In addition to the Financial Statements and our auditor’s report thereon, the Annual Report contains
other information (including the viability statement).
Based on the following procedures performed, we conclude that the other information:
is consistent with the Financial Statements and does not contain material misstatements; and
contains the information as required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code for the
management report and other information.
We have read the other information. Based on our knowledge and understanding obtained through
our audit of the Financial Statements or otherwise, we have considered whether the other information
contains material misstatements.
We identified the evaluation of the impact of the legal agreements related to the separation and
establishment of the Company on the recognition of the other reserves due to predecessor
accounting and revenue as a key audit matter. Evaluating the appropriateness of the recognition of the
other reserves due to predecessor accounting required a high degree of auditor judgement and audit
effort due to the lack of specific requirements in the financial reporting standards on how to account
for such transaction. Also, evaluating the Company’s revenue recognition policy and accounting,
specifically the determination of principal versus agent related to the TSAs required auditor judgement
in assessing whether the Company is responsible to fulfil customer orders and bears the inventory risk.
Our response
We inquired with management and inspected relevant legal documents related to the recognition of
the other reserves due to predecessor accounting.
We evaluated the terms and conditions of the TSA against the revenue recognition criteria of IFRS
15 related to the principal versus agent assessment, and assessed whether the transactions have
been recorded appropriately.
For a selection of accounting papers describing the separation and TSAs we evaluated the
decisions made by management related to the accounting policies for shareholders’ equity and
revenue through comparisons with market practice and financial reporting standards.
Our observation
Based on our procedures performed, we did not identify any reportable findings related to the
separation and establishment.
Revenue recognition - off-invoice discounts
Description
As described in note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company accounts for revenue
after the deduction of discounts as required by applicable accounting standards. Certain discounts are
settled later through credit notes when the precise amounts are known. These off-invoice discounts
are initially recognised based on prescribed target realisation rates.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
223
Dutch law, including Dutch Standard 3950N ’Assurance-opdrachten inzake het voldoen aan de criteria
voor het opstellen van een digitaal verantwoordingsdocument’ (assurance engagements relating to
compliance with criteria for digital reporting). Our examination included among others:
Obtaining an understanding of the entity's financial reporting process, including the preparation of
the reporting package;
Identifying and assessing the risks that the Annual Report does not comply in all material respects
with the RTS on ESEF and designing and performing further assurance procedures responsive to
those risks to provide a basis for our opinion, including:
Obtaining the reporting package and performing validations to determine whether the reporting
package containing the Inline XBRL instance document and the XBRL extension taxonomy files
have been prepared in accordance with the technical specifications as included in the RTS on
ESEF;
Examining the information related to the consolidated Financial Statements in the reporting
package to determine whether all required mark-ups have been applied and whether these are
in accordance with the RTS on ESEF.
Description of responsibilities regarding the Financial Statements
Responsibilities of The Board of Directors for the Financial Statements
The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the Financial
Statements in accordance with EU-IFRS and Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. Furthermore,
The Board of Directors is responsible for such internal control as The Board of Directors determines
is necessary to enable the preparation of the Financial Statements that are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In that respect The Board of Directors, under supervision
of those charged with governance, is responsible for the prevention and detection of fraud and non-
compliance with laws and regulations, including determining measures to resolve the consequences
of it and to prevent recurrence.
As part of the preparation of the Financial Statements, The Board of Directors is responsible for
assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Based on the financial reporting
frameworks mentioned, The Board of Directors should prepare the Financial Statements using
the going concern basis of accounting unless The Board of Directors either intends to liquidate the
Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. The Board of Directors
By performing these procedures, we comply with the requirements of Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch
Civil Code and the Dutch Standard 720. The scope of the procedures performed is less than the scope
of those performed in our audit of the Financial Statements.
The Board of Directors are responsible for the preparation of the other information, including the
information as required by Part 9 of Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.
Report on other legal and regulatory requirements and ESEF
Engagement
We were initially appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders as auditor of the Company on
28 May 2025 as of the audit for the year 2025 and have operated as statutory auditor ever since that
financial year.
No prohibited non-audit services
We have not provided prohibited non-audit services as referred to in Article 5(1) of the EU Regulation
on specific requirements regarding statutory audits of public-interest entities.
European Single Electronic Format (ESEF)
The Company has prepared its Annual Report in ESEF. The requirements for this are set out in the
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 with regard to regulatory technical standards on the specification
of a single electronic reporting format (hereinafter: the RTS on ESEF).
In our opinion the Annual Report prepared in XHTML format, including the (partly) marked-up
consolidated financial statements as included in the reporting package by the Company, complies
in all material respects with the RTS on ESEF.
The Board of Directors is responsible for preparing the Annual Report including the Financial
Statements in accordance with the RTS on ESEF, whereby The Board of Directors combines the
various components into one single reporting package.
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance for our opinion whether the Annual Report in this
reporting package complies with the RTS on ESEF. We performed our examination in accordance with
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
224
should disclose events and circumstances that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to
continue as a going concern in the Financial Statements.
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting
process.
Our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements
Our objective is to plan and perform the audit engagement in a manner that allows us to obtain
sufficient and appropriate audit evidence for our opinion.
Our audit has been performed with a high, but not absolute, level of assurance, which means we may
not detect all material errors and fraud during our audit.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken
on the basis of these Financial Statements. The materiality affects the nature, timing and extent of our
audit procedures and the evaluation of the effect of identified misstatements on our opinion.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements is located at the
website of ‘Koninklijke Nederlandse Beroepsorganisatie van Accountants’ (NBA, Royal Netherlands
Institute of Chartered Accountants) at http://www.nba.nl/eng_oob_20241203. This description forms
part of our auditor’s report.
Amstelveen, 18 March 2026
KPMG Accountants N.V.
C.M.L. Priem RA
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
225
complied with the ‘Verordening gedrags- en beroepsregels accountants’ (VGBA, Dutch Code of Ethics
for Professional Accountants).
We believe the assurance evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our conclusion.
Inherent limitations in preparing the Sustainability Statements
In section ‘Sources of estimations and outcome uncertainty’ in the chapter ‘General disclosures’ of
the sustainability statements the quantitative metrics and monetary amounts are identified that are
subject to a high level of measurement uncertainty and information is disclosed about the sources of
measurement uncertainty and the assumptions, approximations and judgements the Company has
made in measuring these in compliance with the ESRS.
The Sustainability Statements may not include every impact, risk and opportunity or additional
entity-specific disclosure that each individual stakeholder (group) may consider important in its own
particular assessment.
In reporting forward-looking information in accordance with the ESRS, the Board of Directors of
the Company is required to prepare the forward-looking information on the basis of disclosed
assumptions about events that may occur in the future and possible future actions by the Company.
The actual outcome is likely to be different since anticipated events frequently do not occur as
expected. Forward-looking information relates to events and actions that have not yet occurred and
may never occur.
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors for the Sustainability Statements
The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation of the Sustainability Statements in
accordance with the ESRS, including the double materiality assessment process carried out by the
Company as the basis for the sustainability statements and disclosure of material impacts, risks and
opportunities in accordance with the ESRS. As part of the preparation of the Sustainability Statements,
the Board of Directors is responsible for compliance with the reporting requirements provided for in
Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation).
Sustainability Report Limited Assurance Report
Limited assurance report of the independent auditor on the sustainability statements
To: the General Meeting of Shareholders and the Board of Directors of The Magnum Ice Cream
Company N.V.
Our conclusion
We have performed a limited assurance engagement on the Sustainability Statements for 2025 of
The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. based in Amsterdam (the ‘Company’) in section Sustainability
Statements of the accompanying Annual Report including the information incorporated in the
sustainability statements by reference (the ‘’sustainability statements’’).
Based on the procedures performed and the assurance evidence obtained, nothing has come to our
attention that causes us to believe that the Sustainability Statements are not, in all material respects:
prepared in accordance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) as adopted
by the European Commission and in accordance with the double materiality assessment process
carried out by the Company to identify the information reported pursuant to the ESRS; and
compliant with the reporting requirements provided for in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852
(Taxonomy Regulation).
Basis for our conclusion
We performed our limited assurance engagement on the Sustainability Statements in
accordance with Dutch law, including Dutch Standard 3810N ‘Assurance-opdrachten inzake
duurzaamheidsverslaggeving’ (Assurance engagements relating to sustainability reporting) which is
a specified Dutch standard that is based on the International Standard on Assurance Engagements
(ISAE) 3000 (Revised) ’Assurance engagements other than audits or reviews of historical financial
information’. Our responsibilities under this standard are further described in the section ‘Our
responsibilities for the assurance engagement on the sustainability statements’ of our report.
We are independent of The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V. in accordance with the ‘Verordening
inzake de onafhankelijkheid van accountants bij assurance-opdrachten’ (ViO, Code of Ethics for
Professional Accountants, a regulation with respect to independence). Furthermore, we have
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
226
Furthermore, the Board of Directors is responsible for such internal control as it determines is
necessary to enable the preparation of the Sustainability Statements that are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing the sustainability reporting process
including the double materiality assessment process carried out by the Company.
Our responsibilities for the assurance engagement on the Sustainability Statements
Our responsibility is to plan and perform the assurance engagement in a manner that allows us to
obtain sufficient and appropriate assurance evidence for our conclusion.
Our assurance engagement is aimed to obtain a limited level of assurance that the Sustainability
Statements are free from material misstatements. The procedures vary in nature and timing from, and
are less in extent, than for a reasonable assurance engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance
obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance that would have
obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement been performed.
The references to external sources or websites in the Sustainability Statements are not part of the
Sustainability Statements as included in the scope of our assurance engagement.
A further description of our responsibilities for the assurance engagement on the Sustainability
Statements is included in the appendix of this assurance report. This description forms part of our
assurance report.
Amstelveen, 18 March 2026
KPMG Accountants N.V.
C.M.L. Priem RA
Appendix: A further description of our responsibilities for the assurance engagement on the
Sustainability Statements
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
227
Assessing whether the Company’s methods for developing estimates are appropriate and have
been consistently applied for selected disclosures. We considered data and trends, however,
our procedures did not include testing the data on which the estimates are based or separately
developing our own estimates against which to evaluate the Board of Directors’ estimates;
Analysing, on a limited sample basis, relevant internal and external documentation available to the
Company for selected disclosures;
Reading the other information in the annual report to identify material inconsistencies, if any, with
the Sustainability Statements;
Considering whether:
the disclosures provided to address the reporting requirements provided for in Article 8 of
Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation) for each of the environmental objectives,
reconcile with the underlying records of the Company and are consistent or coherent with the
Sustainability Statements;
the disclosures provided to address the reporting requirements provided for in Article 8 of
Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation) appear plausible, in particular whether the
eligible economic activities meet the cumulative conditions to qualify as aligned and whether the
technical screening criteria are met; and
the key performance indicators disclosures have been defined and calculated in accordance
with the Taxonomy reference framework and in compliance with the reporting requirements
provided for in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation), including the
format in which the activities are presented;
Considering the overall presentation, structure and the fundamental qualitative characteristics
of information (relevance and faithful representation: complete, neutral and accurate) reported
in the sustainability statements, including the reporting requirements provided for in Article 8 of
Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation); and
Considering, based on our limited assurance procedures and evaluation of the assurance
evidence obtained, whether the Sustainability Statements as a whole, are free from material
misstatements and prepared in accordance with the ESRS.
Appendix to the Limited assurance report of the independent auditor on the
Sustainability Statements
Further description of our responsibilities for the assurance engagement on the Sustainability Statements
We apply the quality management requirements pursuant to the Nadere voorschriften
kwaliteitsmanagement (NV KM, regulations for quality management) and accordingly maintain a
comprehensive system of quality management including documented policies and procedures
regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and
regulatory requirements.
Our limited assurance engagement included among others:
Performing inquiries and an analysis of the external environment and obtaining an understanding of
relevant sustainability themes and issues, the characteristics of the Company, its activities and the
value chain and its key intangible resources in order to assess the double materiality assessment
process carried out by the Company as the basis for the Sustainability Statements and disclosure
of all material sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities in accordance with the ESRS;
Obtaining through inquiries a general understanding of the internal control environment, the
Company’s processes for gathering and reporting entity-related and value chain information, the
information systems and the Company’s risk assessment process relevant to the preparation of
the Sustainability Statements and for identifying the Company’s activities, determining eligible
and aligned economic activities and prepare the disclosures provided for in Article 8 of Regulation
(EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation), without obtaining assurance evidence about the
implementation, or testing the operating effectiveness, of controls;
Assessing the double materiality assessment process carried out by the Company and identifying
and assessing areas of the Sustainability Statements, including the disclosures provided for in
Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation) where misleading or unbalanced
information or material misstatements, whether due to fraud or error, are likely to arise (‘selected
disclosures’). We designed and performed further assurance procedures aimed at assessing that
the Sustainability Statements are free from material misstatements responsive to this risk analysis.
Considering whether the description of the double materiality assessment process in the
Sustainability Statements prepared by the Company appears consistent with the process carried
out by the Company;
Performing analytical review procedures on certain quantitative information in the Sustainability
Statements, including consideration of data;
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
228
Definition and reconciliation of
non-IFRS financial measures
The sections below provide reconciliations of the closest measures prepared in accordance with
IFRS to the non-IFRS measures used by the Group.
Non-GAAP measures
Certain discussions and analyses set out in this Annual Report (and the Additional Information for US
Listing Purposes) include measures that are not defined by generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP) such as IFRS. We believe this information, along with comparable GAAP measurements, is
useful to investors because it provides a basis for measuring our operating performance, and our
ability to retire debt and invest in new business opportunities. Our management uses these financial
measures, along with the most directly comparable non-IFRS financial measures, in evaluating our
operating performance and value creation. Non-IFRS financial measures should not be considered
in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information presented in compliance with GAAP.
Wherever appropriate and practical, we provide reconciliation to relevant IFRS measures.
Constant currency
The Group uses ‘constant rate’ and ‘organic’ measures primarily for internal performance analysis and
targeting purposes. The Group presents certain items, percentages and movements, using constant
exchange rates, which do not include the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Constant currency values are calculated by translating both the current and the prior period local
currency amounts using the prior year average exchange rates into Euro, except for the local currency
of entities that operate in hyperinflationary economies. These currencies are translated into Euros
using the prior year closing exchange rate before the application of IAS 29. The table below shows
exchange rate movements in the Group’s key markets.
OSG, OVG, OPG
Organic sales growth (OSG) refers to the increase in revenue for the period, excluding any change in
revenue resulting from disposals, changes in currency and price growth in excess of 26 per cent. in
hyperinflationary economies. Inflation of 26 per cent. per year compounded over three years is one
of the key indicators within IAS 29 to assess whether an economy is deemed to be hyperinflationary.
The impact of disposals is excluded from OSG for a period of 12 calendar months from the applicable
closing date. OSG includes increases or decreases in sales of an acquired business immediately
following the business combination, unless a reliable historical baseline is not available for the 12
months prior to the acquisition, in which case sales during the first 12 months of the acquisition are
excluded from OSG. The Group believes this measure provides valuable additional information on the
organic sales performance of the business and it is a key measure used internally.
Organic volume growth (OVG) is part of OSG and means, for the applicable period, the increase in
revenue in such period calculated as the sum of: (i) the increase in revenue attributable to the volume of
products sold; and (ii) the increase in revenue attributable to the composition of products sold during
such period. OVG therefore excludes any impact on OSG due to changes in prices.
Organic price growth (OPG) is part of OSG and means, for the applicable period, the increase in
revenue attributable to changes in prices during the period. OPG therefore excludes the impact to
OSG due to: (i) the volume of products sold; and (ii) the composition of products sold during the period.
In determining changes in price, the Group excludes the impact of price growth in excess of 26 per
cent per year in hyperinflationary economies as explained in OSG above.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
229
The following table presents a reconciliation of changes in the IFRS measure of revenue to OSG for
2025,
2024:
2025
2024
2023
Revenue (€ million)
7,910
7,947
7,618
Revenue growth
(1)
(%)
(0.5)
4.3
1.5
Effect of acquisitions
(2)
(%)
0.0
1.4
0.9
Effect of disposals
(3)
(%)
(0.1)
-
-
Effect of currency-related items
(4)
(%)
(4.3)
-
(1.9)
of which:
Exchange rate changes (%)
(5.3)
(1.8)
(4.7)
Extreme price growth in hyperinflationary markets (%)
1.0
1.8
3.0
OSG
(5) (
6
)
(%)
4.2
2.8
2.5
Of which
OVG
(
7
)
1.5
1.1
(6.5)
OPG
(
7
)
2.6
1.7
9.7
(1)
Revenue growth is calculated as current year revenue minus prior year revenue divided by prior year revenue.
(2)
Effect of acquisitions is calculated using constant exchange rates and is the difference between revenue growth and what revenue growth
would have been if the revenue associated with acquisitions was removed from the current year. This excludes the change in revenue of the
acquisitions compared to their historical base, if this change has been included in the OSG.
(3)
Effect of disposals is calculated using constant exchange rates and is the difference between revenue growth and what revenue growth would
have been if the revenue associated with disposals was removed from the prior year.
(4)
Effect of currency-related items is comprised of the effect of foreign currency exchange rate movements on revenue growth and price growth in
excess of 26 per cent. per year in hyperinflationary economies which is excluded from OSG. The calculation of effect of currency-related items
is as follows: Effect of currency-related items = [(1 plus effect of exchange rate changes) multiplied by (1 plus effect of extreme price growth in hy-
perinflationary markets)] minus 1. There may be minor discrepancies between the number arrived at through the application of this calculation
and the final figure set out above, which is as a result of rounding.
(5)
OSG is revenue growth adjusted to remove the impacts of acquisitions, disposals and the impact of currency-related items (being movements
in exchange rates and extreme price growth in hyperinflationary markets). The calculation of OSG is as follows: (1 plus revenue growth) divided
by [(1 plus effect of acquisitions) multiplied by (1 plus effect of disposals) multiplied by (1 plus effect of currency-related items)] minus 1. There may
be minor discrepancies between the number arrived at through the application of this calculation and the final figure set out above, which is as a
result of rounding. The reconciliation of OSG to revenue is as set out in the table above.
(6)
OPG in excess of 26 per cent. per year in hyperinflationary economies has been excluded when calculating the OSG in the tables above, and an
equal and opposite amount is shown as extreme price growth in hyperinflationary markets.
(7)
OVG and OPG are multiplied on a compounded basis to arrive at OSG through application of the following formula: OSG equals (1 plus OVG)
multiplied by (1 plus OPG) minus 1.
Adjusting items
Several non-IFRS measures are adjusted to exclude items defined as adjusting. Management
considers adjusting items to be significant, or unusual or non-recurring in nature and so believe that
separately identifying them helps in understanding the financial performance of the Group from period
to period.
Adjusting items within operating profit are:
gains or losses on business disposals which arise from business disposal projects;
acquisition and disposal-related costs which are costs that are directly attributable to a business
acquisition or disposal project;
restructuring costs which are costs that are directly attributable to a restructuring project.
Management defines a restructuring project as a strategic, major initiative that delivers cost savings
and materially changes either the scope of the business or the manner in which the business is
conducted;
impairments of assets which includes impairments of goodwill, intangible assets, and property,
plant and equipment; and
other approved items which are any additional matters considered by management to be significant
and outside the course of normal operations.
Adjusting items not in operating profit but within net profit are net monetary gain/(loss) arising from
hyperinflationary economies and significant and unusual items in net finance cost and taxation.
Several non-IFRS measures are adjusted to exclude items defined as adjusting. The following table
sets out the calculation of adjusting items for 2025, 2024 and 2023.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
230
In million of €
2025
2024
2023
Acquisition and disposal-related costs
(1)
(302)
(64)
(50)
Restructuring costs
(2)
(10)
(137)
(74)
Other
(6)
1
12
Total adjusting items within operating profit
(318)
(200)
(112)
Net monetary loss
(31)
-
(10)
Total adjusting items not in operating profit
(31)
-
(10)
(1)
2025 and 2024 comprises the charge relating to the separation. 2023 included a charge of €38 million related to the revaluation of the earnout
liability of Yasso.
(2)
In 2025, the result includes a net release of €40 million related to restructuring provisions and €50 million of costs associated with supply
chain optimisation projects. The year-on-year movement primarily reflects higher restructuring releases, driven by a significantly greater
redeployment of employees in 2025 who had previously been expected to exit at the end of 2024. In addition, prior-year allocated costs from
Unilever central projects did not recur.
Adjusted EBIT, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT margin,
Adjusted EBITDA margin
Adjusted EBIT is defined as operating profit before the impact of adjusting items within operating profit.
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as Adjusted EBIT before the impact of depreciation and amortisation.
Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted EBIT margin is calculated as adjusted EBITDA and adjusted
EBIT divided by revenue for the period. Those measures are used to evaluate the performance of
the Group and its segments. Items are classified as adjusting due to their nature and/or frequency
of occurrence. The Group’s management believes this measure provides useful information in
understanding and evaluating the Group’s operating results.
The following table sets out a reconciliation of net profit to Adjusted EBIT and Adjusted EBITDA for
2025 and 2024 as well as Revenue to Adjusted EBIT margin and Adjusted EBIDA margin.
In million of €
2025
2024
2023
Revenue
7,910
7,947
7,618
Net profit
307
595
509
Net finance costs
121
17
20
Net monetary loss arising from hyperinflationary economies
31
-
10
Taxation
140
152
203
Operating profit
599
764
742
Adjusting items ‘within operating profit’
318
200
112
Adjusted EBIT
917
964
854
Adjusted EBIT margin
11.6%
12.1%
11.2%
Depreciation and amortisation
338
376
357
Adjusted EBITDA
1,255
1,340
1,211
Adjusted EBITDA margin
15.9%
16.9%
15.9%
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
231
Adjusted Earnings per Share (Adjusted EPS)
Adjusted earnings per share (Adjusted EPS) is calculated as profit attributable to shareholders’ equity
net of adjusting items divided by the diluted average number of ordinary shares. In calculating profit
attributable to shareholders’ equity net of adjusting items, net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity
is adjusted to eliminate the post-tax impact of adjusting items. This measure reflects the adjusted
earnings for each share unit of the Group. The reconciliation of net profit attributable to shareholders’
equity to profit attributable to shareholders’ equity net of adjusting items is as follows:
In million of €
2025
Net profit
307
Non-controlling interests
(14)
Net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity - used for basic and diluted earnings per share
293
Post-tax impact of non-underlying items
218
Profit attributable to shareholders’ equity net of adjusting items
- used for adjusted earnings per share
574
Diluted average number of shares (millions of share units)
616
Diluted EPS (€)
0.48
Adjusted EPS - diluted
0.93
Prior to 6 December 2025, the Group was under the control of Unilever and did not have any issued
shares.
Accordingly, EPS has not been calculated for prior years. The current year EPS is based on the
total shares issued as at 31 December 2025.
Constant Adjusted Earnings per Share (Constant Adjusted EPS)
Constant Adjusted earnings per share (constant adjusted EPS) is calculated as profit attributable to
shareholders’ equity net of adjusting items at constant exchange rates and excluding the impact of both
translational hedges and price growth in excess of 26% per year in hyperinflationary economies, divided by
the diluted average number of ordinary share units. This measure reflects the earnings net of adjusting items
for each ordinary share unit of the Group in constant exchange rates. The reconciliation of adjusted profit
attributable to shareholders’ equity to constant earnings attributable to shareholders’ equity net of adjusted
items and the calculation of constant Adjusted EPS is as follows:
In million of €
2025
Adjusted net profit attributable to shareholder’s equity
547
Impact of translation from current to constant exchange rates and translational hedges
73
Impact of price growth in excess of 26% per year in hyperinflationary economies
(18)
Constant earnings attributable to shareholders’ equity net of adjusting items
629
Diluted average number of shares (millions of units)
616
Constant Adjusted EPS (€)
1.02
Free Cash Flow (FCF)
FCF is defined as net cash flow from operating activities, less net capital expenditure and net interest
payments. It does not represent residual cash flows entirely available for discretionary purposes; for
example, the repayment of principal amounts borrowed is not deducted from FCF. FCF reflects an
additional way of viewing the Group’s liquidity that management believes is useful to investors because
it represents cash flows that could be used for distribution of dividends, repayment of debt or to fund
the Group’s strategic initiatives, including acquisitions, if any.
The following table sets out a reconciliation of net cash flow from operating activities to FCF for 2025
and 2024:
In million of €
2025
2024
2023
Net cash flow from operating activities
483
1,113
914
Net capital expenditure
(330)
(299)
(253)
Net interest paid
(115)
(11)
(9)
FCF
38
803
652
Net cash flow (used in)/from investing activities
(315)
(359)
(854)
Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities
205
(737)
(51)
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
232
Net Debt
Net Debt is defined as the excess of total financial liabilities over cash and cash equivalents, other
current financial assets and non-current financial asset derivatives that relate to financial liabilities.
Management believes Net Debt provides valuable additional information on the summary presentation
of the Group’s net financial liabilities and is a measure in common use elsewhere.
The following table sets out a reconciliation of total financial liabilities to Net Debt for 2025, 2024:
In million of €
2025
2024
Total financial liabilities
(3,416)
(333)
- Current
(105)
(85)
- Non-current
(3,311)
(248)
Cash and cash equivalents
441
70
Other current financial assets
8
-
Net debt
(2,967)
(263)
Adjusted Effective Tax Rate (Adjusted ETR)
The Adjusted effective tax rate is calculated by dividing taxation excluding the tax impact of adjusting items
by profit before tax excluding the impact of adjusting items. This measure reflects the Adjusted effective tax
rate in relation to profit before tax excluding adjusting items before tax. This is shown in the table below:
In million of €
2025
2024
Taxation
140
152
Tax impact of:
Adjusting items within operating profit
(a)
75
50
Adjusting items not in operating profit but within net profit
(b)
(8)
6
Taxation before tax impact of adjusting items
207
208
Profit before taxation
447
747
Adjusting items within operating profit before tax
(c)
318
200
Adjusting items not in operation profit but within net profit before tax
(d)
31
-
Profit before tax excluding adjusting items before tax
796
947
Effective tax rate (%)
31.3
20.3
Adjusted effective tax rate (%)
26.0
21.9
(a) Tax impact of adjusting items within operating profit is the sum of the tax on each adjusting item,
based on the applicable country tax rates and tax treatment.
(b) Deferred tax effect of hyperinflationary adjustments.
(c) See Note “Adjusting items”.
(d) Net monetary loss.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
233
Shareholder
information
Annual General Meeting
Date
7 May 2026
Voting and Registration deadline
30 April 2026
Contact Details
The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V.
Reguliersdwarsstraat 63
1017 BK Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Company registration number
97035467
Investor relations website
corporate.magnumicecream.com/en/investors.html
Any queries can also be sent to us electronically via
corporate.magnumicecream.com/en/contact-us.html
Private Shareholders can email us at
Investor Relations email
Media Relations email
Shareholder Services
The Netherlands
ABN AMRO
Gustav Mahlerlaan 10
1082PP Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Telephone: +31 (0)20 628 6070
United Kingdom
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road,
Bristol BS99 6ZZ, United Kingdom
Telephone: +44 (0)344 472 6064
(Lines are open from 8.30am to 5.30pm UK time, Monday to Friday).
Shareholder website: www-uk.computershare.com/Investor/#Home
United States of America
By Mail
By Overnight Delivery
Computershare Investor Services
Computershare Investor Services
P.O. Box 43078
150 Royall Street - Suite 101
Providence, RI 02940-3078
Canton, MA 02021
United States of America
United States of America
Telephone:
Toll Free: 1-866-814-3367 (Within USA, US Territories, Canada)
Toll Calls: 1-781-575-2182 (Outside USA, US Territories, Canada)
Shareholder website: www.computershare.com/tmicc
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
234
The profit appropriation is set out on page 53 in the section General Meeting.
Website
Shareholders are encouraged to visit our website,
corporate.magnumicecream.com
, which provides
a wealth of information about The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V.
There is a section on our website designed specifically for investors. It includes detailed coverage
of the TMICC share price, our quarterly and annual results, performance charts, financial news, and
investor relations presentations.
It also includes details of conferences and investor/analyst presentations.
References to information on websites in this document are included as an aid to their location and
such information is not incorporated in, and does not form part of, this document. Any website URL
is included as text only and is not an active link.
Publications
Copies of the TMICC Annual Report 2025 (and any Additional Information for US Listing Purposes)
and the Annual Report on Form 20-F 2025 can be accessed directly or ordered via our website:
corporate.magnumicecream.com
The Annual Report on 20-F, which is filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
is also available free of charge from their website: www.sec.gov
Ticker Symbols
Euronext Amsterdam - MICC
London Stock Exchange - MICC
New York Stock Exchange - MICC
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
235
This document may contain forward-looking statements, including ‘forward-looking statements’ within
the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, concerning the
financial condition, results of operations and businesses of
The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V.
(the ‘Company’). All statements other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be,
forward-looking statements. Words such as ‘will’, ‘aim’, ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘looks’, ‘believes’,
‘vision’, ‘ambition’, ‘target’, ‘goal’, ‘plan’, ‘potential’, ‘work towards’, ‘may’, ‘milestone’, ‘objectives’, ‘outlook’,
‘probably’, ‘project’, ‘risk’, ‘seek’, ‘continue’, ‘projected’, ‘estimate’, ‘achieve’ or the negative of these
terms, and other similar expressions of future performance or results and their negatives, are intended
to identify such forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements also include, but are not limited to, statements and information regarding
the Company’s emissions reduction and other sustainability-related targets and other climate and
sustainability matters (including actions, potential impacts and risks and opportunities associated
therewith), the Company’s strategy, plans and expected trends, including trends in the global ice cream
market, the Company’s outlook and expected modelled or potential financial results including, sales
growth and margin improvement, the anticipated growth of the global ice cream market, statements
with respect to dividends, and plans and ambitions of the Company to maintain a leadership position
in the global ice cream market, finalization of remaining TSAs by 2027, potential acquisition in India
and its timeline. Forward-looking statements can be made in writing but also may be made verbally
by directors, officers and employees of the Company (including during management presentations)
in connection with this document. These forward-looking statements are based upon current
expectations, assumptions, plans and projections regarding anticipated developments and other
factors affecting the Company. They are not historical facts, nor are they guarantees of future
performance or outcomes. All forward-looking statements contained in this document are expressly
qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. Readers
should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.
Because these forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties,
a number of which may be beyond the Company’s control, there are important factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking
statements. Among other risks and uncertainties, the material or principal factors which could cause
actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements included in
this document are: the Company’s global brands not meeting consumer preferences; the Company’s
ability to innovate and remain competitive; the Company’s investment choices in its portfolio
management; the effect of climate change on the Company’s business; the Company’s ability to find
sustainable solutions to its packaging; significant changes or deterioration in customer relationships;
the Company’s reliance on Unilever; the recruitment and retention of talented employees; disruptions
in the Company’s supply chain and distribution; increases or volatility in the cost of raw materials and
commodities; the production of safe and high-quality products; secure and reliable IT infrastructure;
execution of acquisitions, divestitures and business transformation projects; economic, social and
political risks and natural disasters; financial risks; failure to meet high ethical standards; and managing
regulatory, tax and legal matters and practices with regard to the interpretation and application thereof
and emerging and developing ESG reporting standards including differences in implementation of
climate and sustainability policies in the regions where the Company operates. Also see ‘Our Principal
Risks’ for additional risks and further discussion.
The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future
performance, taking into account all information currently available to us. Forward-looking statements
are not predictions of future events. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as
a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. If a change occurs,
our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those
expressed in our forward-looking statements.
Cautionary
statement
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
236
Throughout this report, we include non-IFRS financial measures to explain the performance of our
business, including Organic sales growth, Organic volume growth, Organic price growth, adjusting
items, Adjusting earnings per share, Adjusting effective tax rate, constant Adjusting earnings per share,
free cash flow and net debt. Such non-IFRS financial measures are defined in ‘Additional financial
disclosures’ and a reconciliation of these measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial
measures are included within ‘Additional financial disclosures’.
Further details of potential risks and uncertainties affecting the Company are described in the
Company’s filings with Euronext Amsterdam, the London Stock Exchange, and the US Securities and
Exchange Commission, including in the Annual Report on Form 20-F 2025.
This document is not prepared in accordance with US GAAP and should not therefore be relied upon
by readers as such. The 2025 Annual Report on Form 20-F is separately filed with the US Securities
and Exchange Commission and is available on our corporate website: www.magnumicecream.com
and www.sec.gov. In addition, a printed copy of the Annual Report on Form 20-F 2025 is available, free
of charge, upon request to Magnum Investor Relations Department, Reguliersdwarsstraat 63,1017 BK
Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
This document comprises regulated information within the meaning of Sections 1:1 and 5:25c of the
Act on Financial Supervision (‘Wet op het financieel toezicht (Wft)’) in the Netherlands.
The brand names shown in this report are trademarks owned by or licensed to companies within the
Company.
References in this document to information on websites (and/or social media sites) are included as
an aid to their location and such information is not incorporated in, and does not form part of, the
2025 Annual Report.
The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this document. Except as required by
any applicable law or regulation, the Company expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to
release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect
any change in the Company’s expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or
circumstances on which any such statement is based. New risks and uncertainties arise over time, and
it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. In addition, we cannot assess
the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors,
may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.
In preparing the sustainability and climate-related information in this document, Magnum has made
a number of key judgements, estimations and assumptions. Sustainability and climate data, models
and methodologies are often rapidly evolving and are not of the same accuracy as those available in
the context of other financial information. There may also be challenges in relation to availability of
sustainability and climate-related data and potential inconsistencies. This means that sustainability
and climate-related forward-looking statements can be subject to more uncertainty than other types
of statements and therefore our actual results and developments could differ from those expressed or
implied in the sustainability and climate-related forward-looking statements in this document.
This document also contains data on the Company’s Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. Some of this data is
based on estimates, assumptions and uncertainties. Scope 1 and 2 emissions data relates to emissions
from the Company’s own activities and supplied heat, power and cooling, and is generally easier for
the Company to gather than Scope 3 emissions data. Scope 3 emissions relate to other organisations’
emissions and is therefore subject to a range of additional uncertainties, including that: data used
to model lifecycle footprints is typically industry-standard data or estimates rather than relating to
individual suppliers; and lifecycle models, such as the Company’s, cover many but not all products
and markets. In addition, international standards and protocols relating to Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions
calculations and categorisations also continue to evolve, as do accepted norms regarding terminology,
such as carbon neutral and Net Zero, which may affect the emissions data the Company reports. As
Scope 3 emissions data improves, shifting over time from generic modelled data to more specific
data, the data reported in this document is likely to evolve. We will continue to review and develop our
approach to emissions data in line with evolving market approaches and standards.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
237
About this Annual Report
TMICC 2025 Annual Report
This document is made up of the Management Report, the Financial Statements and Notes,
Sustainability Statements and Further information.
The Magnum Ice Cream Company N.V.
together with the companies it controls forms the TMICC
Group. The terms ‘TMICC’, the ‘Company’, the ‘Group’, ‘we’,’our’ and ‘us’ refer to the TMICC Group.
Our
Management Report
, pages 5 to 83, contains information about us, how we create value and how
we run our business. It includes our strategy, business model, market outlook and key
performance indicators. Our approach to sustainability is covered in our Sustainability Statements
on pages 147 to 216, which forms part of our Management Report. The Management Report is only
part of the 2025 Annual Report. The Management Report has been approved by the Board.
Our
Corporate Governance
section, pages 42 to 83, contains detailed corporate governance
information, our Committee reports and how we remunerate our Directors and forms part of the
Management Report.
Management Report
Financial Statements
Sustainability Statements
Further Information
Further Information
The Magnum Ice Cream Company
|
Annual Report
2025
|
238
© 2026 The Magnum Ice Cream Company, all rights reserved
Design and editorial by TD Cascade.com
Loading...
Status Standard Label Element Name Value Sign Unit Period Scale Decimal Axis Member Doc Period Type Balance Type Reference Standard Label Axis
{{factList.IsMandatoryTag ? "Mandatory" : "Voluntary"}} {{factList.Label}} {{factList.SecondaryLabel}} {{factList.Sequence}} {{factList.Identifier}} {{factList.TagName}}[Text Block] {{factList.Sign == "-" ? "Negative" : factList.Sign}} {{factList.CurrencyCode}} - {{factList.UnitDenominator}} {{factList.Period}} {{factList.Scale}} {{factList.Decimal === "-99999" ? "INF" : factList.Decimal}} {{factList.Dimension}} {{factList.Member}} {{factList.PeriodType}} {{factList.Balance}} {{factList.Label}} {{factList.SecondaryLabel}} {{factList.Dimension}}
Relationships Order Preferred Label Label Role Doc Period Type Balance Type Reference
{{presentation.Name}} {{presentation.Order}} {{presentation.Label}} {{presentation.SecondaryLabel}} {{presentation.PreferredLabel}} {{presentation.PeriodType}} {{presentation.Balance}}
No presentation is available
Relationships Calculation Weight Order Standard Label Doc Period Type Balance Type Reference
{{calculation.Name}} View {{calculation.Weight}} {{calculation.Order}} {{calculation.Label}} {{calculation.SecondaryLabel}} {{calculation.PeriodType}} {{calculation.Balance}}
No calculation is available
Relationships Status Order Standard Label Doc Period Type Balance Type Reference
{{definition.Name}} WiderNarrower {{definition.Order}} {{definition.Label}} {{definition.SecondaryLabel}} {{definition.PeriodType}} {{definition.Balance}}
No anchor element is available
Prefix Status Element Name DataType Label
{{tag.Prefix}} {{tag.IsUsed ? "Used" : "Unused"}} {{tag.Sequence}} {{tag.Identifier}} {{tag.ElementName}} {{tag.Datatype}} {{tag.LabelText}}
No mandatory tag is available